The Lemurian & Atlantian Legacies Transcript

Citation preview

HI / 16 CD May, 2001, Kauai, Hawaii Workshop CD 2 – chapter 1 workshop. There are 3 techniques- they are the beginning, basic techniques that are being given that will be built upon into other techniques, altogether there are 13 different techniques in this course, that will not only enable you to participate in what we‘re going to do while we‘re here, but it will enable those of you who would desire to, to set up your own planetary grid work groups. They‘re very specific- there‘s going to be some fun stuff taught- I forget what workshop it‘s in, I have to look at the uh, itinerary, but, after, after we go through the heavy stuff in the workshops, there‘s going to be one that I found very, very exciting I think you‘re going to like a lot. We‘re going to teach you how to do certain types of scanning techniques, to do topographical scanning, with- inter-dimensional topographical scanning- what to look for, how to find votices, lay lines, templar sites, those kind of things. So, there‘s going to be some fun things that, that come out of it too, and there‘s going to be the serious stuff, which is learning how to run what are called ‗Rainbow Roundtables‘. Rainbow Roundtables are simply—the Rainbow Roundtable is really what is- it‘s a – kinda a knick name that was given to the D12 Christos Template or the Divine Pre-matter Blueprint for Earth, all right. There are 4 different major time-cycles that are involved with filling in the frequencies of that pattern, to bring them back into Earth‘s Grids to correct the distortions that were in Earth‘s Grids. That whole pattern of 4 different time cycles that are resetting the D-12, um, it‘s called the Shield of Aramatena, that‘s the D-12 Level of Earth- resetting that. There are 4 different time cycles involved in it. That whole pattern is called the Rainbow Roundtable. 1:34 Rainbow- because you‘re anchoring the frequencies of what are called the Kee-Ra-ShAy and the Khundaray. Some of you have heard those terms before and some of you haven‘t, so as we go through Today‘s uh, workshop- the 2nd part of it, we‘re going to get into some technical things. The 1 st part of it was going to be a little easier. We‘re going to talk about spirituality and really about the psychological orientation that‘s important to have if you‘re going to be seriously considering yourself a, a Planetary Service Worker. There are millions of people in the New Age Movement, God bless ‗em, that are out there, and they will do all sorts of grid mechanics, but they have no idea what they‘re anchoring, they don‘t know who they‘re talking to, who‘s giving them the guidance. They don‘t know and they mean well, but they don‘t have the technical knowledge to, a) know if they‘re being given good material or not, because they don‘t understand dimensional structure, they don‘t understand how to handle their own fields in it. You‘ll learn through this, this course, the basics of attitude first of all. The more you learn and the more you know, the more you realize how little you know. So the people who go around think‘n they know everything, and there‘s a lot of them in the new age movement- oh, they‘re just ‗masters of this or masters of that or walked in from planet ‗x‘- and you know, (chuckles) that‘s fine, there are walk-ins here, but that doesn‘t mean they know anymore than you do. Half the time they‘re walk-ins from either the Draconian or the Annunaki Matrix, and all they know is how to do a reverse set grid coding. So, when you run into people who know it all, - now I know a lot. I‘ve studied a long time in a lot of life times- I don‘t know it all, I never claim to know it all. And I realize that there is so much more to know. People say, ‗oh, this stuff is so hard, it‘s so sophisticated‘. This stuff is Easy compared to some of the knowledge that‘s out there that Really gets into Planetary Grid Mechanics and how it works, but it‘s a good start, alright. You‘re not going to find me going off on those little trips, ‗oh, I‘m ya know, miss guru here- follow me because I know everything‘ and you know um, I am a walk-in, who cares, you know. I walked in from a higher place, a lot of you probably did too, ya know, only difference is I remember. It doesn‘t matter. It doesn‘t matter who I am as long as I have integrity, which I do and I try to demonstrate. You need to understand certain attitudes that you‘re gunna find in the new age movement that seem normal until you look at them from a little higher perspective. So that‘s why we‘re going to start with spirituality and really what it‘s about, and if you really want it, or if you just want the ego trip. That it, you know, it‘s popular in these days to be a channel and to be spiritual, and there‘s a lot of- these guys drive me right over the edge: ‗I‘m in Christ Consciousness, I don‘t need to know that. I have 12Page 1 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

strands activated.‘ Really, you know, great, can you like walk on water for me? Can you de-manifest and re-manifest before my eyes, ‗cause if you did, if you had them activated, you‘d be able to do that with no problem, and they just kind of blink at you. There‘s a Lot of dis-information that‘s out there and – yes (participant asks a question)Participant- ‗Well, I don‘t know if this is the right time, but I‘m sure feel‘n the impulse so I wanna through it out there‘. Ash- go for it, sure. Participant- ‗Um, I have discovered that uh, with all the magic that some people can do, I can tell through the discernment of my heart, emotionally, whether someone‘s in integrity or not, (ash- umhmm) and there‘s someone I just want to bring out, uh, to ask you about, and that‘s SiBaba. And I‘m having major, uh, discernment there. I‘m not feeling him coming from the place of, what I call, Unity Consciousness or the Law of One‘. Ash- I kinda look at it, there‘s the Si and there‘s the Baba. And they‘re a little (chuckles), there‘s a little different between the two. Um, I, I don‘t like to point fingers (participant - ‗right‘) and name names- it‘s not important. What I try to do is give you enough information that you can figure that out for yourself. Because all that will do is if I start naming names, particularly on videos that people are – gunna go who knows where- it‘s going to create counter-attack where they‘re going to try and attack the work. I don‘t care if they call me names, they‘ve been do‘n that every since I opened my mouth to teach this stuff, but when they go after the material and try to shred it, because I antagonized them, that only creates a resistance factor where more people are going to say, ‗oh, I heard that‘s not good stuff‘, so they won‘t even look. So I don‘t name names. Now, where Si Baba‘s concerned, I happen to, on the higher levels myself, know that Matrix. The Matrix Itself, the larger identity, is in the Light. He has a contract to help people- Draconian Souls- to get to their next level. (participant – ‗ahhh‘) But there has from what I‘ve heard, at one period, been some field interference. Where that has gone, I‘m not sure, because I was very fond of Si Baba myself. I just, there is a resonance there because I understood him as someone I knew in ancient times that was working on trying to help the Draconian Souls that are trying to evolve into the Light. 6:08 There are a lot of people out there that are good guys, some of them teaching stuff that‘s not as liberal as this. They‘re much more rigid, and that kind of stuff, because, if you happen to be in what‘s called a ‗Redemption Contract‘ situation- which is, if you happen to be a Draconian Soul or Annunaki Soul that has a lot of DNA code distortion- reversed running DNA codes, is what is characteristic of those matrices- they can not ascend with reversed matrix DNA codes. So there are very strident protocols that they have to follow and it‘s called ―redemption contract‖, that will allow them to correct their DNA – it‘s called ―DNA Bio-Regenesis‖ – to be able to correct it enough where they Can begin to be self-sufficient in being able to guide their own evolution to the Light. So people like Si Baba and various others are here, they‘re running more ‗guru type‘ things- where ‗follow me‘ kinda thing- that‘s not really meant for Human Consciousness. Human Consciousness isin‘t meant to be uh, isin‘t meant to play sheep- Its meant to be the Shepard, all right. But, there are people in Human Bodies that don‘t have Human Souls that need help. So, with Si Baba, it‘s – you can trust your heart, but also, you trust your heart after you clear your field (chuckles). (participant‗right‘.) Ok, there‘s a, there, there‘s a lot in the New Age Movement out there that goes, ‗oh, just open your heart, you can tell by the heart‘. There‘s a lot of this really, like, - oh, it‘s almost sickening – there‘s a sweetness to it, that there‘s a falseness to the sweetness sometimes promoted with, with this idea. You can tell things with your heart, but if you happen to have astral body implants that you don‘t know about, you‘ll get the ‗reads‘ that they want you to. 7:39 So, to be able to trust yourself (participant saying something in background at the same time- what we hear is ‗there- I‘ve, I‘ve seen a shadow there-) Ash- yeah, yeah. (participant – ‗and watched really, what does he create in terms of his people‘) Ash- right. (participant- ‗they‘ve given their power away – when we have lots of clients that (Ash- yeah) do all sorts of chord cutting to get them (Ash- that‘s ) cleaned up‘. (Ash- the stuff I don‘t, we, I don‘t endorse it, personally. But I mind my own business when it comes to Draconians helping Draconians go into the Light, kinda stuff. You know, it‘s not - ) Page 2 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

(participant- ‗that puts it in a good perspective though – Ash- yeah (participant- for understanding‘.) Ash- I, I wouldn‘t- of all of their…there‘s a lot of ‗master‘s‘ out there these days, and some of them are various shades of gray they‘re not all dark or all light. (participant- ‗mhmm‘.) They are like maybe medium-dark and they‘re trying to get lighter, or sometimes they fall off the wagon kinda like a person with a drinking problem, ya know (chuckles)- really good for 6 months, but then they just slip up and go get, ya know, blasted. (chuckles) Well, sometimes it works that way with the people who call themselves ‗masters‘ out there that are teaching. So, really what‘s important in what we teach and will always teach- I don‘t care if I‘m talking to a person who‘s a Draconian Soul that wants to go into the Light, or an Annunaki, I‘m not going to Under-estimate their ability. I‘m not gonna say it‘s going to be easy, and I‘m not going to give them the baby treatment- ‗oh, just follow me. Hold my hand and then I‘ll get there‘ or, you know, ‗arch-angel this or arch-angel that‘ll get you there‘. We‘ll teach you HOW. I don‘t care who ya are. So, we don‘t endorse the ‗just hand your power over to me and we‘ll fix it for you stuff‘. But, because of that, there‘s a challenge to the way this information is taught. It becomes Your responsibility of what you do with it. There‘s no going back, ‗well, this didn‘t work, how come I can‘t have this‘, ya know- ‗can you make this happen for me?‘ No. But you can make it happen for you. That‘s the response you get here. A lot of people don‘t like that. They want somebody to fix it for ‗em- they want a quick fix pill, they want a quick fix – ‗you‘, ya know, ‗hand my power over to you, then I feel safe‘. We try to build a situation with feeling safe within your own power, and you will do that by progressively learning first of all, what your parts are, as far as your inter-dimensional structure and how your consciousness works in the body. Second of all, how to protect the integrity of that- to realize you have a Christos Level of your own identity that‘s at dimension 12, that is not in polarity. D-12 is where polarity stops, and what you call ‗unity consciousness‘ starts. And it comes right down to the Physics. That is where the conditions of Physics, that create electro-magnetism no longer operate the same way, so you don‘t have electro-magnetic polarity in the Physics, once you get to D-12 and higher. 10:07 But, from D-11 on down, you do- that means, you will have both extremes and everything in between, from D-11 on down. Once you start to understand the structure that you‘re dealing with as a consciousness that‘s manifest within a frame work, once you see the frame work, it isin‘t that hard. So, um, as far as – I wo – I‘m not gunna do ‗nam‘n names‘ – just so, I, I took that one just to, ya know, I don‘t know why I did, but I did (laughs). I can‘t even justify it, but I did (chuckles). I would prefer that you, you not ask me to do that, you know- to say, ‗oh well, there‘s a that‘. There are a few names that I have recently named, because it‘s important to do that, because they‘re major mind-control matrices that are aggressively going after people at this point. I will rename them now without a blink of an eye. One of them is the Arch Angel Michael Matrix, ok. It is a mind-control program, it‘s not even a personit‘s a mind-control program that‘s being run through the Nibiruan Diodic Crystal Grid from parallel Earth, beamed into the air waves over here and channels are pick‘n it up, ok, they are huge. 11:06 They are giving grid technology that runs the grids in reverse, of course (chuckles). They are giving implant technology where people think they are doing healing, but they‘re actually implanting other people. So, it is a very dangerous Matrix, and we kept quiet with it for a long time, until it was decided whether or not it was going be active 4 th-dimensional warfare. That was up to them- see, we‘re in a situation that we‘ll talk about more of the politics of it tomorrow in tomorrow‘s workshop. We‘ve talked about some of it before, the people who‘ve been some, to some of the workshops in January, in uh, Florida. We talked about the politics of the situation and we did a little bit in um, in New York, recently. We‘ll kind of recap that for the people who missed it, so we can understand the framework we‘re in. 11:51 But right now, as far as who to look out for: Arch Angel Michael and anybody that endorses him. So watch who endorses him, it‘s telling you something, ok. Galactic Federation is another one- they used to be part of the Guardian Alliance, so I have no qualms about talking about them. I have nothing against the author who‘s bringing through their information. However, I do know who they are because they were part of our organization and they turned, and they‘re running the An- Annunaki One World Order Dominion Agenda at this point. So these are 2 major organizations that have Huge Movements globally, that are recruiting people to do their dirty work for them. People that they look at as expendable, but those people don‘t know that that‘s how they‘re being looked at. 12:31 Page 3 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

If we know this and begin to, in a quiet way, spread that, there are still some people who are worshipping these mind-control things, that are still not totally sucked into them that, if you give them enough information might say, ‗eew, oh dear, really? Uh-oh.‘ You know (chuckles). Teach ‗em the Maharic Seal. The Maharic Seal technique is something we‘ll cover today- a lot of you are familiar with it, if you‘ve been to any of the workshops, ‗cause it‘s like of those things you just get sick of hearing. It‘s almost like the pledge allegiance to the flag when you‘re in school, you know, ‗I pledge allegiance to the flag‘ (chuckles)- we don‘t do it for the same reason, though. The Maharic Seal technology is a scalar technology like any of the bio-regenesis techniques that we work with. What it does is temporarily stimulate activation of the D-12 sub-harmonics in your DNA strands so it creates a D-12 frequency pillar in your bio-field and it lasts, can last anywhere from 4-24 hours when you first start, and, and the more you use it, the more you‘re able to sustain that frequency. 13:29 You have to use it repeatedly, that‘s why we do it a lot, because until you can get the DNA clear enough- because right now our whole Race has distortions in the DNA template because of the Planetary Grid distortions. If you can get the DNA clear enough, you progressively build the ability to activate your strands. Once you activate them, eventually, when you have full 12-strand activation, you will have a natural Maharic Seal in your Bio-Field. You will be immune to inter-dimensional manipulation and also to viruses and all sorts of other things that get people here (chuckles). But in the meantime, you‘re not gonna get 12-strand activation over night. The grids can‘t hold a biology right now- 1 person here with 12-strand activation would literally implode the planetary grids. So all these people runn‘n around in the New Age Movement say‘n, ‗I have 12 strands activated‘- ‗oh, I have 45 strands activated‘ – you know (laughs). First of all, ask them to define a ‗strand‘. They kinda go, ‗oh, I um, um, ‗ – you know (laughs from participant) – in our course, we show- - we take you right into the template. We show you the 12-strands, we show you the 12 acceleration codes, the 12 base codes in each strand- we show you the fire codes between the strands that you have to fire in order to let strands braid so transmutation can take place. We give you the details because we have ‗em. 14:37 The people that are walk‘n around thinking they have 12-strands activated and gloating that they don‘t have to do anymore spiritual work ‗cause they‘re already in ‗christ consciousness‘ and have their 12-strands, they‘re miss‘n someth‘n. And if it can be gently pointed out to them, it will help them. Because right now, it‘s, it‘s a very classic trick that‘s being played where you tell somebody they have it already, they can‘t tell the difference whether they do or not, and it‘s easier to believe ‗em because you wanna, you wanna have it. It‘s like, ‗ok, I have it, so I don‘t have to worry about looking for it‘, right. – don‘t have to do anymore work, don‘t have to learn anything anymore, I just have it. This is what‘s happening with the New Age Movement stuff. 15:12 We get, when- all of the information on DNA, it would take me a week just to teach the stuff we have on DNA, and so what I try to do is integrate enough of it into each program that we‘re doing so you get a round- a round-up understanding of how it basically works. We have the Kathara Healing program that gets into more of how the body structure works in relation to dimensional structure. You learn about the DNA template, its connection to the chakras, to something called the crystal seals, to the kathara grid- you learn how the parts are connected. And, so that‘s like, that‘s a different workshop, but it‘s THERE- so if there‘s blanks that you have after I talk about things today, if certain things don‘t make sense to you, realize there‘s more data on that subject available. So you can, you know, you can fill in those gaps. It‘s not that the paradigm that I‘m teaching doesn‘t make sense, because I tell you it does- it‘s more congruent than anything I have seen com‘n from anybody else. And it‘s not ‗my‘ program. I‘m a speaker. I simply share the information- it‘s information I‘ve learned in other incarnations and it‘s information that‘s stored on something called the ‗Cloister Dora Tora Plates‘. The Cloister Dora Tora Plates are metal discs. They‘re big enough where you can hold them in your hand, but they‘re not really big. They‘re kind of shaped like 2 pyramids put together, but rounded like 2 cones stuck, wide ends together, and they‘re made out of silvery-metallic metal. They were made many thousands of years ago by the Maharaji of Sirus B, in Density 2, and they were given to the Humans on this Planet. The -- they were given as a set of 12 discs that went with a set of 12 Shields. The Shields are hubcap shaped things. They‘re a little bigger and you set the disc in the center of the shield and certain things happen. 16:51

Page 4 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Now, first I‘ll talk about the discs for a minute, ‗cause I want you to understand where this information is coming from and how old it is, and why it‘s Human‘s Heritage to have it. The discs themselves have several purposes. They‘re radio-sonic and they‘re radiophotonic, which means they can transmit energy and receive and transduce both sound and light waves from the inter-dimensional spectrum. They are – in one context, they are storage data containers like mega-memory banks. They have the records from the times before Humans were created. They hold the history records of this Time Matrix, and particularly the, the ones that are- were given to us on Earth, hold the ones particularly related to Earth, to the creation of the Human Species, why it was created. They hold huge amounts of data on history, on technical sacred science knowledge- some of it is just mind-blowing – I can‘t even translate it (chuckles), it‘s just Huge, it‘s like the brain isin‘t big enough to process that kind of mathematical computation. This is what Major Grid Mechanics gets into (chuckles). It has – these, these plates um, the discs, hold huge amounts of data that, at certain times, since they were first given to Humanity, they would, they would be returned and the information would be translated. There would always be 3 persons chosen and they were called Emerald Covenant Speaker‘s, Cloister Dora Tora Plate Speaker‘s. They would be chosen and they would be traitrained in remote translation of the information from the discs. There was a time when the discs were literally on Planet in the Temples, but ever since the uh, 2 hund- 208,216 BC crash of the grids in the Stellar Activations Cycle, it was no longer safe to keep them on the Planet, ‗cause every time they were kept on the Planet, they were raided by Fallen Angelic Races or by the Illuminati Human Races. Because they were not only information storage containers, the discs worked with the Shields, the larger elements. There were 12 Shields. The Shields, when activated with the discs, when placed on the 12 Templar Cue Sites, the Star Gate Activation Sites, allowed those using them to have manual access over opening and closing Earth‘s 12 Star Gates. So these were very, very valuable little tools that were here. And since this place literally been raided and invaded repeatedly the, the crash of the grids in the last Stellar Activation Cycle, and particularly since the events that took place on 25,500 BC, it has not been safe to have the shields and the discs together. However, they couldn‘t be taken fully off Earth. The Shields couldn‘t be, or they wouldn‘t work anymore. If you took them out of the planetary energy field it would re-code them, so they wouldn‘t work on the gates anymore. So they had to be kept on Planet, but hidden. The Shields are still here. The discs have been recently collected, finally, because 2 of them, for many thousands of years fell into the hands of the Illuminati Races that were being guided by the Fallen Angelics. That‘s how they got so much control here. 20:04 But the information now is coming through, because again, the 3 Speaker‘s are chosen. There is always your 1, 2 and 3 and they worked in succession. Speaker 1 would set the template, then bring the 1 st level through. Speaker 2 would bring the next level and Speaker 3 would next, usually a number of years apart. They always worked together and they always verified each other‘s information. That‘s how the Speaker‘s always worked. In- the last time a Speaker‘s contract was issued, was during the ‗Jesus‘ period, and Jesus was Speaker 3, and – not, no, 3- he wasn‘t number 1. John the Baptist was Speaker 1, Jesus was Speaker 2 and Miriam was Speaker 3, and Miriam was my incarnation in that time vector. That‘s why I‘m here as – this time I‘m Speaker 1. It‘s like you kinda up-grade to the harder stuff, you know (chuckles). So, the information that‘s given here, there‘s a long history with how it‘s given and how it comes. Before the Christ period, there were thousands and thousands of different time periods when this information had been brought. At one period in around uh, 2024 BC uh, Enoch was a, he was in physical form at the time- he had been given out one of the Speaker contracts. But right after that he went over into the, what‘s called the ‗Jehovah‘ One World Order Dominion Agenda, which is run out of Sirus A by the Sirus A Annunaki, which are the Sirus A Dolphin People; bi-pedal Dolphin People. 21:29 Some people in the UFO Contact Movement ha- have had encounters with these beings that look like up-right dolphins that walk, and not, like in water (chuckles). Well, these are the uh, Annunaki from Sirus A and they‘re Jehovian Annunaki and they usually don‘t like the other Annunaki or the Draks. They‘re anti-Drak and they‘re anti-Annunaki that like Drak, and they‘re anti-Human. Enoch turned in I believe it was 10 AD, and he came back into the Emerald Covenant, which is the Peace Treaty, in 1983. Again, because I don‘t point fingers and name names unless I really have to, I suggest simply looking at the copy writes when certain information that had been put out by different groups, when the copy write was given, and it will tell you some interesting things, with various different channels and things like that. Page 5 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Ok, now (chuckles from participants). You know what‘s interesting is I‘ve worked (Ash chuckles) – they assigned Enoch and I to each other in 19 uh, 83. That‘s when I met Enoch in this lifetime. And he was assigned to assist with the uh, with the first level of information that we were bringing through, but it was a very interesting relationship. There are many people out there in the Enoch Movements that, you know, do their thing, ‗oh, Enoch‘, you know (chuckles), ‗worship Enoch‘. I really hate to burst their bubble, but I knew, I mean I was told when he was assigned to me, he was assigned like a secretary, ok. And it‘s, it‘s like, as far as pecking order that he was not particularly in a position with the Guardians that was considered lofty. He was respected, but he had also done some things that he was trying to make up for in this time frame. 23:06 And one of the things, for a while, he was assigned to assist in helping, you know, bring in data, with me. When certain events took place in September of 2000, when a whole bunch of the Annunaki groups that had promised they would work with the Guardians decided they weren‘t going to after all- there was something called the ‗Treaty of Altair‘ that the Annunaki had entered saying that they were going to make it peaceful this time and they were going to stop running their One World Order Agenda. That was made on July 5th of 2000. On September 12th of 2000, they changed their mind and they broke it, and they, they joined with the Draconian forces to create something called the ‗United Resistance‘, which is, even though Draconians and Annunaki don‘t like each other, they‘ll help each other out for now to get rid of the Humans, then they‘ll fight it out as far as who‘s going to take the grids. This is what we‘re in the middle of (small chuckle). Enoch didn‘t cross over, but he‘s, because he is really a representative of the Jehovian Annunaki, there is a really strong heart attachment there, and a very long history of leaving the Emerald Covenant Peace Treaty in order for Dominion Agendas, to support them. It‘s important to realize, in, what we‘re dealing with now, in the contemporary thing- you see all sorts of stuff on the internet- Toth says this, Enoch says that, Jehovah says this‘- well, first of all, Jehovah‘s a control matrix. Get it and get it now, you know. The Jehovah in the Bible, well that wasn‘t originally in the Bible, the Bible teachings were originally translations from Jesheua and Miriam and uh, John the Baptist, that were from the Cloister Dora Tora Plates. They were taken, they were gutted and only the framework left- all the mechanics were taken out and false names were put in so Humans would be misdirected to worship false gods. That‘s basically what‘s been happening here. 24:52 (chapter 1- CD 2) It‘s really a blasphemy, what they have done to our true religions. Because really, there were 12 major religions on Earth- real religions, and not religions that are control matrices. Let‘s say ‗spiritual understandings‘ rather than ‗religions‘, because when you think about ‗religions‘ these days they‘re all about how bad you are and what you have to do to get God‘s favor. And that‘s a manipulation tactic. That was never about what ‗religion‘ was supposed to be or spirituality. There were 12 Primary Spiritual belief systems on the Planet. Each one of them was a translation off of one of the 12 discs. Each group, each Race, that was assigned as Guardians of that disc, became the Keepers of those Sacred Truths, and those Sacred Truths all fit together. They didn‘t contradict each other, and NONE of them taught you to worship ANYBODY outside of your OWN connection to Source. 25:45 This is what ‗religion‘ was, originally. It was just to remind us of what our connection to Source was. It was very pure, there was no vengeful, warring gods- it wasn‘t about that. That‘s when the Annunaki and the Draks got in on the picture, they‘re the vengeful, warring gods. I like to call them ‗godlets‘ because they aren‘t gods, they‘ve only tried to appoint themselves that way over our Race. Right now, if you read books like, um, uh, what‘s his name, ‗Stichen‘- anybody, (participants- ‗Zachariah‘). Zachariah Stichen, yeah- I haven‘t read the books, but I feel, I can- I can feel them, I kinda like pick up books and just do it by vibration. There‘s enough in there where he‘s tracking and makes a good case for the fact that the Annunaki have been a direct part of our evolution here. There‘s evidence that they were here. What he doesn‘t get is the fact that they were the invaders, all right. There‘s still a Big Thing go‘n on now that more as this data‘s com‘n out, they‘re try‘n to make us think or try‘n to get it out into mainstream ‗oh, that the Annunaki Visitor‘s were here – ET, Angelic type Beings- they were our creators‘. No they weren‘t (chuckles), ya know. We need to just be aware.

Page 6 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

If we‘re going to be spiritual, and this is what the morning part- not morning, but the first part, of this discussion‘s going to be about. Now, I hope you don‘t mind if I sit, because my leg‘s, my ankles are swelling, and it, it, I‘ll last longer if, if uh, if I can take turns sitting and standing. If we‘re going to be spiritual, REALLY spiritual, the first thing we‘re gonna need to have is courage. 27:12 (laughs and chuckles from participants) I‘m glad, I‘m glad somebody appreciates that (ash chuckles) – (participant- ‗walk‘n through the fear). The reason courage is so important is because we‘re in a situation where our Race has been fed mind control for a very long time. We have been, the Truths that we he - - that really live within us, that once-upon-a-time were in books and were available so we could remind ourselves - - they have been hidden, taken away, twisted or distorted, so we just don‘t have them anymore, yet we FEEL that passion- there‘s still that feeling of, of connection to God, of wanting to love God, of knowing that there‘s Angelics out there that, you know, that are good guys (chuckles) and that kind of thing. And we‘ve been tricked, where that feeling has been taken advantage of, knowing that longing that we will want to expand and integrate our spiritual parts to have those dimensions of reality come back to us- - they‘re dangled in front of our nose like a hot dog in front of a dog that‘s chain – you know, put on its collar on a fishing line where he‘s runn‘n after it but he never catches it, ‗cause it‘s always 2-steps in front of him. That‘s how the teachings work these days. 28:20 If we REALLY want to be spiritual, we need to face the fact that there are some things that we may have been taught to believe that, some of it‘s true, but some of it was distorted. It‘s not that we throw out all of the holy books. The way to do it is to look for what was true, but be aware of where the distortions are. So we don‘t teach ya to- - we teach you to read everything, you know. Read, read, you know, read the Bible, read the Koran, read anything; learn, but learn to differentiate. What is it telling you to do with your power? Is it telling you to worship something OUTSIDE? - Because if it is, that is NOT a holy teaching, that is a power play. So these are the things we need to have the courage to look at. In ourselves, if we‘re holding on to, let‘s say if we‘re Christian- now I was raised Christian- if we‘re Christian and we‘re holding onto, ‗oh, but it, it, the Bibles says it‘s this‘- yes. Ask the question to yourself, who wrote the Bible? ‗Well, God did‘. Which one? And when? And, is there anything missing from it? How many times has it been translated? And by Who? What is more important, the worship of a book made of pages? Or the worship of a God that moves through you? This is, these are the questions that we have to have the courage to face. God‘s there- we‘re a living part of God and God‘s a living part of us. But some things we‘ve taught about being able to embrace that Force, have been trickery. I‘m not against the Bible. I‘m not against any of the Holy Books. In fact, a part of me is hop‘n mad. They were once Sacred. ‗Cause, the, the Hu- - the greatest blasphemy, to take a Sacred Text and intentionally and purposely twist just certain parts of it, to make it do the opposite of what it was intended to do, to make it chain people instead of set them free. This is happ‘n…and it has happened in the old texts… there‘s not a religion right now on the Planet that hasn‘t suffered through this. 30:18 If we have the courage to become Spiritual instead of Religious, to become Spiritual and say, ―I want the Living Spirit with me‖, not just a book- because there‘s a lot of people that love that book, but they‘re still unhappy, they‘re still miserable and they‘re still cycl‘n here in incarnation after incarnation and they haven‘t ascended. The book doesn‘t teach ‗em how, it just promises ‗em that they can. If it worked, they‘d be gone by now, but they‘re not. If we have the courage to face the trickery, and to realize, in facing it, we take our First Step toward God and INTO having that Power- the True Power and the Presence and the Love with us- because it comes Through us. It‘s not gonna come through those pages and jump at you - - you may find a little inspiration, there‘s some Beautiful things in the Bible. There are some parts of the Bible that Jesheua wrote that were actually real (chuckles), ya know, they were pretty good translations of what was there, but then the guts of it were taken out. Jesheua never taught to worship an external god, he Never taught to worship ‗Jehovah‘ – NEVER. Jehovah is an Annunaki Matrix. Annunaki is Fallen Anu-Elohim. Fallen Anu-Elohim are a group of Founder‘s Races that got twisted and went bad. They used to be Elohei-Elohim, which are the Founder‘s of the, the Human Lineage and one of the 3 Seeding Races of this Time Matrix. 31:36 (chapter 1 – CD 2)

Page 7 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

If we, we need to understand where these names come from so we can start to see, ‗cause our logical mind kinda makes a deal with our heart- we feel a heart center connection to a book or a holy teaching and the head says, ‗ok, it‘s good‘. We need to learn to sift through, to feel behind the words- the words can be very seemingly harmless on the front- feel the energy behind them and ask what it‘s do‘n with your power. When we become spiritual, courage IS the first element that is going to be necessary, because right now, if you adopt these ideas and decide to have courage to say, ‗ok, maybe it‘s time to give up the security blankets of, um, pat answers‘ that we‘ve been fed as ‗the only way it is‘ with religions and look for REAL spirituality rather than just a religious dogma to follow. You get that far, then you‘re going to find all sorts of people that shared your ideas before, are still very comfortable with their dogmas. And if they don‘t have courage, and they don‘t have a desire to learn and to know more, they‘re not gonna be real happy with you. You probably won‘t convert ‗em, so I don‘t suggest trying. You can feel it if somebody‘s ready to hear information like this. If they‘re not, don‘t let it get to you. You can‘t give it to them. You can share, but you can also put yourself in a position where they don‘t like you anymore, you know. ‗You‘re offending my god because you don‘t believe in him‘. (chuckles) 33:08 Courage applies to

Chapter 2- CD 2 – So this whole drama that we‘ve come to believe as, as real, that it works as this cultural program, in our minds, you know, ‗christ consciousness‘ means this like almost passive stance- turn the other cheek, not only turn the other cheek, just let ‗em kill you and crucify you and you might as well ‗cause god wants it that way‘ – God does Not want it that way. When we become spiritual, one of the biggest things is recognizing something called our ‗I AM Presence‘. Now that‘s another word that, ‗er concept, that‘s abused horribly in the New Age Movement by the Annunaki. ‗I am this, I am that‘ and they give you a bunch of chants that plug you into a control matrix. That‘s not what the I AM Presence is about. The ‗I AM that I AM‘ is realizing that you are a walking manifest face of God. YOU are God. That doesn‘t mean you‘re the God of somebody else and somebody‘s supposed to worship you. It means that God is a massive force that is beyond form manifestation that all of us are expressions of. When we want to become ‗Christed‘ or ‗Godly‘ beings, it‘s the process of opening up our remembrance enough to allow as much of that consciousness that is God, that One God, that one Consciousness, to move through us. It‘s saying, ‗Let my will be Thy Will‘, but not to a fallen angelic, not to a guru, but to the One Source that a part of you will always know was you AS God. It‘s a presence and a feeling that as you work with opening it inside you, the words make more sense. There‘s a point in everybody‘s development, if you work with the ‗I Am that I Am‘ concept and get rid of the Annunaki mis-translations, you will find a cognition that goes with those words. And then the cognition is what you‘re after. The words are just words. But the words‘ll trigger the opening of the cognition. Try to feel for a moment, while we‘re talking in here, try to feel, try to say to yourself in your mind, ‗I AM A walking Face of God. I AM GOD‘ – try to say it to yourself in your mind. And see if you get any, ‗oo, am I allowed to say that kind of stuff‘ (chuckles), because we‘ve been programmed (she gasps) ‗how dare we say that – putting ourselves up- oh we‘re on ego trips‘, no, it isin‘t about that. You need to be able to say to yourself- - if you‘re gonna start acting like an Angelic Human, if you‘re going to start acting like an Avatar or a Master or Spiritual um, Spiritually actualized Being, you need to be able to say, ‗I Am that. I Am God. I am a manifestation of God.‘ But you also need to be able to look at the animal kingdom and realize so are they. You have to be able to look at how our society runs the food chain, and look at how horrible we‘re treating the faces of God. 2:43 If we‘re going to be able to say, ‗I Am a face of God‘, it doesn‘t just apply to Humans- it applies to plants, bugs, animals, Annunaki, Draks- they are faces of God that have forgotten that they are, and the more you forget, the less you act ‗godly‘. When we‘re learn‘n the lessons of love, some of the most important things are being able to approach love from the way where you get what you want out of it. The way you get what you want out of it, is BEING IT. As long as you look at- look FOR love- you‘re telling yourself, ‗I don‘t have it‘- you are creating ‗lack of love‘. The secret to getting love is Being love. When you can say to yourself Page 8 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

when you wake up in the morning, ‗I am love this morning. I, as a manifester, as a face of God, am choosing to be love this morning. Where can I shower my love? Where is it needed?‘ You completely reverse the hunger and the absence of love, into a ‗I have it, I‘m giving it‘. You open the flow and bring it in and it is endless. You bring it in, you give it, it comes and it comes and it comes. When you‘re giving love you will always have it. But, when you‘re not giving love and that includes to yourself, you‘ll shut off the flow. Love is an energy. It‘s a frequency. Love is actually a state of vibrational harmonization, where if you have a vibrational pattern here and another one over here- let‘s say this one‘s go‘n like this and this one‘s go‘n like this and they run into each other and they clash and get conflict. You get disharmonic vibration. That‘s where you get emotions like anger, hate, resistance- all those negative, icky things. The feeling we call ‗love‘ happens because there‘s a physics involved. It‘s about wave patterns. You have one element that moves like this and the other one becomes able, or either of them become able to take on the pattern of the other, where they are able to harmonize and follow the same frequency. That is what gives us the experience of feeling, of bonding, of love. 4:57 The stronger the love you feel, it‘s telling you something- if there‘s something or someone that you feel a great deal of love for, there is a part of you whose energy field is vibrating very, very similar to theirs. If there- if you are with someone and even if you like them on a conscious level but you‘re constantly fighting and this kind of stuff, that‘s showing you that you have, there‘s areas in your energy fields that are not running the same frequency, and they‘re clashing into each other, and that‘s where the conflict is coming from. If we‘re going to embody love, we need to understand it‘s an energy. Once we understand that love is something we can give any moment we choose, we have a whole different position toward it. If you take that concept into the dating game, for people who are looking for mates, or if you take it into a relationship that you already have- - usually we get in these little ruts with relationships or with the seeking of relationships or the getting rid of relationships because they don‘t work anymore (chuckles). That‘s usually because we‘re coming from a place of, ‗ok, yeah I love you, I wanna give to you‘, and somewhere in there, there is a little voice that‘s saying, ‗yeah, and I need this, this and this in return‘. And the more you don‘t get ‗this, this and this‘, the more tension you get and the less you want to be with each other. 6:19 There‘s a way to shift these things. There‘s a way to approach the dating scene without being lecherous about it (chuckles), for you know, a lot of people go, ‗ok, I need a mate‘, you know (chuckles)- that‘s a valid request, you know (chuckles)- ‗I want, I want somebody with me‘, you know (chuckles). And they go out with the ‗I Want‘, ok, as they size up territory. It becomes this really bizarre way- and women do it just as much as men do it. It‘s – it might be hidden behind niceties a little more, because females tend to be very careful about how they let themselves think about things, because we‘re trained to do that, but it still comes down to, ‗I am seeking something I don‘t have‘. So you are looking to fill a lack in yourself by finding a symbol of that lack filled, from somebody else that you‘re trying to bring in. Again, you‘re approaching it from a ‗give me‘ rather than a ‗what can I give‘ point. And you‘ll probably reel somebody in, just following the same pattern and you‘ll find those power-struggle relationships happening. And they can work really well sometimes, if you have one that‘s like the pushy one and the aggressive one, and the other that‘s like the passive one- if you have your victim and your victimizer, and your passive and your aggressive, they balance long enough. It‘s not healthy, but they can at least maintain enough movement of energy between them, but they‘re not- they‘re missing so much in the relationship of love. Because love is actually being able to expand more in yourself by loving another- not because of what they give to you, but by acknowledging that you get Huge things from them, just by them Being who they are. Not because they‘re ‗behaving‘ exactly how you want them to all the time (laughs), you know, sometimes they don‘t, you know (laughs) – it‘s like you need to love them anyway, or – and there‘s limits there too- it‘s like again, you don‘t nail yourself to a cross you know, I, I can love you, if I happen to be married to you and like you know, you‘re one of those people who just ‗yes, I want to be married but I also want to have 25 girlfriends‘ well, excuse me, go find another wife (laughs) you know. I mean, there are limits, it‘s a whole balancing act and it comes down to re-perceiving love and spirit as something that goes together. 8:27 First of all, if you close your eyes and look at your mate or look at the type of person you‘d want and pretend that you can‘t see them as physical bodies. Pretend you see them as ‗energy essences‘- start there. Try to see the people around you and yourself Page 9 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

as you REALLY are. Right now we‘re all in bodies that are like costumes- it‘s like a grand ball, a costume ball like marti grace ? Except we forgot to take our masks off and we don‘t remember who we are (laughs) you know. If we start to realize that what we see when we look in a mirror is not ‗who‘ we are, it‘s a costume we‘ve chose to wear and it has certain aspects and attributes, the body will give you certain perceptual filters, depending on your gene code, it will give you certain orientations that you chose that body and that gene code to have those experiences. But once you get beyond that, ‗ok, it‘s mine, I own it, I‘m not disowning it‘, but there‘s the REAL Me is this eternal energy essence behind it, and you start to realize ‗yeah, that‘s me, that‘s them too. The other people in the world- you start to realize you can contact them without picking up the phone- you can send out information telepathically in the D-4 frequencies or higher. 9:42 If you want companionship, ask the ‗higher net‘ rather than the ‗inter-net‘ (laughs from participants)- you know- go to the Christos Level (chuckles). I‘m- it‘s, it‘s funny because I use these analogies with my own brain all the time- I don‘t, you know, and it‘s, it‘s, really it‘s amazing how it works sometimes. Sometimes it‘s just really fasc- like you‘re whole life gets run over and like you‘re in love and married, it‘s like amazing, you know (chuckles)- happened to me recently, buhuut, (laughs), but- (comment from participant…) Ash- yeah, the ‗higher net‘. We‘re all connected to that. Then there‘s the ‗middle net‘, that‘s the net you get entangled and ensnared in- that‘s the one that goes from D-4 up to D-11 and it‘s controlled primarily by Draconian and Annunaki forces that would just Love to take your phone call and plug it into their switch board. All right- this is where learning about the Maharic Seal and learning about the body parts that you have that it‘s your job to learn to master. It‘s kind of like if you‘re going to- - if you want to be a swimmer, you‘re kind of foolish if you go rent a boat, take it out to deep ocean and jump in, but you never had a swimming lesson at all and you don‘t have a clue as to how to keep yourself afloat. This is what people are doing in the New Age Movement. They, they want their spirituality and that‘s fine, that‘s a legitimate desire, but they‘re jumping off the boat without even knowing what the te- what the waters are, and they happen to be shark infested right now, you know. If we learn our parts and we learn that it‘s our job to handle them…I remember a few people that I‘ve met that, ‗I don‘t need to learn the Maharic Seal, Arch Angel Michael takes care of it for me‘ (chuckles)- good luck to you (chuckles more), you know- um, we DO NEED To take responsibility for ourselves. If you decide you‘re going to walk across the street, in the middle of a really busy street, and you‘re just going to assume that because you want them to, the cars are just going to stop and not hit you, and you happen to get flattened and end up in the hospital, whose fault is this? Who are you going to blame? A lot of people would go and sue the, the driver who hit them, even though it was you who walked out in front of them, right? It‘s time, if we‘re going to be spiritual beings, we have to take responsibility – forget this suing other people stuff, you created half of it, you know what I mean? Now sometimes suing works because it‘s – sometimes it balances karma, let‘s put it that way. But when it comes to looking at your role in creating a manifestation, what was your part in making this happen, if you‘re feeling victimized? Ok, you‘re choosing to play a victim- what did you do on the Subtle end of it, that allowed for this to happen? 12:25 You come to take more responsibility for your manifestations, you become more powerful, because as long as somebody else is responsible and somebody else is to blame, you are powerless to fix it. But if you created it – you find the element that you created- all of a sudden, ‗well, if I created it, I can dis-create it and create something better than it,‘- you‘re owning your power. When we move into Spirituality, REAL Spirituality, it‘s not a baby game anymore. It‘s not a, you know, ‗? Out your spiritual feathers‘, it‘s not a - - sometimes the New Age people remind me, and I‘m not – I have nothing against New Age people, I love them. Most of them are very heart centered and they‘re really try very, very hard, but some of them remind me of little, little um, ballet dancers- little girls. Did you ever see a little girl, like movies of little girls in little tutu‘s that, little pink tutu‘s that are just so sweet and loving and they just bounce around and this is how the people in, some of the people, that get hung up in the New Age pitfalls are acting. They don‘t want any responsibility, all right, they want to hand their power over. There‘s a pay off to handing your power over and this is what the, the part that a lot of the people who are doing this they say, well, you know, ‗oh, they‘ll fix it‘ or ‗they‘ll save it for me, I‘m not doing anything wrong‘. The pay off is ‗I can be lazy, I don‘t have to do it myself‘. It‘s a laziness factor that‘s being played on by the Annunaki and by the Draks. People here like quick fixes, we‘ve been trained to like it quick, like somebody else to do our dirty work for us, make it Page 10 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

easy, make it fast, I want it now. If an angel or a fallen angelic or an ET or your neighbor promises to give you that, they‘ll do it for you. Ask why? Really start to think about it, ‗hm, do I really want them to? Why might they want to do that for me? Is it good for them to do that for me? Is it good for ME for them to do that for me?‘ There are really subtle things taking place in the area of attitude, that if we‘re going to be grownups, if we‘re going to be grownup spiritual people- and it‘s going to take grown ups to function as part of the Templar Security Team on this Planet- when it comes time for contact to be made open, which it will beprobably within the next 17 years, if not in the next 2- all right. I mean it‘s very iffy and there‘s not promises made as to ‗when‘, but it‘s not going to be that long, and if it goes well, it will probably be with the Maharaji, the Blues, and also the Inner Earth ones that we‘ll get into talking about, um, probably- - mm, let‘s see, yeah, we‘ll talk about them more tomorrow- the Eieyani. The Eieyani lived here, they lived in Kauai- they also lived in several other places, and they were very special people, but anyway- they live in the Inner Earth societies now, and they are bringing the information to us- helping us get the information from the Cloister Dora Tora Plates, because we‘re being trained for something. We‘re being trained for monumental Event, that if things go well here and it doesn‘t end up in cataclysm, there will be contact made, and the people who‘re willing to learn and show they‘re grownups, show that they‘re responsible and that they‘re not immature to the point where their ego‘s runn‘n the show and they‘re only spiritual if it suits their needs at the moment- it‘s the people who show that they really care and they really are demonstrating the fact that they want to learn – that they can employ good judgment when it comes to handling energy and responsibility. They‘re the people who‘ll be contacted first. They‘re the people who‘ll be trained in Templar Mechanics first, because then, once, once we‘re given the information back, as to how to run our Templar back- Now the Templar, the Planetary Templar, it is a system of star gates, the 12 Primary Star Gates and the corresponding Cue Sites. It‘s also, the word ‗Templar‘ refers to all of the part, uh, // conntected to that- the lay lines, the axiatonal lines, the planet, the vortices- all the of that is connected to the Planetary Templar. 16:24 What the Planetary Templar does is run Universal Life Force Currents from the Templar into the Planetary Body to sustain the planetary matter base and sustain the life field and the consciousness here. When we are considering Planetary Stewardship and really want to become a part of what it means to be a Human, an Angelic Human, we are moving into a space of re-learning what we once knew- about the mechanics of science, sacred science of how this Planet can be self-sustaining, how its grids can be healed so it becomes a healthy place for people to live. And it takes sobriety and responsibility to do this. It takes love, but it takes more than that- it takes knowledge and it takes humility, realizing the Universe is huge and there‘s an awful lot to learn. We can start here, but never let your head run away with you, any more than you want to let your heart run away with you- where you go off the deep end and follow something even though it‘s not good for you. You know how a lot of people get into a lot of those, ‗I fell in love‘ – I‘d rather choose to like, you know, rise in love than fall in love (chuckles), because a lot of people get run over by the emotional body, and that can happen when you get into spirituality too. All of a sudden you learn how to run a Rainbow Roundtable and, ‗wow, wow, look at this- how much I know compared to the other people out there- this is awesome‘. If you go in that direction, first of all you‘re going to block your ability to run a Rainbow Roundtable (chuckles). Second of all you‘re going to mis-lead yourself. I wanted to talk about the spiritual part and the personal level first, before we got into the master‘s level, because this IS a Master‘s Gridworker‘s Course- the beginning- it‘s like Level 1 of the Master‘s Course, because Master‘s are needed right now. 18:13 And Master‘s are here, but most of them are still sleeping- most of them just don‘t remember yet what they came to do and what they‘re supposed to do with the energy they have. We‘re here to learn that and one of the most important things is attitude. Attitude is HUGE- you‘ll either make or break your awakening with your attitude. 18:32 There‘s nothing that you need so badly, that you lack so badly, that you have to con yourself into a superiority complex. There‘s nothing that is lacking inside of yourself so horribly, or that is so pathetic or lowly, that you have to martyr yourself to reclaim your feeling of being worthy of something. You need to love you Just the Way you Are Right Now. Realize, there‘s lots more of you to open up and let come in, but realize, that you‘re fine right now too. You‘re in a stage of growth and a stage of awakening – there‘s places to go and places to move up to once you‘re there, but that doesn‘t mean you‘re not good enough. You‘re perfect right now. You need to know your perfection right now. That doesn‘t mean there‘s not room for improvement. That doesn‘t mean that there‘s not room to grow, because that‘d be stagnation, not perfection. Page 11 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Perfection is ever expanding. Once you reach one space there‘s another space to expand to. But if you can appreciate your own perfection right now, you can give, give yourself credit for having available love that you might not give yourself credit for having. Right now you have in your cellular memory the things you will learn in this weekend, or this week. It‘s in there already- this information will just help to remind you. Your body knows how to run Star Gate grids. If you have a Human Body, even the people that are Draconian and Annunaki that are Incarnate in Human Bodies, part of their bodies holds the knowledge and the memory of how to run frequency through the Planetary Grids. 20:10 You need to give yourself credit for what you do have right now, because when you do, you‘ll open yourself to allow more to come. A lot of us put ourselves through situations where we are very hard on ourselves, particularly the people that are sincere, the really hard working people- they don‘t want lip service, they don‘t want falsity, they‘re willing to do- to work hard and you know, be responsible. They can put themselves through the mill with it, where no matter how good they do get, all they see is the stuff they haven‘t got yet, and that puts you again into a lack space. If you want to have Mastery, just like if you want to have loveremember what I said about if you want to have love- what do ya do? (participant- ‗Be love‘) Ash- BE IT, yes. Right. I AM LOVE NOW. 21:03 If you tell yourself, you set the Grid. You‘re giving the body the commands to manifest it. 21:08 I AM LOVE. If you want Mastery, you don‘t chase it, you own it. I AM Mastery Now. You give yourself permission to allow whatever level of Mastery can open in you right now. You give it the command to come, and allow it, not with ego, not with arrogance, not with, ‗I am wonderful, I‘m mr. Master‘, you know, you don‘t have to do that. It‘s simply, (brief exhale), ‗I acknowledge I have Mastery- that I‘ve been sleeping- it‘s like I was in a dream, but now I‘m waking up and remembering it‘s there and I‘m going to let it re-introduce itself to me. I am a Master Now.‘ You want to be a Master, you tell yourself you are. That doesn‘t mean you ignore the stuff you need to learn, it means you give yourself credit for what you do have and open the channels so even more of it can come through. These are some of the attitudes that will help you tremendously if you start to go IN to Planetary Stewardship. It will help you to look at things like, ‗what IS Spirituality?‘ – ‗what‘s the difference between Spirituality and Religion?‘ – ‗what is my relationship to these ideas, to these words?‘ – ‗what is my relationship to God? Am I attached to a book or a Being?‘ 22:27 These are questions you need to ask if you want to become free. Free isin‘t being ‗free From God‘, as if it‘s a disease, free is being able to fully embody that Presence AS You, the part of you that never left that space. It‘s a space of non-manifestation that you originated from and a part of you still is there, because time is simultaneous and it all happens at once. So right now a part of you IS God- never left. That is the part that Is the Master. All you have to do is command it here and you‘ll progressively help the body to open the DNA Template to allow it to come through. When we get into what we‘re going to do after the break, and part of the reason I‘m- it actually flowed well with, with how I had this set up anyway- but the break is going to fall in a space where, by then, Michael should be back with the 2, with the 3 graphs that I wanted to make sure you had for this workshop, because a picture can paint a thousand words. These graphs will probably be more helpful to you tonight after we talk about them. And you can go and look at them because they‘ll show you things about your Merkaba, which is something you need to know about. It‘s like you need to know the fact that you have, you know arms, legs, hands, feet, head- those kind of things, it‘s important to know you have things like merkabas, chakras, um kundalini currentsthese are the things we‘re going to talk about this afternoon. Now usually I do mylar presentations, where I have the overhead projector and I put them up there, and they were- we were having a hard time with the hotel getting the, the overhead projector and things, so we decided since we have the books, we‘ll just do it like I do in the field. Because when we do field work, we don‘t electricity to do, ya know, overheads, so we simply go by the book. As far as the number, if you have the book with you- now this is why, if there‘s, if there‘s people that the books are short because we‘re going to work it this way, we‘ll try as fast as we can to get you your books, but in the meantime you‘ll just have to like pair up so both of – you know, so you can each see, you know, see um, a, a book when we‘re doing you know, work from the book. 24:23

Page 12 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Now in- when we get into this- these are- some of this is more like reading assignments to you for, for, for your information. I‘m not going to read them verbatim you know in, here, you don‘t really need me to do that, you can go do that yourself, ya know (chuckles). On page 4, we have something called the ‗Postures of Love‘- these are, there‘s a couple of excerpts that were pulled from the Kathara Bio-Spiritual Healing System, Manual. Some of you may have them, some of you may not, but they‘re appropriate for the discussion about Spirituality. They give you an orientation of ‗soft love‘, ‗tough love‘, various kinds of love. These are some of the things that will help you to understand- - we‘re not going to focus on, you know, getting into a discertation on love right now. I think I spoke enough about the basic attitudes that are involved. I call it ‗omni-love‘ though- on page 8 we have ‗omni-love‘, that‘s the non-polarized love, that‘s the Christos Consciousness Love. So on page 8 you‘ll have some information there too. And on page 9 there‘s a real easy chart – this would have like been a, a mylar- but it shows you real fast and easy, at a glance, (chuckles) soft love, tough love, self love and omni love (chuckles). They‘re little cues that will remind you – if you can break all that information down, there‘s only like 4 things to remember, ‗ok, 4 types of love, what were they, ok‘ – even if you Think about love, it‘s more than most people will do. So you‘re, you‘re moving in the right direction even if you Think about these things. These are things most people don‘t even bother think‘n about. They think they know what it is, they never think about whether they do know what it is and if there‘s a higher expression of it. 26:00 Love is important when you‘re doing Planetary Grid work, just like when you‘re doing healing work, with another person. If you can‘t create a sense of Love for the Planet, as a Living Soul that it IS- now remember, love is a frequency, a harmonic frequency. If you feel a ‗nothingness‘ toward the Planet, if you‘re perceiving it as just an inanimate object that isin‘t alive, you‘re creating a thought pattern that is disharmonic with Its natural Soul Essence, because the Planet has a Soul Level, and an Over Soul and an Avatar Level. If you want to be able to run frequency effectively into the grids, you need to respect the Planet and love the Planet Itself as a Living Expression of God as well. When you start to do that, you start to get amazed. You can play with this. You can go out in nature and sit down in grass and for the first time, for some people- others of you do it already- sit there and go, ‗it‘s just you and me right now. And I know you hear me‘ – you‘re not alone. There is a HUGE Sacred Consciousness that‘s called ‗Earth‘ here, that‘s listening to you, that Knows you, that Cares about you. That‘s one place that‘s very good, if you need to feel loved, go there first. Establish the love bond, let the feeling of the Earth Soul touch you and love you, and it will help you to love It, and that will help you to run frequency- frequency that will help you and help the Planet. 27:35 Spend time in nature – ‗here‘s‘ a wonderful place to do it, that‘s why I‘m kind of like, ‗why‘d they stick us in this room for, you know‘ (chuckles). At least before we had the beautiful scenery and everything around us, so what I‘m going to try to do- I don‘t want to spend all of our time in Kauai stuck in, in conference rooms with no windows (chuckles). So a lot of the work is going to be the site work that we do later in the week- there‘s 3 days where we‘re going to go to different locations, and I‘m also gonna try to do, whenever possible, gatherings outside. Like I, I would maybe like after break, if it‘s, if it‘s possible, if it‘s comfortable- if you guys want to, we could like do the other half of the workshop outside. Do you- would you be interested in do‘n that? (participants- ‗sure‘ – ‗if we can hear‘) Ash- yeah. Ok, well we‘ll, we‘ll see if we can find a, a like a more quiet, you know niche kinda thing, but I find it very confining in like, you know- especially this is a small room, you know, it‘s like squish‘n the energy up. 28:28 When, when we get back from the break – um, anybody know what time it is? (participants- 4:30) Ash – 4:30, ok. So we still have some time before, you know, before break- I figure we‘ll uh…..we‘ll break probably between 5 and, somewhere between 5 and 5:1somewhere between 5:15 and 5:30 we‘ll make up the time like on the other end, ok, so we‘ll go to 7 or 7:30 if we break- if uhyo…7, 7:30ish ya know we‘ll, we‘ll get done. And then 8:30 we‘ll ya know, have some things to do with the beach. The after- uh, the 2nd part after the, after the break, is going to get into things that we can start to look at them now, on page 15 is where section 2 of workshop 1 starts. This is stuff that we‘ll move through- I could actually spend 4 days on this stuff alone- but there are 3 things we‘re going to talk about that you‘re going to learn some technical knowledge on by the time we leave tonight. One of them is called the Maharata- which is D-12 level of the Universal Life Force Currents.

Page 13 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

So we‘re going to talk about the Maharata, something called the Kee-Ra-Shay, which are the Primal Light Fields. We‘re going to talk about the Kundaray, which are the Primal Sound Fields. And all the- all these fields of sound and light come from the manifestation process itself. You have Source as a Quantity of Energy, and Unquantifyable quantity of energy actually, it‘s not- it doesn‘t have boundaries. Within Source, Source creates the first manifestation which was a set of vibrations, breaking its consciousness down into a set of vibrations, that created the Primal Sound Fields. From the Primal Sound Fields the portions of Source that formed the Primal Sound Fields broke themselves down into different parts that inter-related in certain ways that created the Primal Light Fields. So God WAS, God created Sound, God created Light, and then, from the Light fields, which is the beginning of dimensionalization, D15, 14 and 13 are the primal light fields- then, what was created was called the Maharic Level or the Maharata frequencies or the Universal Christos- which is, these are words used to define a level of Physics. It‘s called prematter, hydroplasm, it‘s the stage where light begins to liquefy and take on form, but before it has full form. 30‖47 It‘s like a sea of liquid light, pale-silver liquid light from D-12, that‘s the Universal Christos. For any of us to come into manifestation, we pass through all of these stages and we leave a part of our consciousness in each of those stages. This is where we get our ‗higher levels‘ of identity. There‘s a part of you that‘s still with God, a part of you that‘s in the Primal Sound Fields, a part in the Primal Light Fields, a part in the Christos, and from the Christos on down, you have the, the dimensionalized structures from D11 on down. So what we‘re going to get into is there are graphs in here that will show you- - some of you have seen these graphs before, some haven‘t, but I include them all the time so people that haven‘t can, you know, see them, because the graphs help a lot. You‘ll see on page 17 what a 15-dimensional time matrix looks like, and you‘ll see some of the Primal Creation Currents. It‘s going to be important to realize these currents and where they fit if we‘re going to be Star Gate workers and that‘s what Planetary Stewards are. Planetary Stewards are Planetary Templar workers. They‘re not just people that go around and do meditations and you know, spew light and love but they have no idea what they‘re runn‘n into the grids. That‘s not responsible light work. They mean well, but there‘s a responsibility level that if we‘re going to be Planetary Stewards, we‘re going to have to understand the basic mechanics of how things work. And interestingly, if we understand how the Planet works, we understand how our bodies work, because it works precisely the same way. So we‘ll understand about the Maharata, which is the D12 frequency- the D12 frequency has the ability, being the pre-matter pattern for the dimensional structure itself- has the ability to re-set the natural, organic structure of any of the dimensions below it. So the D12 frequency, it‘s called the Maharata Current, has the ability to restore the, the divine right blueprint to whatever it touches. That‘s what we‘re going to be doing with the Star Gates. That‘s how we‘re going to reverse the coding on the Nibiruan Diodic Crystal Grid, to get Earth‘s Planetary Shields, or Planetary Body Merkaba working the way it‘s supposed to. 32:45 So what we‘re going to get into this afternoon, and I think on break- in fact, yeah, ok -(chuckles) I just got a little guidance there – being, um – it‘s being suggested, let‘s say, that uh, when we go on break, instead of just taking like the 15 minute, you know, mad dash, people move around thing, we will go like from 5 to 5:30- have a little bit of ‗homework‘ or, or ‗break work‘- ‗break work‘ (chuckles) – move through the graphs, ok. You don‘t have to read through everything here, but when we, when we go on break, take your books with ya and if you don‘t have one, see if you can pair up with somebody that‘s gonna hang around the lobby or someth‘n so you can. You know, look at them- I‘d like you to just look at the graphs in section 2 of workshop 1. Notice that the first part deals with what‘s called the ‗Maharata‘, but that‘s because we‘re talking about the Christos Level most of the time. I titled that section the Maharata, but it‘s really talking about Kundaray, which is Primal Sound Field Current, Kee-Ra-Shay, Primal Light Field Current, and the Maharata, which is the next one down. Because these are the currents we have to open in our bodies to be able to run enough frequency to interact with the Planetary Grids and to interact with the Star Gates. If we‘re going to fix things, we have to be able to anchor these frequencies and run them in our bodies. So these charts and things are kind of like ‗info bites‘- they put a lot of information in one spot that would take numerous pages of, of post-body type to uh, to do. There‘s other books that have more of the- - like the Kathara Healing Systemexplains a lot of, of these things, but it doesn‘t get into the Kee-Ra-Shay and the Kundaray yet. 34:25 If you look at the graphs- for instance on page 18 ………… end of CD 2 …………………………. Page 14 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

CD 3 – chapter 1 Here we have the basic Universal Life Force Currents of the Kee-Ra-ShA. Now the Kee-Ra-ShA is the frequencies of Dimension 13, 14 and 15. Interestingly, D-13 is the highest, D-14 is the next and D-15 is the lowest, as far as ―steps up to Source‖. It has to do with the coding. Now D-13 is called the ―Blue Flame‖ ok- ―Blue Primal Light Field‖. Out of that come D-14 and D-15, so it is the first one. D-13 frequency is known as the ―Blue Flame‖. D-14 is known as the ―Gold Flame‖ and D-15 is known as the ―Violet Flame‖. They‘re just…they call them ―Flames‖ because they‘re literally standing Fields of Light, of those colors- of those frequency bands. Color is a wave-length. When we see color, what we‘re seeing, and even science here knows that, we‘re dealing with a wavelength. So we‘re dealing with 3 Primal Fields of Light that everything else manifests within. Now the 3 flames are actually, the Blue Flame is a torquoise, a pale-tourquoise color. The Gold Flame is a pale-yellow color and the Violet Flame is actually a palemagenta color. Kind of a, a ..it‘s kind of pink, like if you take, um, a wine color, like magenta color- it‘s a little bit purple, a little bit red- and put white in it- it‘d ..you get kinda like a pinkish color…like magenta. Those are the 3 Primal Currents that would normally flow through the human body if the DNA template wasn‘t distorted right now because of the Planetary grids being distorted. You can open these frequencies back up in the body if you know how to work with the DNA template. So what we‘re going to do is we‘re going to understand a little bit about the currents themselves, in the 1 st part. We‘re going to understand there‘s these Primary Currents that we have to learn how to bring through the body. We‘re going to understand for a minute, something called the Kathara Grid, which is shown on page 18. The Kathara Grid, for people who have taken the Kathara Bio-Spiritual Healing System, they know this- for those who didn‘t know. The Kathara Grid, which looks like the tree of life diagram from the Kabala, except it has 2 extra ones compared to the Kabala because the Kabala usually only teaches 10- which is a 10strand, uh, orientation. There are others- the Annunaki Versions- teach the 11-strand. They call them Sephara on the tree of life diagram. Well, the ones who have 10 are Draconian and the ones that have 11 are Annunaki and the ones that have 12 are Elohei, which are the Founder‘s Races, which are the Angelic Human Imprint. (she chuckles) Alright? Doesn‘t mean they‘re all bad, those teachings, they might be geared toward helping like Draconians with 10-strands or Annunaki with 11, but usually there‘s a little, um, slight of hand happening with the systems that are teaching those. The Kathara Grid is the Core Template of the Human Body, but of Anything in manifestation, because it‘s the core template of how the Time Matrix Itself structured. Each of the, we call them Kathara Centers- they would be called Sepharah in the Jewish Kabala tradition – each of the Kathara Centers represents a consolidated point of frequency of one dimension, has 12-sub-harmonics, and it constitutes the wave-lengths of 1 dimension. So Dimension 1 would be in Kathara Center 1. Dimension 2 in Kathara Center 2, Dimension 3 in Kathara Center 3, etc., all the way up to 12. That deals with, from 12 down to 1, deals with the dimensions that are responsible for pre-matter all the way down to gross dense matter. It‘s the template for the universe not just for our bodies. The Planet has this template- everything that comes into manifestation, that comes through D-12, takes on this template- that is the Core Manifestation Template. When you work with the Core Template, that holds the program for everything else on top of it. In Kathara Healing, we teach about using this template and clearing things from there, because that‘s where you fix stuff from. You can clear stuff that grows on top of it, but unless you change the core template to a healing, you‘re going to get re-manifestation of conditions. When you‘re dealing with it on a Planetary Level, this becomes a very interesting grid, because it‘s also a map of the Stargates. It‘s the alignment map that shows you how they‘re connected and it shows you where their located. So this Kathara Grid is Key to understanding Templar Mechanics, but it‘s also Key to understanding your body. If you see on page 18 in that graph, the Kathara Grid is stretched out a bit but it‘s in the body- Kathara Center 1 is down in Earth‘s Core and then 2 is in the groin area, 3 and 4 are across here, 5 is at the naval. Now there‘s more on this in Kathara Healing, but it‘s showing you how this things that‘s over on the right side, is actually running in the body. If you look at this snake-y kind of thing coming down on the one on the right, that‘s showing you the Primal Currents.

Page 15 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

You have the Eckatic Blue Flame frequencies, from D-13, coming down through this pattern from D-12 or Kathara Center 12, to 11, to 9, to 6, to 5, to 4, to 2, to 1. That‘s the path of the Blue Flame. In the body, that would be the path of those frequencies, once they were activated in the body, that‘s where they would run. And those are the areas of the body that they would run through. If you look at how the Kathara Grid is in the body. On the other side you have the Violet Flame coming down- the other polarity. And that comes down from 12, to 11, to 10, to 7, to 5, to 3, to 2, to 1. Then in the middle, you have the Gold Flame- the Path of the Middle Pillar- Middle Pillar, they call it. So you have the Path of the Blue Pillar, the Path of the Violet Pillar and the Blue one is, ..this is where it gets confusing. The, uh, when you‘re looking at the diagram, it‘s actually as if you were wearing ityou have to hold it like this way, as if you were- it was on you, like this. This is the left side, ok, ‗cuz these numbers here actually run down the right side of your body, and these run down the left side of your body, ok? So it‘s like you‘re In It, rather than looking at it. You can get a little deslexic with left vs right vs left with this stuff, you know (chuckles). So we‘ll learn a bit about how the Primal Currents come into the body. We‘ll learn that we have something called the Antekarana, which is a 9-dimensional current, composed of the electro-magnetic or polarized currents from D-1 up to D-9- that‘s the first part that activates in the body. Then from there, we begin to activate the Maharata, which would be D-10, D-11 and D-12 frequencyand so we have the full Maharata Current running, which is D-12. Then, it would be time to activate the Kee-Ra-ShA Primal Light Field Currents, which are these guys. That‘s when these conduits would begin to open to run these frequencies in the body. When you get to that point- now, you can run sub-harmonics, if you‘re an Angelic Human that has a 12-strand template, you can run the sub-harmonics of these. You can run a Full Maharata, but you can‘t run a Full Khundaray, or Kee-Ra-ShA Light Field, because you don‘t have enough DNA Templates to hold that frequency. IF you needed them, you would have born with them, ok? So people that can..you, you would have been born as what‘s called an ―Indigo child‖. You may have them, you may be an Indigo Child. Most of the people that come to these workshops are, because the information in these workshops goes from D-6 to about D-10 at this point. It‘s like really high level stuff- frequency- and it‘s over most people‘s heads that aren‘t Indigos, because Indigos come in with a 6-strand activated. It means they can pick up D-6 information and at least make some degree of sense with it and feel a resonance to it. So chances are if you‘re here, you‘re an Indigo. So this is why we‘re bringing this information. Angelic Humans don‘t need to know too much about runn‘n the Kee-Ra-ShA and the Khundaray because they didn‘t come with an incarnational contract to do it. The ones who came as Indigo Children, the Grail Lines, are the ones who came with a security contract, in order to run- - that‘s why they came with those higher DNA strands; not to be important or more important than other people, but so they could run the frequencies of the Kee-Ra-ShA and then the sound frequencies beyond that, of the Khundaray- in order to Be the security team for the Planetary StarGates when the StarGate Activations Cycle happened. 7:59 So, if we begin to understand how these currents move through the body, we can begin to understand that as we run frequency into the Planetary Grids, also the changes are happening within ourselves. We‘ll understand this afternoon, as we move through this more..we have the Primary Currents. Those currents build up and on page 19 it shows you the chakra system- how the main vertical current of energy that would be the Antakarana, brings in the frequency and it starts to form the chakra centers. These are the location of your chakras and there‘s 15 chakras. Most people only have 7 activated right now, on sub-harmonics, but as we activate the Kathara Centers in the body, which are connected to the DNA, you begin to activate more of the chakras to their fullest capacity. You bring more energy into the body- energy is consciousness- you bring more consciousness into the body, when you open up the body to receive it. On page 20, it shows the auric fields levels that are all connected to the chakra system that‘s connected to the Kathara System. Kinda like the ‗hip bone‘s connected to the leg bone‘ (chuckles), that kind of thing (chuckles more)- shows you where the pieces fit. On page 21 - - I‘m going through this real fast- we‘ll take our time with it when we get back. On page 21, we have the personal shields. And if we understand what our personal shields are, we‘ll have a clue as to what I‘m talking about when I talk about Planetary Shields, alright? The Shields are scalar wave, um, discs, that actually open up in the auric field with activation of corresponding Kathara Centers and DNA strands. They hold the template of manifestation. If you wanna have, uh, D-12 consciousness anchored in your body so you can have ‗christ consciousness‘ here, you need to activate what‘s called your Page 16 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

‗Maharic Shield‘. That‘s the one down below the feet in the diagram. That one is the D-10, 11 and 12-frequency receptor- it holds that frequency IN. If you activate it, it will hold that frequency and consciousness in the manifestation. If you don‘t activate it, you can‘t draw it in- you have nothing to anchor it into. These Shields activate with the activation of DNA and Kathara Centers. Kathara Centers, DNA, chakras and shields are all interconnected. You activate one, you‘re influencing the others to activate. The processes we go through to run Stargate frequency, to run enough frequency to influence the kundalini on the Planetary Level, to influence the Planetary Grids, requires a progressive activation of these things within the body, or you just won‘t be able to hold enough frequency. If we had 50 years to get ourselves together enough to do this, there‘d be time to take it easy, one step at a time kinda thing. Right now this is happening as we‘re having the crash course thrown at us. And believe me, I have spent- you would not believe how many nights I have not slept, getting ready to like, a day before a presentation they throw a Huge Amount of data at me, that I just- now that I Know I can‘t not tell the people, but I have to like, you know, literally, - sometimes 2 and 3 days I‘ve gone without sleep to try to get it- this is all new stuff- this isin‘t taken from anybody else‘s book or anybody else‘s teachings – this is directly off the plates. It‘s giving us the crash course- figuring, we can- whatever we can take and grab and run with, is better than nothing at all. It‘s better than taking time where we don‘t have anymore. If we can work with these things- some of it‘s going on trust because there‘s so much data there to try to get your brain to hold it all, it‘s kinda- even with me, I just get like ‗huh?‘ you know (chuckles)? I do that frequently. After a while it sinks in and then ‗oh yeah, that makes sense‘. But sometimes my, my, it‘s like my DNA is not activated high enough for That particular piece, and I just get into this like, ‗ok, I, I, I know it‘s real, but I have no idea what that means‘ (chuckles). But after a while, I will know what it means. It‘ll find its place where it fits and it comes. So I, I recommend that when you‘re working with this material – if you feel overwhelmed after 4 pages, that‘s ok, you don‘t‘ have to understand all of it. You‘re still taking in the freuqncy of it. You‘re giving yourself back that frequency that‘ll, in your own time, trigger the cellular memory, to bring it back to you and the way you need it most. But it also helps the logical mind ot have the sequence of understanding how the parts fit together. You can go tell the ego that ‗well, we‘re going to go out and play with stargates‘ and right now the ego is taught that there is no such thing as stargates. Its taught that it has a body that it has no control over – we‘re taught that there‘s no connection between us and the Planetary Grids – that the Planet‘s a dead, you know, hunk of rock-- - this is what the ego‘s dealing with. Then all of a sudden you‘re going to tell it, Its going to go out and play with stargates? The ego‘s going to go, ‗yeah, right. What are we on sci-fi channel?‘ (chuckles) ya know? To have yourself believe that you‘re doing something effective, you have to integrate the ego, you can‘t just cut it off and throw it away, it‘s not like surgery. You have to heal that ego by bringing it along for the ride, which means you have to give it a linear sequence of understanding. That‘s what we try to do, that‘s why we do the detail that we do. To not make it hard, but to fill in the gaps where those gaps need to be filled, so people can move to the next level. Some people don‘t need all the detail, fine, don‘t use it, but the people who really need to say, ‗how does that work? ‗cuz I don‘t really relate to that?‘ If you don‘t know how to relate to it, you‘re not going to know how to use it, you know? That‘s why the detail‘s here. 13:06 Ok, so we have the shields there, the 4 discs. I‘ll talk for a second about the shields a little bit more. We have what‘s called the Telluric Shield, the – this is on page 21. We have the Telluric Shield that‘s composed of dimensions 1, 2 and 3 frequency. That is a disc of frequency that pops out around this way on a horizontal plane and it‘s rooted at the base chakra, at kind of at the crotch and at the tailbone. And, when, when certain things in the DNA are fully activated, when you fully activate the 12 sub-harmonics in strands 1, 2 and 3- which means 12 base codes and 12 acceleration codes- when they‘re all activated, that shield will pop out. You‘ll have an energy field in your bio-field that way- that beings the creation of your merkaba vehicle. These are directly connected to merkaba. That‘s why I want you to understand the parts, because there‘s a lot of talk about merkaba out there on the internet and the whole bit- - I have not seen one person explain what this stuff is very well. Now, Enoch did a pretty good job in the ‗Keys of Enoch‘, but he made it so wonderfully complex that you think this stuff is hard? Try to read that stuff. It is so convoluted with scientific jargon and ‗hail Jehovah‘ that it‘s very hard to find out what the bas- ‗what is he saying here? Ok, we got merkaba vehicles‘ – ya know (chuckles). He‘s talk‘n about the same stuff, but we‘ve kinda like done a condensed version. This is the Master‘s Level for the Layman Mind. We don‘t have time to go through 25 years of learning Page 17 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

scientific jargon so we can, you know, dissect what those things mean. It doesn‘t have to be made complicated. There‘s enough detail to make it complicated here, but not complicated- not convoluted. There‘s a difference between complicated and convoluted. Complicated, you have the Ability to, if you take it piece by piece, digest it, make sense of it and use it. Convoluted, you‘re going to run around in circles trying to figure out, ‗ok, what do I do with that part? What does that have to do with this part?‘ Convoluted is a way of getting the mind occupied with knowledge, so it never gets around to finding wisdom. 15:15 It‘s a way of using intellect to turn in on itself, where it can seek forever but never find. We try to find a balance – where you get enough of the intellectual stuff where you‘re intellect can say, ‗oh, ok that makes sense‘, but getting tied up in the scientific jargon is not important. I could care less if I make sense to Physicists right now, because some of the stuff they do, if they Really looked at it, doesn‘t even makes sense to themselves. They contradict themselves- their paradigms contradict themselves. This paradigm does not contradict Itself- every part of it‘s coherent with the other part- that‘s one of the beautiful things about it. There‘s- it all plugs in, there‘s nothing hanging that- ‗oh, yeah well, but, you said this over here and then that over here- they don‘t go together‘- it all goes together (chuckles). So if we can understand our parts- we‘ll start with that- then we‘ll begin to understand Earth‘s parts as well. The parts of the Earth and Templar – if we can understand our Shields, the facts that we have a Kathara Grid that connected to these energy fields that are called Shields, that are connected to the DNA that are connected to the chakras, we‘ll start to understand that the Earth has a Kathara Grid, but the Kathara Centers on the Earth are Stargates. That‘s Its Stargates point- stargate points- and each one of those points corresponds to a place on the Planet, just like each one of those points corresponds to a place in the body. 16:34 Question from participant- ―what about cue zones?‖ Ash- Cue zones- we‘re, we‘re going to get into them like tomorrow we‘re going to get into more of the, the technical grid stuff- I‘m trying to take it from the personal Up into the grid work. Cue Zones (*more question from same person- too low) Ash- yeah, in the body. They haven‘t given them yet, because we‘re go‘n for direct activation of these sites, but we will be activating them by running the cue zone things for the Planetary grid stuff. They will naturally activate and accelerate activation of the Kathara Centers and DNA in, in the, the body. There are other, um, - lets see, I‘m trying to see if the graphs are here or in the next part- I think they‘re in workshop 2 – uh, anyway, the cue zones that I‘ve talked about in terms of the Planetary Grids, there‘s also a correspondence in the body to those. They‘re different areas in the body that are Directly Connected to the 12 areas in the body- the Kathara Cneters in the body- that help to activate them more quickly. Now in the Planetary grids, it‘s important that we understand cue zones because that‘s what we have to use to help fulfill this Planetary Christos Realignment Mission. And it‘s a really important mission. And it‘s, it‘s – some people say, ‗oh, you know, that sounds lofty, that‘s not scientific at all, you know- christos realignment‘. That‘s because scientists don‘t believe in anything spiritual, first of all, because they‘re taught not to here. But second of all, ‗Christos‘ is another word for D12 Hydro-plasmic Liquid Light. It‘s a form of consciouness that we all take on to move through down into here. So we‘re dealing with definite ‗science‘ here. The cue zones, in the Planetary templar, are areas that you bring the energy of those Primal Creation Currents that we talked about: the Kee-Ra-ShA, the Khundaray, the Maharata, the Antakarana and bring those frequencies into the cue zones and then run them from the cue zones to the stargates, to activate the stargates. That‘s how the Planetary system works. As we do that, in running these frequencies through our bodies, to activate the grids, we‘re activating the same things in the body itself. As we clear the Planetary grids, we‘re clearing our own DNA template as well. And there are ways to expedite it. By the time we get through with this evening, um, we‘re going to get onto a couple of techniques, and I‘m going to these quick because I‘d like you to just look them over- let me find what pages they‘re on. Alright, now, we‘re not going to do this – we‘ve done this a lot with people and if, if you haven‘t done this one, you can do this at home. This is on page 24. It‘s the Maharic Seal- the temporary Maharic Seal. This one‘s the longer one- I suggest reading it onto an audio tape and then just listening to it. All you have to do is just follow the directions and just do the mental movement and you‘re making the frequency happen in the body. You don‘t have to memorize it, but I suggest with this one- - we‘re going to have it on tape eventually, but we just haven‘t had time Page 18 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

to, ya know, to put that on tape. So it‘s there for- this amplifies the effects of the other things we‘re going to do, but for what we‘re going to be doing here, there‘s – after the, this- this goes to page, ok- this goes to page 27. And on page 28, we have what‘s called Field Technique 1‘. This is the Maharic Quick Seal. There‘s a procedure that‘s going to be used preceding all of the grid work, ‗cuz it will get your D-12 frequency pillar up in your field so it‘s safe for you to do grid work, so nothing gets into your fields you don‘t want to be in there. It‘s a much faster version than the 20 something or whatever steps in the longer version of it. And once you play with it for a while, you can get a Maharic Seal very quickly. If you practice this for awhile- like step by step- you can then, simply send the image down - - they‘re working here with a 24-pointed, 3-dimensional star- - you send that image down into the grids, pull it up, push it out with the breath and pull the shield up. You can do it in 2 seconds, all right. It takes awhile first, when you‘re learning these techniques, but you can do it like that (snaps her fingers) once you get the body used to runn‘n them. This is the process of bringing your Maharata Current in- you‘re D-12 frequency. This is how you begin running it through the body. When you do these procedures, it‘s opening up the Kathara Grid in the body, to bring in all the D-12 sub-harmonics from strand 1 up to strand 12. The more you do that, the more the DNA template can hold that and the more of that frequency it will bring in. This is how you get your ‗christ consciousness‘ self into your body, instead of having it hanging out up there in D-12 feeling like it‘s separate from you. 20:48 It‘s also, absolutely essential if you‘re going to do grid work, to run this. Because when you try to do grid work without running the Maharic Seal, you are exposing not only yourself to potential infiltration of your bio-fields, you are also exposing the Earth grids to potential being manipulated in a way that is harmful. Because if they can access your bio-fields and your bio-fields have been opened to interface with the Earth grids, that‘s direct interface. Your body becomes a direct conduit for something to mess with the Earth grids. All right, now, to really effect the Earth grids, there is a built in protection system, to some degree. If you don‘t run the Maharic Frequency, if you don‘t run the Maharata, you‘re not going to build enough frequency in the body to access the Core Template of the Planetary Shields. You could do local damage if you we‘re messing with it, but you can‘t do Full, total damage to the Planetary Grids and nothing can through you, because if you don‘t run the D-12 Maharic Current, you can‘t run any of the higher currents that are needed to activate the Planetary Shields to make changes in them. So it‘s kind of like a built in security thing as far as how much damage you can do if you‘re being irresponsible with the Planet. But you can still open yourself to harm, if you don‘t be responsible enough to use the Maharic S – the tem- the Quick Maharic Seal. They used to this- the Ancients used to do this every day. In fact, they did it as part of something else that‘s going to be technique 3 that we‘re going to end with here. But in between technique 1, Quick Maharic Seal- which is really like the easy-beasy thing- just the first one to get done- then there‘s, we get into talking about the DNA a little bit. When we‘re talking– we‘re uh- on page 30 we go into what‘s called the Tribal Shield and Cue Zones. Now we dealt with this in New York City- talks about the DNA and the DNA template, and how that connects to the Maharic Shield, that‘s your Divine Blueprint- and how that connects to the Species Divine Blueprint-which is your role- hm? Break? Ok, well what time is it? Is it about 5? Yeah, when we finish this a little bit- I just want to cover what we‘re going to do so they can look at this while they go on break. When we get into the Maharic – uh, the – the uh, Tribal Shield, we‘re talking about 1 st of all we have 12-strand minimum DNA template that‘s our personal Christos Blueprint. That is connected to a bigger Christos Blueprint that is the blueprint for the Angelic Human Species. That carries the Core Code- everybody has the Core Codes of the Tribal Shield of 1 of 12 Tribes. This is where the original ‘12-tribes‘ came from. That Tribal Shield is key to running the frequencies that access the Grid Codes, because the Tribe Shield of Angelic Humans was created in a way that it held the perfected patterns for the Planet‘s Christos Realignment. It held the proper frequencies and the proper, um, what are called ‗fire letters‘, or consolidated points of frequency that would reset the right order to the Planetary Grids. When we run current to do Planetary Shields work, we are- we have to activate the Tribal Shield. So we‘ll learn how to do that – and, when we do the Tribal Shield, you happen to create what‘s called a ‗cue zone‘- which isin‘t the same as a ‗cue site‘ or, or- a cue site is something that‘s fixed and already there. A cue zone is a merkaba zone, where you have created an area in the Page 19 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Planetary Grid that now is coded to D-12 and is running the Maharata Currents. So when you activate your Tribal Shield in order to bring in the higher currents for you to use for grid work, you are- wherever you‘re doing it- you‘re actually anchoring a merkabathat creates a ‗safe zone‘. It creates an area in the grids that gets cleared. And, so you help yourself and you help the Planet. So we‘ll learn how to do that, and that‘s not that hard. What we‘re really going to do is these- these are going to be done as far as practicing, because they take- - the practice is what‘s most important. You can talk about it forever, but it‘s the practice that‘s going to be absolutely bizarre, but (chuckles) - I ‗m trying to image some of the stuff to like get this going- it‘s going to be really, really funny, ‗cuz there‘s like toning involved and there‘s like lots of bodies that have to get in certain positions, by the time we‘re running Rainbow Round Tables- it‘s going to be really, really funny- like, like a choir that‘s, that‘s first, you know, like 1 st day of choir- trying, trying to find the ‗C‘ note (laughs). But we‘ll do it. So the procedure for activating the Tribal Shield – the Tribal Shield begins being explained on page 32- I‘d suggest looking through this. 32, from page 33 (* this is during break? – participant- ) Ash- yeah. Check these out during break. 34, 35 – alright (chuckles)- it starts, let‘s see where we start- ??? 34, 35, alright, yeah, it starts with 35, technique 2a – these are just showing you the tones that‘ll be used. Now, everybody is out of one of these 12 Tribes. They are the sound tones that are actually encoded in your DNA template- at the core of your DNA template- 1 of those 12 will..you will actually have those codings. Yes? (participant- when I‘m doing homework I say these all the time.) Ash-do you really? (participant- constantly. And I‘ve beenwas going to ask you when I first met you – I wanted to speak with you and say, ‗where the heck are these from, but I don‘t ///) Ash- well, it explains it pretty well in here actually. (chapter 1 – 26:07) Now, once we get through seeing what they are, then is when we get into using it. This was a, a work- a technique that was given in the workshop in New York, so it‘s in those chart packs for those who have them, but it‘s used as uh, technique 2b here. After we get the tribes names, we just, the uh, the ‗creating a cue zone‘ exercise is going to be creating a cue zone, you‘re activating the tribal shield and when you‘re activating the tribal shield, you‘re creating a cue zone. So it‘s the same thing. It‘s not hard to do. What we‘re trying to build up to is the new stuff. This is where we get into really fun, wacky stuff. This is what the Ancients used to use. This is how they used to run the grids, consciously- with great awareness and great knowledge. They knew their bodies were living conduits of frequency. They knew how to move the Earth grids. And they were allowed that knowledge because they were the Guardians of the Earth‘s grids. So it‘s our heritage to have this. When we get into the end of it, what I would like to have- you‘re gunna love me for this schedule- ya know. If there‘s a lot of objection, I, I will try to do something to change it. But if you notice on the itinerary, tomorrow morning at 7:00- now this is- - I‘m not, I‘m not a sadist, honest (chuckles)- sometimes I‘m a masicist but I‘m not a sadist. The reason it‘s 7am is because of the frequencies that are available in the morning light around dawn. All right? When we get into this – when we‘re finishing up this afternoon- between page 38 and – this is where the graphs that are still getting printed are- you get into Merkaba, between 38 and the end of this section. We‘re getting into something called the Sacred Salutations. These were not just ‗ancients worshipping the sun and the moon,‘ they were using the solar and lunar frequencies to activate specific parts of the merkaba. They were doing that in order to run the planetary shields. They had to do this before they could run a Rainbow Roundtable. And right now, why it‘s so important to us is because right now, our merkaba‘s are running partially backward, because of the Nibiruan Diodic Cyrstral Grid. For, - since 25,500 BC, this has been the way the merkaba‘s on the planet have been running and it‘s backwards. It is creating a situation where instead of growing less dense and progressively moving Up the dimensional scale, the body is getting heavier and heavier and more dense, because it‘s drawing In energy instead of taking it Out. This was done on purpose and it‘s being run through Nibiru. This is what we‘re going to clear, but we have to clear it in ourselves first. Now we have the ability because of January 1 st, 2000, when the, the Stellar Bridge anchored on a 12-code pulse for the 1st time in over 200,000 years. Now that D-12 Frequency, Maharata, is available, now we can use it. And if we want to use it to expedite our process of DNA activation, one of the first things we need to do is get our merkaba‘s spinning in the right directions and at the right speeds. Page 20 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

The Salutations are not only necessary to run Rainbow Roundtables in general – if they are used, they will begin to set the natural ratios back into your merkaba fields. There is a natural ratio that once existed. It‘s a natural ratio of particle and anti-particle balance that exists within Density 1, which is a 33 and 1/3 as the Top half of the Merkaba, which would be the Electrical Merkaba. 33 and 1/3 parts anti-particle to 11 and 2/3rds parts particle, was the natural balance of Density 1 matter. What it is running on right now, because of the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid, is a 34-part particle and a 21-part anti-particle. They‘ve been doing this by reversing the merkaba‘s. If you look at merkaba teachings that are out there, you can tell uh, Annunaki teaching if you look at the speed ratios that they‘re teaching. Or, if they‘re teaching you that the ‗female merkaba is on top‘- it is Not. The Male merkaba, that is the Electrical Merkaba that spins clockwise, is the one on top. That should go at 33 and 1/3 – whats? That‘s the big question they never answered, whats? There‘s numbers, but 33 and a 1/3 whats? It was described to me, as the closest time increment that they could give as far as our time scales what we know here would be a trillionth of a nanosecond. (‗Oh‘- participant) -33 and a 1/3rd rotations every trillionth of a nanosecond, and I forget exactly what a ‗nanosecond‘ is, but it‘s like a billionth of a something- yeah, one billionth of a second or something (laughs) – (‗that‘s a New York minute‘- participant.) – laughs. So what we will learn to do, and what we‘re going to do tomorrow morning, for those who really want to do this- and, if you really want to do the gridwork, you really need to do this. We‘ve got to get the merkaba‘s set the right way, with ourselves first. So we‘re going to go out on the beach tomorrow morning (chuckles), and run the, uh, Solar Salutation. Which is on page 38, yeah. (participant asks question- ‗are we going to get dizzy doing this?‘) Ash- the trick to not getting dizzy when you‘re doing, when you‘re doing manual merkaba spin, is holding your thumb out in front of you and starring at your thumb and not the background going by. It helps. It helps a lot to keep the equilibrium ‗cuz you‘re fixed, ya know, it turns with you and you don‘t get the movement thing. Plus you don‘t have to go like 500 miles an hour, you know. And it‘s really hard to time ‘33 and a1/3 nanoseconds‘ or trillionths of a nanosecond. Your body knows it, ok? It can sense when it hits the right speed, so it‘s just- knowing the numbers helps us to realize what‘s being done to distort the numbers. That, - you don‘t even need to use the numbers- you can, but you don‘t need to use them. All you need to do is know how to run the salutations and it will get the merkaba going the way it was supposed to in the first place, now that we have Maharata Current to work with. So, I‘m trying to get you all to the point that this makes sense to you and you have an idea of how this works so by tomorrow morning we can go out and take advantage of the Solar Frequencies, and bring the anti-particle spiral into the body, which comes down through the solar frequencies. It‘s strongest in the morning around dawn, for about an hour on either side of dawn, and I think- I picked 7 because I figured dawn would be someplace from that vicinity. (coughs). 32:45 It is at 6 here? Oh no (people talking at once- about ‗dawn‘) Ash- is it? (there is more chatter all at once from the group) Ashthat‘s the, that‘s the height of it. There‘s the 2 nd peak that happens at noon (some ‗yeah!‘s‘ from the group and ‗ahhh‘s‘) Ash- I shouldn‘t have said that. Would you prefer that I work with the schedule to get it to the noon one? (some ‗No‘s and a lone ‗yeah!‘ – one says- ‗people that maybe are off, off the uh, land here- aren‘t staying here, might be difficult) Ash- right. I‘m not trying to make it difficult 33:30 (chapter 1) for people. (participant - we don‘t want to miss a thing..) Ash-I knoooow. What we could do, for the people who want to do it at 7 in the morning, I could go out with you at 7 in the morning- at some point in there, in order for you to have the graphs that I want you to have for tomorrow, I have to like be able to disappear and be here where I need to be when I‘m doing workshops. So I can‘t – I won‘t have enough time to schedule ‗me‘ at both of them, but there are a couple other people, like MaryAnn Callaway, - and I think you‘re familiar enough, aren‘t ya Audrey? -With some of this? Where you could – because it‘s written right there, as far as how to run them- the techniques are given, um, it‘s # 3, technique number 3 and I think it‘s further in the back. Yeah, Field technique 3a, it‘s page 52, this is the whole procedure to run them, ok? So, I did this on purpose – and took the time to get them right down- every piece of them down- so you guys could take this and you can take this manual, the techniques in this manual, and you can teach somebody else to do it, and yourself at the same time. That‘s what I‘m doing- they just threw this stuff at me (laughs), you know- said, ‗you need to do these‘, you know, ‗we need to get Roundtables going- it‘s really, really important‘. How important is it? ‗Well, if we don‘t get Gate 6 open successfully, we‘re probably going to go into pole shift, do you care?‘ ??????//// ya know (chuckles). Page 21 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

34:46 So, it‘s like I take it, I take it all with a sense of humor and a grain of salt and I don‘t get nervous at all and we don‘t preach ‗pole shift‘, but if somebody in the Inner Earth says to me, ‗we really need your help here‘, I‘m willing to learn. This is the way- this is why I spend so much time with these manuals- I‘m only one person and I‘m not available and I can‘t, I can‘t do what you could do if you can have the techniques right there in your hands and have enough of the knowledge that you can explain it to somebody that you could teach them. You could run these things too. So if there are people who want to do it around noon, I think we have a lunch hour scheduled around there on the itinerary- I can have one of the other people, one of the other Melchizedek Minister‘s that, um, you know- - let me correct that- Melchizedek Cloister Minister‘s that – distinct from Templar – um, know how to do this, that can read this and run you through it, ok? If you want to do that- if you can‘t make it for the 7am, but I‘m, I‘m getting the guidance that ‗leave it at 7 because the frequencies are a little stronger at that time and it, it‘s better to run it when it‘s, when it‘s strongest when you‘re first trying to get ready to do major grid work. And what we‘re trying to do is get ready to do major grid work. And, um, we‘ll also be doing a Lunar one to activate the bottom part of the merkaba‘s. See, the Solar one activates the top part of the merkaba and gets it spinning the right way – the electrical. The Lunar activates the bottom magnetic part. Yep? (participant asking question- ‗The people who are in the 7am one /// sunrise was at 6:10 this morning //?‘) Ash- 6:10? Ok, it‘s about a, a, it‘s about an hour either way, they said. Ya know, where the frequencies stay pretty peak, so if it was at 6:10, ya know, 7:10 it would still be there. You know, I think, I think 7 is, is functional, honestly. I mean, I will probably go to bed at 6:00 knowing me, because I‘m trying to get the graphs ready for tomorrow and things (laughs), so at 6:00 it‘s tough for me. I can crawl out of bed by 7 if I even get to bed, but if 7:00- I‘d like to keep it at 7, you know, for now, anyway. If anybody else wants to get out there and play with this technique at 6, you‘re welcome to do it. But I will show up at 7 (laughs)- I will show up at 7 because I‘m being guided that, that‘s just fine – that, that will work. Ok, we‘re gunna try- I wanna go out on break and scout out the beach to see if there‘s any place out there that‘s wide enough to (participants say yes) – alright- good. Because (feedback from group- /// - too jumbled) Ash laughs. – one‘s pointing one way, one‘s pointing the other- (?) 37:06 - timer- chapter 1 – Ok, (group chatting) ok, yeah, ‗cuz we need to find an area where we can like, you know, like be in a circle without having our bottoms sitting in the water (laughs), ya know? So, ok, but anyway, when we come back after break- can we take about a ½ hour break on this- ‗cuz – just look through these things, and just, just scan through it, so, so you get an idea of what‘s there. So if there‘s things where we don‘t get to cover fully, you know it‘s in there, you know where to look for it. Just so you have an orientation of what we‘re going to attack once we get back from break (laughs), ok? And I think- did I see Michael? (group chatters back) Oh good. Ok, anywhere in section 2, but particularly the Tribal Shield section – which runs from- what page does that start on? Don‘t have the index done yet either. 30…. it was 30‘s…yeah, something like that. Yeah, it‘s actually from 30‘s onthat‘s where section B, Tribal Shield and Cue Zones starts. Starts with the DNA Template thing, for anybody who‘s not familiar with that, then it goes into Tribal Shield activations. So from there on, just like, you don‘t have to read it all, but, but check it out and try to become familiar with some of it. Because it really makes sense and I may miss things, ok, as far as describing it in a sequence that your brain will go, ‗oh, ok, I get it‘. If you read it- this is why I give you the written- sometimes it‘s easier, it‘s all there for you, alright? Anyway, take a half hour break- what time is it now? (participant- 5:17) Ok, 5:17- - are we coming back here? That‘s a good question - - I will try to find- - oh, why don‘t we come back here at least to meet back here, because I don‘t know where we- where else we could go- but if I find a place that‘s, that‘s quiet that we can go, then we‘ll just, we‘ll like do a parade down to the – down to where it is. (participant- we could meet in the hallway?) Ash- yeah, we could like meet in the hallway or something right here. (chatter) Ash- um, 5:30. It‘s, it‘s what, 5:15 now somebody said. 5:20? So that‘s almost 5:30 technically- let‘s meet at 6 alright? We‘ll leave it at an even 6:00? We may run, uh, I‘ll warn you, we may run a little late tonight into dinner. (voices fade out) 39:20- end of chapter 1 Chapter 2 – CD 3 – …we did some weird stuff, I guess it‘s for the planet- you know what I mean (laughs). When you understand what it is you‘re doing, first of all, you do it with more conviction. Second of all, you do it with more skill- you have a chance to develop skill, where Page 22 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

you start to understand the way the energy works in your body, and you‘ll progressively build sensitivity to do that. That‘s why I take the time to put together manuals. I mean, I didn‘t know I was going to have manuals for this until they, like 3 days before we were ready to go to New York, Iike 2 days before we were going to catch the plane to here- so this manifested itself from various different charts that had to be changed to put new data on them and stuff. This was like, just born, uh (laughs), you know. So, (coughs) in it you‘ll find the information that starts on page 17 that talked- it starts with the section called the Maharata. The Maharata is really what- it‘s really the D-12, the – it‘s the 10, 11 and 12 frequency- that is one of the Universal Life Force Currents. It‘s the Christos Current, that comes from the pre-matter, Hydro-plasmic, Liquid-Light reality field, that‘s the space between manifestation and the primal light fields that we all pass down through to get into manifestation. When we‘re doing grid work, it‘s all about energy. And it‘s all about running energy into the body and into the Planet. I thought it was really interesting how we walked out here and tripped into – ‗cuz I mean, I didn‘t even realize they were going to start that when they did – (coughs) – we, we got a demonstration – now, I don‘t know how many people picked up on the connection between what was happening up there with the dancers, and what we are doing and what we are talking about. But I‘ll tell you, there is a HUGE connection. Now, we‘ll explore some of the more historical value of that connection tomorrow, when we talk about the history of this place, and the Mu‘a and the Lemurian Races and their Grid Protection Contracts, and what that meant. What we‘ll talk a little bit about – it was a perfect demonstration- it was like the universe set that one up, beautifully (chuckles) – thank you, you know. What was most noticeable, I thought, was first of all, look at those hips move. I haven‘t seen hips move like- my hips haven‘t moved like that in about 2,000 years (laughs) ya know (lots of laughs) – probably more, ya know, since Lemuria went down (laughs), ya know. 2:22 What those dancers are doing- and they probably don‘t even have the memory, anymore, as far as the technical aspects of what they‘re doing- but once-upon-a-time, they did that, but they Knew Exactly why on the technical-scientific level as well as, on the spiritual level. Those hips rotat‘n like they do are mov‘n the merkaba. It‘s a type of spin dancing that manually activates and stimulates the faster activation of the merkaba spirals. When the hips are go‘n like that, they‘re activating the female, or the magnetic merkaba spiral on the bottom. Now I was- I was too, kind of like..I didn‘t pay attention to what way they were rotating the hips- that would tell us which merkaba they‘re running- if we could- - if they were running it clockwise, on the bottom, (participant‗clockwise‘) - they were do‘n it clockwise? So they are running the reversed one. They don‘t know that. It‘s come down in the traditions, because the, the information has been corrupted for so many thousands of years. Once upon a time, these dances Were Rainbow Roundtables. They did them in groups with certain stands –we‘ll learn the stands tomorrow. The Stands were Rainbow Roundtable are- if you have ‗x‘ amount of people, they‘re each a conduit of energy. There‘s a certain way you place them in a group so the energy creates and amplifies – so, a, a Signet Stand is what they‘re called – what, what – if you were going to run a Rainbow Roundtable, to run the frequency into the Planetary Grids, to do StarGate work and to do Planetary Templar work, you would- there are certain procedures that you would do in very specific positions to each other. There is a mathematical formula- it‘s, it‘s a 12-based system, and – we‘ll get into those tomorrow. Before we get into the Stands, we need to know the procedures that are used when you‘re in the Stands. ‗Ok, we‘re stand‘n here, what do we do?‘ (chuckles) It‘s about first activating personal merkaba and then activating group merkaba. 4:25 Now, to understand what that means, it helps to understand, ‗what the heck is a Merkaba anyway,‘ ya know- ‗one of those New Age words‘ (chuckles) ya know. Actually, (coughs) a Merkaba is a very scientific thing, it‘s a phenomena of physics. The Merkaba Field is a set of counter-rotating spirals of electro-magnetic energy, one is Electrical, one is Magnetic. The Electrical one is the one on top and it spirals energy clockwise, down. Now, everything has a Merkaba, all right? Everything in manifestation comes into manifestation through the energy circulation system of a Merkaba. So, it takes energy from the higher dimensional field, the electrical spiral spirals it clockwise, down into manifestation – in the human body it spirals down through the chakra system, down and around through the body, brings electrical anti-particle current into the body- from the body down into the Earth. Then there‘s the other counter-rotating field that is the magnetic, on the bottom. What that does, is it takes particle energy from the Earth, magnetic particle energy, spirals it up, rotates it and pulls it out of the body and sends it back in. It‘s a breathing system, Page 23 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

it‘s an energy breathing system, that none of us would be alive without. So we all have a Merkaba and there are levels to the Merkaba. The Merkaba is directly connected to everything else. It‘s connected to the DNA template, to the Kathara Center Core Templates, the 12, um, 12 Kathara Centers in the Core Template Kathara Grid- the Merkaba, the DNA, the Shields that we talked about briefly that‘s on one of these, these are all connected. They‘re all- the method by which the Universal Life Force Currents- which are currents of energy, but they‘re currents of consciousness as well as energy- they‘re conscious energy. This is how consciousness and energy enter the body to bring it into manifestation. 6:12 When we work with merkaba mechanics, we are working with the energy systems in the body- the core energy systems. Now we cans start with, simply, if we look at the graph, the graph on page 17, that simply shows the 15-dimensional matrix- that‘s the graph we use to show that- and see the stack of dimensions going up from 1 up through 12 on the inside, and then 13, 14 and 15 kinda got wiped out on this graph, but they‘re the blue flame, gold flame and violet flame. And then outside of those, the outer ring, are the Primal Sound Fields. And outside of that would be Source. This is all taking place within Source. And we‘re way down here where it says HU-1, that‘s Harmonic Universe One. It‘s Density one, physical matter density, dimensions 1, 2 and 3. That‘s where our consciousness is right now. That‘s where our bodies are right now. What we are doing is brining in a 3-dimensional current into our body right now, because of the way our DNA Template and our Merkaba is working. We are bringing in only the frequencies from dimensions 1, 2 and 3. This gives us 3-dimensional perception. We see this world, but we don‘t see the other worlds. We have sight, sound-hearing, the senses here, but unless we‘re activating higher strands, it‘s as if the rest of the universe doesn‘t exist. We‘re just focused here. Now, we‘re going into a period of time that I talked about before, the Stellar Activations Cycle- Star Gate Opening Cycle. It means the Planetary Grids are going to activate whether or not they‘re messed up, they‘re going to activate. What that means is more energy is going to be coming up from that bottom Merkaba spiral into your body and it‘s going to trigger activation of your DNA Template, which is going to trigger activation of the Life Force Current‘s running through your body. Now, right now, the human body- let‘s see the graph I want to find here- - uh, with this in the – all right- page 18. Ok, we looked at this before but I didn‘t point this out. On page 18, in the part that has the body, over on the left it says- Cranial Sacral Kundalini Seals. You see that running vertically on the left of the paper there? And they have 2 arrows- one pointing up the pineal gland that corresponds with Kathara Center 11, and one pointing down to where the tailbone would be that corresponds in the area of, uh, it‘s a little bit higher than Kathara Center 2. The Cranial Sacral Seals are energy seals- frequency seals- in the body that exist in the tailbone, and there‘s a corresponding set of them in the pineal gland area. These are the valves that allow the, the, the running or the closing down of energy in the body. Now when the Merkaba is running the right way and the DNA Template is working the right way, humans used to have conscious control of their body vehicle. They could bring in the energy that they needed when they needed it, they could turn DNA on, shut it down, whatever they needed to do. It was just our heritage to be able to do this. When the grids were messed with in 25,500 BC, that ability was taken away from us. Because there were mutations and literally reversal of the orientation of the Planetary Merkaba spiral, what that did is start to send a reverse sequence of mathematical codes to the Planetary grids that would come up through our Merkaba and reverse the spin on it. What that did is begin to reverse the way the currents, the electrical programming in the life force currents, the way they‘d run through part of the Kathara Grid. Now, we‘ll get into, tomorrow a little bit, about exactly what they did to the body, when we understand what they did to the Planetary Grids. ‗Cuz we‘re gunna need to understand how- what blockages happened if we‘re going to fix them. The easiest way to understand how it works in the body, in this case, is to understand how it works in the Planetary Body. Then you can just apply the same blockage things- that‘s what it did to your systems as well. So, the beginning part of what we‘re doing is trying to understand all the connections between all of these parts of our anatomy. We have 15-dimensional anatomy, and that anatomy was supposed to be under our control consciously. We were supposed to know our parts and know how to use them. That‘s what a ‗Christed Being‘ does. When you have 12-dimensions of Page 24 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

consciousness, you have the ability to modulate 12-dimensions of your own energy. You‘re in control of your identity. You‘re in control of your multi-selves in time. And that‘s what humans were created to be. They were put here to serve as the Guardian Team for the Planetary Star Gates, until this Planet got its grids fixed, where it was put back on the grid and protected from fallen angelic manipulation any further. We got sabotaged in the process. And now we‘re on the long way back, the long fight back, to getting our heritage back, so we can protect this Planet once and for all, before it‘s too late. The reason that the Guardian Alliance, which is the group that I work with- which is a huge group that‘s in the introduction parts of the manuals there, so I don‘t have to spend 20 minutes explaining who they are, you know? (chuckles) It‘s in there. Um, they became involved directly in 1983, because they were able to trace the future vectors coming off of this probability in time to see what it was lined up with. And there was a certain thing that what we call ‗phased-locked‘ in, - now futures are kind of volatile, until you hit a certain vibration in your present, that puts you in line, vibrationally, with a very specific time-vector. And at a certain point of critical mass frequency, you get ‗locked-in‘ to that time vector, and then you can‘t change that future outcome until you move through it. 11:55 The Planet hit a point like that. It 1983 that point was recognized by the Guardian Groups, and if they had not intervened, because of what the Illuminati races and the Zeta races, and those who are working with them from the higher spaces were doing, in the year 2, uh, 2976, the Planet was going to implode. And there, once it implodes, there‘s the black hole thing I talked about before. You, you can‘t pull it back when it goes that far. They intervened directly with beginning to make contact, and that‘s when my contract got activated. If it hadn‘t gone that bad, I had kind of like one of those ‗well, you come in and you do certain things but if it goes into a 911, then you do these things‘. Well, we got the, the beginning of the 911 call then, when we were, you know, it was decided that they would expedite the information in the Speaker‘s contracts- that they would be, you know, start giving it faster than it was originally intended. And they would focus on the grid work first, rather than gently leading people in from the personal level, slowly into the spiritual stuff, then into the planetary grid stuff- there was no time. 12:58 All right, so this was the crisis intervention move from the beginning. Everybody knew, in the Guardian worlds and in the Illuminati worlds and the fallen angelic worlds that the period of time between 2, 2000 and 2017 was going to be a big ‗hooray‘. It was going to be the time for the final conflict- the conflict that got- it ended in a stale mate in 22,326 BC when the last Stellar Activation Cycle Started, but the Stellar Bridge hadn‘t grounded. Now, I‘ll talk about the Stellar Bridge a bit more tomorrow when we get into the technical Planetary stuff. But it‘s a frequency pillar that comes down and it anchors in the Earth‘s core, and that initiates the beginning of the Star Gate Opening Cycle. And one opens about every 4 years, and uh, except when they‘re being expedited like they are now, which is what we‘re part of. But anyway, ever since – (question by participant-) Ash- hm? A visual thing? (words of participant too low) Ash- uh, on what level? (participant- ???? … stars….most incredible thing….into the ocean and it was the most incredible thing and I watched it for, you know, 40 minutes. – another person- ‗what‘s that?‘ - - original person- It was just after dark. I think it was late July or early August last year) Ash- that‘s when we were in Peru anchoring the… Lady speaks again- I drew, I actually drew it, I have a picture of it somewhere. – another person- ‗It was blue?‘ Ash- I wonder, .. Lady- oh, it was the most extraordinary, you know, um Ash- Anybody that was on the Peru trip, .. Lady- /// color blue… Ash- one of the things we did at Picchu was we anchored the blue, gold and the violet flames and we got the bluish pillar- I think some of us saw the blue pillar com‘n in through (Lady saying stuff) the top of Picchu. I wonder if that was the same time frame? Sometimes there is phenomena, (lady saying more stuff as Ash does) sometimes you don‘t, you know, it goes so quick that you don‘t see it- that‘s very possible that, that (lady saying stuff as Ash does) corresponded. 14:45 Yes, it might have been, very, very much so. But anyway, anyway wherever I was, um (chuckles), ok, now, ok, yeah, we- we‘re on Merkaba and we‘re on 29, uh, 22,326BC and the stale mate. What happened then, it happened right here on this land then, was a group of very high level Guardians who hadn‘t incarnated for a very, very long time decided to come in because things were getting really bad, and if they didn‘t shut down the Nibiruan Diodic Cyrstal Grid, they knew it was going to get really bad here and they knew that the Annunaki were going to take over, and they were going to wipe out the rest of the Human Lineage here. Page 25 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

And they were going to take over the Templar. The Annunaki and the Drak‘s (Drac‘s?) want the Templar not because Earth itself is particularly valuable to them, it‘s because Earth is connected to the main star gates in the Universal Templar Complex. From Earth, you can access the other Universal Star Gates. If you can invade Earth and get a hold of Earth‘s Star Gates, and a part of those Star Gates called the ‗Halls of Amenti‘- which connect Inner Earth to Earth and connect directly to Tara and several other places in Density 2- you can progressively work your way up and get control of this Time Matrix. 15:55 That‘s the motivation behind this. It‘s much bigger than just Humans and just Earth. When the Great Deception, that I‘ll talk about tomorrow, took place here, there was a group called the Eieyani that had come in. They were, um, a Grail Line Race that came out of some of the others we‘ll talk about. But they were a genetically enhanced group that carried even more of the DNA Template Codes of the Indigo, the Indigo Child DNA Template Codes, which go from 24-36, I mean, to uh, 48 strands. They came in specifically to disarm the Nibiruan Diodic Cyrstal Grid and to get the grids back onto Human control. They came in, in 22,500 BC in preparation for the 22,326 BC Stellar Activations Cycle. They were here and they were cloistered, which means they were holed up in their own little space. They didn‘t interact much with the rest of the beings on the planet – there was a lot of corruption in Atlantis at that period of time- and uh, already, um Atla..uh, Lemuria had been reduced to islands. They had been pretty decimated by that point that we‘ll talk about tomorrow too. But they had come in to get this done before it got any worse. 17:10 They were going to open Gate 6, Sirus B, and open the Halls of Amoraea Passages, which are from D-12 coming down. I‘ll, I don‘t wanna let go the secret on that yet, but I probably will because I‘ll probably drive you crazy if I don‘t. The Halls of Amoraea Passages, if you look at a Kathara Grid of any kind- you can go to even page 18 and look at the right side where you see the 12 Kathara Grid. The Halls of Amoraea Passages are a passage that run from Kathara, uh, Kathara Center 12 or Star Gate 12- now, in the Universal Templar, Star Gate 12 is the Lyra System- Lyra, Aramatena at D-12. Instead of coming down the regular way that energy usually comes down, where it comes down 12, 9, 6, crosses over 5, 4, 2 and 1, and then the other from the par- - antiparticle universe comes down where the violet, the Violet Flame thing on that graph comes down. The Halls of Amoraea Passages are kinda like a safety valve. They were used for Seeding 2 of this race. This is Seeding 3 that we‘re in. Seeding 2 was decimated and they had to re-seed the Human Lineage. But the passage, called the Halls of Amoraea Passage, that had been where the incarnations were initiated for Seeding 2 has- still exists in Earth‘s Grids, it just wasn‘t opened-they came in to open it. To be ab- - to do what we‘re going to do this time. Now, the Halls of Amoraea Passage- don‘t follow the whole Blue Ray coming down- they actually combine them at a certain point. They go 12, 9, 6, 3, 1- it‘s a direct conduit between the D-12 Maharata frequencies that start in the Lyra Star System run down through D-9 Andromeda, D-6 Sirus B, D-3 Earth- they go down into D-1 Parallel Earth, and that‘s – we‘re going to open those- gunna run the Maharata Universal Maharata down- we‘re going to anchor the D-12 frequency, the beginning of it, then we‘re gunna start pulling in the Kee-Ra-ShAy and the Khundaray- the higher, even higher frequencies. 19:15 We get it down into D-1, then, because we‘re going to Ireland, which is where cue site 11 exists, from there we‘re going to pull energy- once we‘ve brought it down here and anchored it- and ‗here‘ corresponds to cue site 12, is what we‘re sitt‘n on. So here‘s where we anchor it. We bring in that energy from the Lyra System, down through that whole left side of the Pillar, the Halls of Amoraea Passage- then it‘s going to be drawn back up the Star Gate system on, on Earth‘s Templar, up from 1 to 2 to 5 to 8 to 11, and it‘s going to reverse the coding back to normal on gate 11. Now Gate 11 happens to be controlling 11, 8, 5, 10, 7 and especially 4, because 4 is where they have our gates locked into Nibiru. It‘s – this is what we‘re going to clear on the Planetary Level – this is where the Halls of Amoraea are. They‘re a passage way that‘s like the emergency button that if it gets really, really bad, that‘s the one way that you can fix it. All right? They have tried it before- they tried it in 22,326 BC- this is what the Eieyani had come to do, but they weren‘t successful in doing it because they got attacked before they had - - before the Stellar Bridge had grounded. 20:33 And the Stellar Bridge is what begins opening of the Stellar Gates. You can‘t run this frequency until the Gates begin their natural opening cycle. They were attacked and they primarily destroyed except some of them were exiled in various areas. Some of Page 26 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

them, um, became involved with what are called the Druids, some of them became, uh, er, what are called the Celtics. Uh, there‘s a whole part of Ireland history and England history that goes with this- that went from Lemuria - - (participant speaks- I couldn‘t hear that- they were attacked by who?) Ash- Ok, I, I didn‘t say who they were attacked by, I said they were attacked but they, they were- some of them – most of them were decimated but some of them went into exile, and they ended up being part of the races known as the Druids and the Celtics, because they were shipped over to a certain area of Atlantis. You know it‘s funny, everybody thinks Atlantis is gone- it isin‘t. Part of it‘s still sitting up there – part of its Ireland, part of its Scotland, part of its England- that was part- - that was Lohas, which was the Northern part of Atlantis, of the Atlantian continent. We got into this in the New York City workshop a bit, and tomorrow you‘ll be getting the material that will go in here- will show you some more of the history and it will also show you the maps. In there, there‘s going to be the Atlantian maps and with them the Lemurian maps that show you where these places were located, and the time frames when they got broken up into island chains. 21:47 (participant asks question- too low/too much wind to hear- ) Ash- hmm? The Eieyani? Yeah- that- the Eieyani were here but they were also positioned at any of the major gate sites, because they were the High Council Security Team, all right? We‘ll talk more about them, you know, tomorrow, because I want to do the history tomorrow. Tonight what I want to do is just get you familiar enough with the concepts of Universal Life Force Currents that flow through the Earth and maintain it, flow through the Universe and Star Gates and flow through your bodies, in very specific ways by very specific channels that is directly connected to your DNA, to Seals- Cranial Sacral Seals. Now, I talked about them a little bit before and then I went on to something else. The Cranial Sacral Seals are a set of frequency valves that open and close to allow the Life Force Currents to reduce or expand coming into the body. Which means, when they‘re working properly, when the DNA‘s working properly, you can choose how much of the Maharata D-12 frequency you wanna run. You can choose when and when not to run the Kee-Ra-Shay higher Light Field Currents – you only need ‗em for grid work, you don‘t really need to do them, you know, just to live on a Planet. Understanding the role of the Cranial Sacral Seals helps us to understand where we begin to have some conscious control over what our body does with energy. The Cranial Sacral Seals control dimension 1 through dimension 9, energy. That‘s 1, 2 and 3 of the level of Density 1, dimensions 4, 5 and 6 of Density 2 and dimensions 7, 8 and 9 of Density 3, which means they regulate chakras 1-9, ok? Now, there‘s other Seals that exist. There‘s another Seal that exists down below the feet, 12 inches below the feet, which is 6 inches below the 12th chakra, which is 6 inches below the feet. There is a Seal there, when released that controls the flow of the Maharata Current, which is the dimension 10, 11 and 12 Current of Density 4. In order to bring the Maharata Current into the body, you need to open up the 9 other currents before it, because it come in through them, so you have to open up currents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9- then you can bring in 10, 11 and 12 to bring in the Maharata Current and anything higher. The Cranial Sacral Seals were meant to very easily activate, but when the Nibiruans got a hold of the Planetary Grids and reversed the uh, elect- the uh, I‘m, I‘m avoiding the word ‗Fire Letters‘ because I haven‘t talked about it yet. And some people know what it means ‗cuz they‘ve heard me use it before and others, I‘m going to lose you, so I‘ll just say ‗mathematical program‘ in the way the energy runs in the body. When the Nibiruians reversed the grids, it reversed the way the mathematical codings ran in the Kathara Centers 2, 4, 7 and 10 and 11 in the body. It made it so you couldn‘t open the Cranial Sacral Seals. It made it so we were locked in to dimensions 1, 2 and 3 frequency. All the frequency that could run into the body anymore was dimension 1, 2 and 3- which gives you physical body, emotional body and mental body. It shut off everything higher from being able to come into the body. 25:01 (participant shares/speaks- ...healing for the last 20 years, it‘s predominant with, uh bodies, that they‘re mostly shut down energetically on the left side with all matter of stuff I could talk about later if you want. And also the abduction stuff seems to do the left side and also the, the sacrum – Ash- ‗yep‘ – participant- the buttocks to the sacrum, they do a lot of stuff there-) Ash- yep. And the left side of the body corresponds to the right side of that- the diagram, which is (lady participant talks in the background-asking about a part of the body) 4, 7 and 10 that are controlled by 11. The central vertical column of the Kathara Centers control the ones on the other sides, unless you open D-12 at the top. (participant- same lady- so they have an investment in keeping us numb on that side and in the sacrum?) Page 27 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Ash- yes. It‘s worse than ‗numb‘, it‘s literally keeping the codes running in reverse sequence. And that really helps them because once our DNA activates that way, it‘ll mess up our bodies, but it will also put reverse sequence codes in the grids to amplify what they‘re trying to do with the Planetary Grids- to the point where they get full control over the Planetary Grids. (participant talkinglow…) Ash- let‘s see if I can. (she laughs) Oiye, yeah, I‘ll get into that more about what they‘re try- - how they‘re trying to use our bodies to take over the planet by reversing the whole Planetary Grids- but anyway, we‘ve - - (excuse me, excuse me- - participantis there a problem if your tailbone is chipped or broken off, like falling down a flight of stairs?) Ash- um, ..- participant- ‗entering the energy currents into the body?‘ – Ash- there can- - she, she was asking if there, if there was a problem – if, if it would be a problem with the Kundalini and things like that if there was an injury to the tailbone- like if it was chipped or broken or something. And my answer to that would be it, it could be, but it doesn‘t necessarily mean it will be, and you can also work to regenerate things like that- or to, to get the body template to compensate for what‘s missing in the physical. Yeah, I, I get a feeling that, that‘s – whatever you‘re talking about is mild and is not to worry about. Now, some people who had a major injury- like if they‘ve had major spinal injuries or something and there was physical blockage, they‘re not going to be able to fully run the frequency, you know, in the bodies they have. That‘s why, in this period especially, there may be periods of time where large amounts of people go at the same time. It‘ll appear as cataclysm‘s, but it‘s really groups of people knowing that this is a cycle where they can actually go through the higher star gates and get out of the cycles of reincarnation down here. And if their bodies can‘t do it – if it would take too much to get those frequencies activated where they could walk through a star gate, many souls are choosing to drop their bodies. So there may be times, that we come into in the next 15/20 years or even sooner, where you see cataclysmic events happening in this area or that area, or you know, various areas- where groups of people die together, in nat- - usually it‘s natural disasters or wars that are chosen for that. We‘re hoping it‘s not going to be the war scenario, but that is on the Illuminati agenda. It‘s one of the things we‘re hoping that if this is successful, it won‘t be worth their aggravation to bother doing. 28:00 But anyway, if we can understand that the energies we‘re running – it‘s about Physics when you get up into the higher dimensional levels, we‘re talking definitely Physics- this isin‘t fluff-headed stuff that‘s just talk‘n about you know, angels runn‘n energy and rays and things like that. There is a physics to that stuff, but we‘re trying to show you where the physical and spirituality go together, because they go hand in hand. So we have these currents that we‘re going to run in the body. We have a Kathara Grid that they run down, and our Kathara Grid has been messed up on the left side of the body, so we had literally, part of 11, which corresponds to the Pineal, knocked out of operation. And Kathara Centers 10, 7 and 4- which means, 10 effects 8, 7 effects 6, if it hadn‘t been for the Sirus B guys transmitting counter-reaction frequency, we‘d be in even more trouble than we are. Because they‘re transmitting from Sirus B, Gate 6- that affects our 6th Kathara Center- from the Planetary Grids it affects it- it‘s blocking some of what would have happened if they hadn‘t been trying to hold that barrier there. (participant asks something- ) Ash- yes. Yeah, the Maharaji are on our side. In fact, they‘re, they‘re family. 29:11 They- we are, are- our race, um- we actually came out of the same Race called the Oraphim, and one race went this way to become the Human Lineage here, and another went this way and stayed in Density 2 to become a Guardian Level on the Gates at that level. So they‘re really part of the Human Family, ok. So we‘re going to be opening, in the Planetary Grids, the Halls of Amoraea Passage, which is the passage that runs down from 12 to 9, to 6, to 3, to 1 and then shoot‘n the energy back up into 1, 5, 8, 11- clearing 11, which will take the reverse coding out of 10, 7 and 4. It‘s a way to clear the whole system. It‘s not something we could do alone for the Universal Star Gates, this is being worked by Guardians on every level. But if we do our part, it will be successful. Our part is key because this is where some of the major blockages are happening. As we do this and run these frequencies, we‘re also going to be doing the same thing in our bodies – it‘s going to be running the D-12 personal Maharata Current down through your Inner Halls of Amoraea. It‘s going to be running the frequency down from– it‘s actually going to be bringing it up, because it‘s Kathara Center- it‘s – this is where it get confusing- - Kathara Center 12 is up above the head, but that‘s not the name of the chakra that‘s there, ok. Chakra 12 is actually below the feet (chuckles), but Kathara- it‘s, it‘s uh chakra 10, where Kathara Center 12 is located- that‘s where this energy is gunna come in. It‘s gunna, you‘re gunna, we‘re gunna activate the Maharic Seal that we‘ve been progressively, manually activating, you know, like the people who‘ve been working with this for about a year now. Page 28 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

We‘re going to bring frequency through there, it‘s going to come up from, up from the uh, Maharic Shield below our feet, where we get the D-12 frequency, going to come up the body, loop around into Kathara Center 12, energize there, and then it‘s going to run down the sequence. It‘s going to run down 1 st 9, then into 3, then into 1 – which is down in the Earth‘s Core- and it‘s going to come back up to 2, to 4..to, to 4 – wait- yeah, (chuckles) 4 is where we are- 4, 5, up to 8, up to 11, it‘s going to clear- it‘s going to start the Pineal Activations by reversing what‘s blocking them. And that is going to begin clearing 10 and 7 and 4, and we‘re going to get for the 1st time, since 25,500 BC, we‘re going to get the chance to get our body systems working the right way. 31:32 Now what‘s happening with this mess (clapping and ―yeah‘s!‖ from the group) – Ash- ‗yeah‘! (laughes) Yeah! It‘s about time! It‘s like the genetic prison down here. As soon as you get into one of these bodies you‘re like stuck, ya know (laughing- she and group). Ok. (comment from group) Ash- oh wouldn‘t that be nice. I haven‘t hit one yet (laughs from group). I‘ll tell ya though, when you get into DNA activation, all sorts of weird things happen- shudders- - all sorts of weird things happen in your body when you get into accelerated DNA activation- like when you‘re really runn‘n stuff for the grids, ya know. There‘s a few people that, that‘s been happening with, ‗cuz they‘ve given permission for it, and you think you‘re in menopause even when you‘re male (chuckles) you know. You get hot flashes sometimes, I mean you know, er, and – there‘s all sorts of changes that go with it. There‘s going to be a sheet that gives some basic 4th strand activation ‗signs‘ that give you an indication of some of the little stuff that starts to happen. But anyway, what I want you to understand before we leave tonight, is the connection between these parts of the anatomy, so when we get to the Salutations, when we get to creating Cue Zones and Activating the Tribal Shield, you know what we‘re doing. You understand it- It makes sense to you- ‗oh, that part goes with that part goes with that part‘, all right. So, we‘re going to be clearing that side of the body we talked about- the left side of the body- by opening the right side fully with the Maharata Current- the Inner Halls of Amoraea. All right, now, when we get into- - that was the Kathara Center Level, where we show you where the Primal Currents do come in- - that‘s going to begin the activation of corresponding chakras. The chakra number corresponds to the Kathara Center number. So on page 19, it shows you the chakras and it says a little bit about Cyrstal Seals and things like this. It gives you enough of a, a definition- just what they are – a little bit about what they do. We don‘t need to talk about them too much because they will activate with it. When you, um, activate uh, the Kathara Center 12, when you activate the Maharic Seal, you‘re activating Chakra 12 as well. When you activate chakra, uh, when you activate Kathara Center 1 you‘re activating charka 1- there‘s also the correspondences to the Auric field levels, ok. On page 20, the graph shows the levels of the auric field that correspond to the chakras. When you have the, uh, the levels of the auric field going out from the body creating that bubble of energy around us, usually, because our strands have been blocked, we can only process 3 levels of the auric field- - the Physical Body or it‘s called the Etheric Body Imprint and the Emotional Body at D-2 and the Mental Body at D-3. 34:01 (chapter 2/ disc 3) As we begin to open up those higher frequencies, we‘re going to start to pull the energy and consciousness in, through the chakras, through these outer- progressively outer layers of the auric field. This is where the rest of you lives, ok (chuckles)- this is where your consciousness IS, and your awareness of yourself. So as you open these centers in your body, you progressively get more of you in. And it can be strange when you first do it. You may get flashed of things that may first come through the Emotional Body- where there‘s no visual, there‘s no incarnational memory that you can put your finger on, but you just get these weird feeling stuff come up- ‗where did that come from‘, ya know- that‘s one of the first signs that you‘re processing it on a D-2 level. Eventually it makes its way up to D-3 level, where your Mental Body starts to have a clue as to what‘s (chuckles) happening, you know. We‘re getting a lot of help right now, particularly the ones working on the Planetary Teams. We‘re getting a lot of help from our own higher levels, from our own Avatar Levels- our Christos Selves- because we‘re doing a very sacred mission and they know it‘s challenging to get all this circuitry working in the body again, after it‘s been down for so long. That‘s, that‘s challenging, to do it in the short time frame that we have, ok. 35:03 Now, that‘s where the auric field level and the chakras plug in to the Kathara Grid, that plugs in to the Universal Life Force Currents. Then we go to page 21, and that‘s where you have those Shields that come out. They‘re Scalar Wave Grids that formthey are actually there, but they‘re dormant, and they come into activation as we activate DNA. DNA activates by running the Page 29 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

frequencies of the Universal Life Force Currents. All of these pieces of our bodies and of our anatomy are attached to each other. 35:34 If we do stuff- do energy technique- to bring frequency in to the Kathara Centers- it will affect the DNA Template. There‘s an interesting relationship between the 12 Kathara Centers and the 12-strand DNA. And even if you‘re an Indigo Child and have 48strands, the first set of 12 would activate first before the ones behind it would, ok. So, with the 12-strand DNA pattern, each one of the 12 Kathara Centers holds the electro-magnetic pattern that, that DNA strand template manifests on. So, Kathara Center 1, chakra 1, DNA strand 1, etc. all the way up. It‘s really, really easy. There‘s, there‘s a beauty to the simplicity of how its structured - in all of its complexity, it makes sense, you know- it‘s like, ‗oh, and that runs the uh, chakra 1, kathara center 1 and dna strand 1, run dimensional 1 frequency‘, you know- it‘s really not that hard. If you understand how the parts work together you begin to understand what Merkaba is, ok. All of these parts, from the Kathara Centers, to the chakras, to the uh, auric field levels, to the shields correspond to Merkaba. And we‘re going to jump ahead here to the new graphs that were page 45- now, there‘s a lot of data on page 45- there‘s a lot stuck on that one. It‘s worth kinda reading it and thinking about it when- and because we‘re losing light here and I don‘t wanna take 25 minutes to try to read it to you. Basically what it is here – it‘s a little hard to see only because th- this little arrow over on the left here is kinda blocking the other shape of the Merkaba. First I‘ll have you go use this graph and go also to page 51- there‘s another one that shows more clearly the basic shape that‘s inside of that more convoluted shape. I think it‘s 51- where‘d it go? Yeah, that one- what page is that- 51yeah, it is 51- why don‘t I have it? Oh yeah, there it is- it‘s in the wrong sequence. If there‘s anybody that doesn‘t have 51, do we have anymore mac? (response- too low) Ash- ok, yeah, yeah, it‘s this one. Ok, ok. That shows you basically, the 3-dimensional level of the Merkaba, all right. This is theyour- D 1, 2 3 level of Merkaba. (questions on ‗male‘/‘female‘- low) Ash- they spin- they actually spin, so.. (it‘s, it‘s a pyramid - participant asking) Ash- yeah, it‘s a star tetrahedron shape. (/// going that way or forward? - participant) Ash- they spin, so it‘s moving. (///) Ash- no, so if one is forward, the other will be backward. (ok, so I see what you‘re saying- part.) Ash- yeah. Yeah. – end of CD 3----------------------------------------------HI – CDs 7, 8 and 9

CD 7 – Chapter 1 – - (continued from CD 6) - - but the ones who didn‘t escape, the women ended up on Nibiru. When they found out what happened, they tried to mass suicide. Right at- - where there was like a coronation cere- - ceremony happening, where all these marriages were taking place, simultaneously- ‗uni- - uniting the Races to create a new Race Line‘- you know. It was like, ‗right, we‘re here by will, sure we are,‘ you know. (chuckle) We were there by blackmail hoping that the men would be ok. Hoping that at least if the men were the ok, that the Christos Mission could continue on Earth, that at least the Gene Code was still there. The men weren‘t ok, they were tortured and slaughtered, and when we found that out, pregnant as we were with the uh, the babies that they made us carry, cause first you had to be pretty enough- you had the gene code had to pretty enough, then you had to get pregnant before you could go. You had to be willing to carry one of theirs. This is where a lot of women end up with an imprint where they hate their own children- there is something that comes up in them from that time when they were forced to bear children that were not Human Souls, and if they didn‘t cooperate, they were raped. Now what happened- - what happened when the women found out on Nibiru and they rebelled- - the ones that didn‘t and weren‘t able to kill themselves, because they‘d got caught before they could jump, because it was like literally a mass ceremony, and that‘s when the one who had found out what had happened just yelled it out to the group of women, ‗listen- know what they did‘. And they all freaked, they rebelled immediately against the spouses they were supposed to be marrying. And rather than bear those children, they threw themselves off the balcony- - it was a very high, high like in the cliffs type balcony. Page 30 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

But the ones that they caught before they could jump were chained after that point- - in temples, in basements. And they were temples with little, little tiny windows a little slit of light could come in, that‘s all you could see, and they would lay there pregnant until they - - like gestating farms- - and they were chained, and they were fed just enough to keep them alive. And when the babies were born, right after they‘d be raped again, and they would do that until they died- - until the bodies were simply burned out. 2:02 They would keep them alive by force- they wouldn‘t, they weren‘t able to kill themselves at that point. What were done- - what was done to the Eieyani, it was called the ‗Eieyani massacre‘- - a lot of hope died with that, but there was such a betrayal imprint to the men and the women- the men had a part of this too. They watched their women, their twins that were a part of them- - they watched them willingly walk away with Annunaki. A lot of them didn‘t understand why; they would rather them die next to them than do that. The women that went made one error, - - it would‘ve been the right thing to choose death, to go with them, to go with your spouse. Cause that was a choice, you were gonna, you know, you didn‘t cooperate, you die (chuckle), you know, Now. That would have been a better alternative. But there was so much love and so much desire for, toward the men, toward their men, their partners, that they couldn‘t deal with feeling responsible. They had the choice between the life and death of their partner. If it had been theirs, it would have been easy. 3:12 What it did to the men was really hard too, because the Annunaki at this point were these big, beautiful studs that just, you know, cause they had fine tuned their gene code, and - - the men simply watched their women walk away, willingly. And they were tortured mentally, they were set up to turn against each other, as if - - that‘s how the whole thing started- where Toth came in as a sp- - supposed to be ‗emissary‘, started stirring up trouble and started getting hi- - certain groups of High Council to think other groups were working against the Emerald Covenant. What happened after that, we were fortunate for one thing- - that was right before the Stellar Bridge was supposed to ground. If it had grounded, if the Maharajhi (Maharagi) from Sirius B hadn‘t at least been able to throw enough frequency down to shut the Gates- - and it put it into Pole Shift, a slow roll which, which ended up culminating in the Glacial Period that ended up in about 20,000 BC. The climate patterns started to shift and It moved it into that, but if it hadn‘t ended in a stalemate, where at least we stopped the Stellar Activations Cycle, they would have taken the whole Planet during that Stellar Activations Cycle. 4:24 It was left as a stalemate. Our guys didn‘t get to do what we wanted to do, which was to protect the place and do the Christos Realignment, but we at least stopped the Stellar Activations Cycle. And they didn‘t get what they wanted, which was to have the Stellar Activations Cycle happen, have it go into Pole Shift, completely reverse the Matrix and have Nibiru # 2. It was left in a stalemate for the next, next Stellar Activations Cycle. Now, that‘s why the New Age Movement came to be, that‘s why the UFO Movement came to be- - they‘re back to do what they intended to do and we‘re back to do what we intended to do. At- - since the time of 22,326 BC and the massacre that took place on these lands, it was Kauai, because it is here in the center of this island that the Halls of Amoraea Passage comes directly down, and it has several opening spots in the island itself. 5:21 (coughs) Since that period, there were several different stages of invasion that are listed on page 61. One was in uh 21,900 BC – this was where they did a ‗transposition of Race Identity‘ over the Celtic and Druidecs. Now these were Races, these were Magi Grail King r- r- Races from Atlantis, they were the good guys, the Celtecs- it wasn‘t Celtic, it was Celtec – just like you had ‗olmec‘ and ‗toltec‘, it was ‗Celtec‘. They were um, which Gate- - I think they were Gate 11, Tribe 11 Magi Grail Lines. And the Druedecs were, I think they were Gate …1, 2… 3- I believe they were Gate, I have to look on the maps, but I think they were Gate 3, Tribe 3, Royal, Royalty, Grail Line. ‗Royalty‘ then simply meant you had the Codes so you had responsibility for taking care of everybody else, it wasn‘t uh, (chuckles) what royalty, what they do with royalty now. 6:15 Yeah, I guess, I guess that‘s are sign that we‘re going to be rapping up for our movement, for an exodus to another space (laughs), ok. So, all right um, it‘s about, almost 5:30 now, probably, is that right? (P- ‗yeah‘) Ok, what would you prefer to do? I can, there‘s probably still another hour? I can do it in an hour, I can do it even better in 2 - - now, we do need to go through the Page 31 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Round Tables at some point. These are the problems of how it happened. In this, in this particular workshop, we do have the solutions, all right. It‘s basically understanding what a ‗Rainbow Roundtable‘ is, now that we know what a ‗Salutation‘ is, now we know what Maharic Seal is and that, the next stage is the Round Tables. What time is a good time to put this in? Now, we can still do the healing thing tonight, but we‘ll probably push it back in time. Do you wanna go and eat now? Or, or, do you want like, do you want to take a break now? And then come back for like after, like, if you want to eat from like 5:30 ‗til 7, then come back at 7, take it and we‘ll pick it up from there? And then go from here into like the healing circle stuff, just like, instead of having a break in between ‗em. 7:29 Ok, is that, is that agreeable to majority? (P- ‗yeah‘) Ok – (P- ‗////‖) Where? That‘s a good question. Um (P- ///) yeah, yeah. Only 5:30-7- - um, hmmm, where are we meeting? It‘s not gonna be here, um, good question. (P- ‗the ….‘) The ///, all right yeah, we can meet there, but may we‘ll be able to find a place outside that has lighting, you know, we‘ll see. Uh, so the conference room that we were in yesterday- - we‘ll try not to have to stay in there, but they said it is available, all right. Now I‘d like to do it outside or somewhere inside that‘s not that conference room (chuckles), but we‘ll meet there at least because we know it‘s a meeting point, and then we‘ll see if we can come up with something in the meantime. (P- ‗….‘ ) where? Well, we‘re going to need light to be able to look at some of the stuff in the book. (P – ‗….‘) Conference room, (P-‗…‘) ok, 7:00 in the Conference room- - If we move there, we‘ll move as a group, ok (chuckles), so we don‘t lose anybody. 8:25 All right - - (P- ‗ move the furniture.‘) (P- ‗yeah, you guys that have the pillows, please return them …‘) Ash- Have a good dinner. ---------fades out, end of Chapter 1/ CD 7)

CD 7 - Chapter 2 - Welcome back. (P-‗thank you‘) Well, what I basically like to do is pick up a little bit where we left off, but I‘m not going to go through another 2 hours or 3 hours of history. Now, there is a lot of history between where we left off and where we are today. If we look at page 61, it says, ‗the progression of Atlantian Conspiracy‘. That‘s what happened after Lemuria or Muarivhi went down. As the progression of the influence of the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid progressively grew, the Leviathan Races, which were the Annu-Melchizedek Races that were basically, they‘re the ones that have the ape connection origins, not Angelic Humans, they became a very powerful force. They became the leading force in Atlantis, where most of the Angelic Humans ended up going into various places into exile. The 12 tribes, the True 12-Tribes had to move from their Gate sites, cause they would us- -they were usually settled right in the Gates sites to which their DNA was keyed so they could run the Codes for their Gates. They had to move, because they were getting dominated and slaughtered. They were getting slaughtered in Atlantis and in various other places. There were several different stages of invasion, one of which led to a, a glacial period around uh, 21,900 BC that literally, the grids were crashed. The - - they‘re called the ‗hydro-suspension fields‘- - they were climate control mechanisms that were held in place by the Cue Sites and by the Crystal Pylon Temples of Inner Earth, that run frequency through the Cue Sites. There was a way to control global climate so it was comfortable and pleasant and it was pretty much tro- - uh, tropical on most parts. Some of the places were ice covered, but they were allowed to stay that way. Other places were just simply kept, it was kinda like keeping the place in an incubator so it was fit for, for, you know, growth (?) of the Human Race. 1:50 And, in 21,900 BC, the groups from Atlantis, particularly the places from Bruah Atlantis and Nohas Atlantis, which were Southern Atlantis and Central Atlantis. They joined the Luciferian Covenant, which was an agreement made by the Nibiruian and the Pleiadian Annunaki. It stood against the Jehovian-Annunaki dolphin people and it also stood against, of course, the Angelic Humans. It was a, a world take-over plan, and there was an‗end‘ to the plan, the culmination, the finalization of the agenda was to take place during the next Stellar Activations Cycle. The Stellar Activations Cycle in 22,326 BC had ended in a stalemate. They didn‘t get full control of the Planetary Grids like they wanted to. They controlled the Planetary Merkaba on dimensions 1, 2 and 3, but they didn‘t have control of Gates 4 and higher. They had 4, the Solar Gate, partially, and they had a little bit of Gate 5. But the Fallen Angelic forces wanted the whole Time Matrix, so they weren‘t going to leave until they fulfilled their agenda. 3:00 Page 32 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

In the Atlantian period, after the 22,326 BC Eieyani massacre, in the Muarivhi islands, from there it progressed into a major political take over in the provinces of Atlantis. By um 28,000 BC, Atlantis had already become 3 island nations. There had already been a holocaust there that literally blew the grids in a geometrical formation that ran the ley lines that cracked the place in, in 3 different locations. What we have left of Atlantis at this point, at the point of the failed Stellar Activations Cycle of 22,326 BC, were several island nations, 3 Primary Island Nations. One of them is the areas that we call England, Ireland, Scotland and Wales. Another one was what we call the Bahamas islands, no, the Bermuda islands. And another is the area down in Sarasota, Florida, running down in through Haiti. So these are the 3 areas that were part of the Atlantean Continent. So when I talk about Atlantis, after 28,000 BC, I‘m talking about 3 islands, or nations of islands. 4:04 Now, the middle one, the one that was in the Bermuda islands, was called Nohas (*Nohasa in Voy 2 book)- that had been the Nohas territories of the continent and it retained the name Nohas. Now interestingly, that was dominated by Jehovian-Leviathan Races, which were directed by the Dol—Sirius A Dolphin People, Bipedal Dolphin People. The whole story of Noah and the Ark and all of that- - Noah was not the original- -‗Noah‘ was not a person, it was a collective of the Nohasa Jehovian-Leviathan Races that was preserved. They were preserved during a period of a flood that was orchestrated on purpose. In 9,558 BC the ones who had tak- - the Leviathan Races that were part of the Luciferian Covenant- - these were the Pleidian-Nibiruian Races- - they orchestrated the Atlantian flood. They blew the grids on purpose trying to get rid of the other Races on the Planet but their own. But there was a group from Nohas that were Jehovian-Leviathan Races that the Jehovians smuggled into Egypt before the fact, because they found out that what the uh, Luciferians were going to do. And they smuggled them into the Arc of the Covenant Passage Way that comes down through the Giza pyramid. Now the whole story of Noah and the ‗Ark‘ was kinda- - it‘s very funny the way it came up (chuckles), you know. When you look at what they did to the history here, it‘s almost comical because they kept elements of it, but made them mean something different, all right (chuckles). 5:37 Noah didn‘t build an ark to survive the flood, the group of Jehovian-Leviathan-Annunaki Human hybrids, that were in Nohas, that knew, that found out that the other ones that were competing with them, that were from Bruah, which is the area of Sarasota Florida now, were going to stage a flood to get rid of them and Angelic Humans, they simply did create a boat- to get them across to Egypt. This was before the flood happened. So there was a boat that was built- the boat that was built was to take them- - and it was simply, a boat that, at this point there was control on technology. You couldn‘t just, you know, hop in a hovercraft at this point- - everything was being controlled by the Luciferian Races. So they had to go back to manual technology- ‗all right, build it, out of wood- do something‘. They did build a boat, but it was made simply to get them across where Atlantis came down- - if, you can look on the maps- - there was a span of water that had to be crossed between Atlantis- - I think it‘s on page 57- yeah. Between the Atlantean Continent and Egypt, which right next to the Atlantean Continent on the right, you have the Continent of Africa, and over in the right hand corner of that is where Egypt is. They had to get from Nohas, which is the area- - there‘s a, there is a line, an arrow, that points to it- # 2 on that map- - they had to get from there, cross the land where the water started, and they needed a boat to get across the water, to get over on the African Continent so they could make their way to Egypt. Egypt was important because the Great Pyramid of Giza comes down over a portal passage that‘s called the ‗Arc of the Covenant‘. The ‗Arc of the Covenant Portal Passage‘ is a d-9 passage that runs down through, if you look at the Star Gates, it‘s the Incarnational Passage that the Angelic Humans of Seeding 3 were originally Seeded through. It was the Seeding 3 way of getting into Planet, of getting into incarnation. They were actually taken into that portal and hidden in Inner Earth. Because the Lev- because the Leviathan Races that were of the Luciferian-Annunaki wanted to get rid of Humans, but they wanted to get rid of the Jehovians and some of the Drakonians as well. 7:47 So they were going to orchestrate a crash of the hydro-suspension fields that would wipe out the territories. They suck Atlantis on purpose- - they created a ‗flood situation‘ that would take out the territories of the other islands. They didn‘t get as much as they wanted, though- they wanted to take out Lohas cause that‘s where all the High Council was. That‘s where they had gone from Lemuria when they wiped out, with the Eieyani massacre, anybody that had survived had gone through the Inner Earth Portals and they put them back up in Lohas, Atlantis. Because Lohas had been a stronghold, because that‘s where Gate 11 was, or actually , Gate 11 and site, uh Signet, Cue Site 11 were both up there, so High Council had moved from Site 12 into Site 11. 8:28 Page 33 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

And, at the point where the, the Noah drama occurred, you had Luciferians com‘n up from what‘s now the Florida area, moving their way up the Atlantean Continent, tak‘n over what had been Jehovian-Leviathan Race territory in Nohas- - they had moved over into the African Continent to where Egypt is, and a group of them was allowed to survive. This group was told by Enoch that a flood was coming, because he had joined the Luciferian Covenant in 10,500 BC. Before that, he had been a part, just like Toth had been a part, of the Bio-Regenesis Program for the Annunaki Races. Both of them had been appointed- Toth had been appointed to assist the Pleiadian-Nibiruian Annunaki Souls, which were the ApeHominid-Annunakis that had partial Drakonian Coding. And Enoch had been assigned to the Jehovian-Bipedal-Dolphin-PeopleAnnunaki Souls that were participating in the Emerald Covenant Bio-Regenesis Program. 9:29 But in 10,500 BC Enoch went over and broke the Emerald Covenant, just like in 22,340 BC, Toth had done the same thing. So Enoch had warned this group of the Jehovian-Leviathan Races that were in Nohas, that the Luciferians, who he had joined forces with- - he warned them, because he had originally been appointed guardians of those Jehovian-Annunaki Races- - he‘d warned them it was coming and helped to get them out of Atlantis, across the channel there, that‘s now where the Atlantic Ocean is- - it was more like a channel at the time- - into Egypt, and got them in through the Great Pyramid, into the Arc of the Covenant, into the Inner Earth Portals where they rode out the flood. They weren‘t a boat for all that time, they were in Inner Earth for that period of time. 10:16 But of course, our history has come down with manipulation that they don‘t‘ want us to know about Inner Earth. They don‘t want us to know about Portals or Star Gates or anything else, so that‘s why we don‘t have these records anymore. But the stories that we have been raised with as the way history might have unfolded, that billions of- or millions at least- of people take seriously as the way history was, that are recorded in the Bible and other Holy Texts, they were manipulated and edited to a great degreealmost sometimes to a funny degree, where you start to see, ‗oh, Noah didn‘t really start out as a person and the ‗ark‘ was actually a portal - heah, it wasn‘t a boat‘, you know. You start to realize what‘s been done here with the history. It doesn‘t ‗negate‘ the history we‘ve been taught is here, it shows a context that it exited within that makes even more sense, because if you look at the history the way we‘ve been told, there‘s a lot of gaps missing. There‘s a lot of information that isin‘t there that leaves ya kinda scratch‘n your head saying, ‗well, ok, I either believe it or I don‘t because I can‘t prove a darn thing‘. These things that we teach, there are ways to prove things to yourself. When you start to run the Maharata Current and you start to activate energy in the body, you will start to FEEL that energy activate in the body. You can start to build your understand of - ‗there are things like ‗portals‘, I‘ve got them in the body, I can feel the energy running through them‘- - well, the Earth has them too. 11:30 Now, the events that took place after the Nibiruians got control of Earth‘s Solar Spiral have been a cr- - a progressive infiltration of various different competing groups and they‘ve been infiltrating through the Annu-Melchizedek Leviathan Races. That Race had the 5th Strand. That Race had the ability to run some of the Grid Codes and it had the ability to go through Portals, which the other Races before didn‘t have the genetic ability- they were stuck in Density 1. The Annu-Melchizedeks were the ‗crown jewels‘ in the Annunaki Bio-Regenesis Program, and if you could take them and reverse those codes, you had a powerful tool on your hands to add uh, reverse code, um coding, into the Planetary Shields. So, it became a fiasco of history after that point, where the Grail Lines literally had to go into hiding. And progressively, the Grail Lines which were the Maji Lines that came out of the, the 5 Original Palaidia Races, the Mu‘a and the you know, the Mu‘a, the Yu, the Ur, the Breanoua and the Rama, and also, the Cloister Races, and the Urtite-Cloister Races and the Root Races- - if you happen to be Angelic Human, you were an ‗endangered species‘ through the Atlantean drama. Because they were systematically, if one group wasn‘t gonna get ya, the other group was, because you were the only threat, as an Angelic Human, to their agenda of taking over the Planetary Grids. 12:52 So there was agre- - there were aggressive campaigns and it became necessary for the Angelic Human Races to kind of lay low and blend in with these growing numbers of Leviathan Races, because the numbers were growing all over the place. But they looked Human, and they had the ability to become ‗Christed‘ like Humans do, if they can become free from the Higher Matrix that Page 34 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

manipulates them from either d-10 or d-11. So Most of the Leviathan Races were simply puppets. They were being used by their own Matrix, they were considered expendable, but they were very loyal little armies because they were taught to be that way and they were Programmed to be that way. They still are- - the Illuminati Races we‘re dealing with now that made Treaties with the Zetas 70 years ago, that said, ‗go ahead, abduct them, but erase their memory so they don‘t remember and don‘t realize they‘re being violated‘, right (chuckles). You know, they literally as - - assigned the death warrant for this species if it hadn‘t been for intervention. We would have been wiped out from what happened in the 1930‘s for the Treaties that were signed. 13:52 The people that we call the Illuminati, they look like Humans, they Are Humans, IN Body, and they are Not Humans in Soul, but if they‘re presented with the fact that they have a choice, they Can Choose the Emerald Covenant, and they can regenerate, in their Own Way, the potentials of a 12-Strand Pattern. So we‘re not ‗anti-‗ Anybody - - Anybody that‘s in a Human Form has the Ability and the Right to have the Emerald Covenant offered to them. And with that comes the DNA repair and how to self-repair your DNA so you don‘t Have to be controlled anymore. But unfortunately, most of the people that are running the Illuminati Level down here, do not know any of this. Their Matrices do Not tell them because they don‘t want them to get free. They teach them to obey. They teach them to ‗kill for their ‗gods‘- - they teach them of ‗vengeful gods‘ that will ‗take them to heavens, but Only if they fight in the name of their gods‘. They have taken Holy Teachings, Sacred Teachings- - teachings of our Spirituality- - the teachings that Jesus brought here and the teachings that the Majis before him, for millions of years have been bringing here, and they took Elements of them, that Appealed to the Hearts of Angelic Humans AND to the Hearts of the Leviathan Races, who now had a partial Human Gene Code, that could FEEL the Longing - - the Longing of Freedom and the Longing of becoming ‗Christed‘. 15:14 Yeah- - (P- ‗yeah, a couple things- um, I have 2 clients that were abducted when they were pregnant- um, about 15 years ago, and both of them had sons, and both of their sons, even at a young age, wanted to be in the military and both them- at 13, 14, 15- are registered into the military like they have no choice. It‘s like it‘s programmed into them to go.‘) Ash- ya (P- ‗and also, I am um, //// I have a close friend named Bruce Lipton??? I don‘t know if any of you have heard of Bruce Lipton-//is a Cellular Biologist- - a spiritual cellular biologist, and he has proven- - he has awesome videos now and publicly speaks all over the Country proving that there is no- - that genetics makes no difference. That actually the Truth is, is the Environment uh, is what actually changed the cellular uh, mechanisms of our body, and he‘s proven that the whole thing- that genes actually are the Outcome of how things turn out ///of how things turn out/////books //documentation ////‘) Ash- that sounds interesting, because - (P- ‗///////////‘) Ash- peace tends to unnerve them- they get bored, so they create trouble. There‘s a program that they hold that‘s a ‗highstimulation‘ program, they need the ‗thrill of the kill‘, they have an overdeveloped ‗fight or flight‘. I don‘t know if I would agree with All the conclusions of that person that you mentioned, simply because the genes DO Matter. But what they‘re call‘n ‗genes‘ here (P- ‗///‘ quick comments as Ash talks) have very little to do with the Templates that ARE the DNA Templates, that the body is built on. There‘s little bits of information that indicate the Presence of the DNA Template- - they‘re picking up part of the 2nd strand and part of 3rd strand coding, and they‘re calling it ‗the Human Genome‘. They haven‘t a clue, so there is- - and there is a reason for that, because it‘s being controlled by the Zetas, what information, scientifically, can be released. They‘re trying to convince us, first of all, that we came out of apes. That theory is, is the one- - we may not be Di- -Directly related- - now, there‘s gong to be an element added to that- - the Annunaki want to come in here - - at some point, what they had planned to do in this time frame, in this Stellar Activation‘s Cycle, was get us to the point where we lost our concept of Race Identity, where we forgot who the heck we were...we were just bodies at that point, but they knew we were valuable bodies cause we had codes…but they wanted to make sure we didn‘t have ANY memory of those Codes or what our Role was, so they could come in and pretend they created us. 17:42 ‗We‘re your Creator gods- - we‘re your ancient gods from Sumeria - - we‘re from Atlantis. We made you- you‘re just, you know, pathetic little creatures- - you were the Neanderthals and then we helped to Upgrade You into becoming the Cro-magnons and then the Homo-sapiens‘- - this is what they plan to do. And they had to erase our memory to do it. Now, it‘s real hard- - it might Page 35 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

not be hard to erase the memory of 10 people or even 20, or even 500, but how the heck do you literally erase a Race‘s Memory ? What do you DO to that Race that would take it, take the Memory OUT, where they just Don‘t remember any of their affiliations from the past? You have to do a couple of things. 18:21 One thing would be, you‘d have to get rid of any evidence- - if you could make their MINDS not be able to remember, you would have to get rid of ‗evidence‘, and you‘d have to ‗plant other evidence‘ to support a story that you were going to feed them as their creation story. (P- ‗ blah blah//‘) Ash- ok. (small sigh) Ok, that‘s a whole other vein that I‘m not going to go into right now, because we‘ll be here forever. Um, but that‘s interesting- we can talk about that another time. (P- ‗////‘) Ash- ok. Part of what was done was an intentional suppression of a) cultural teachings. In the beginning of the Seedings of the Human Races, each one of the 12-Tribes was assigned as the Guardians of not only the, the Star Gate to which their tribe number corresponded- - they were assigned as Guardians of the information that was stored on one of the 12 Cloister Dora Teura Plates. It had spiritual information, it had Sacred Science information, and it had History information- - so each tribe was a Guardian of one part of the History, and you put them all together and you had the whole story. 9:31 When the Leviathan Races became the dominant force progressively, through Atlantis and up further, those- - the True Teachings that were once here and once were common knowledge among Humans, were taken. The guts of them were taken out- - certain parts of them that were useful were kept in, and then there were false names of gods and false chants, and a lot of times REVERSING Sound Tones in chants, in prayers- - putting words in that actually created the Reverse Sequences in the Fire Letters. Now, to get this to work Human Memory had to be interrupted- it had to be erased, because they‘d remember, they wouldn‘t use the reverse things, they‘d know what it was, so you had to make sure they didn‘t know anymore. There was an event that was staged in 3,470 BC- - it‘s on the list here- - 3,000 somewhat- -yeah- it‘s called the- - (coughs)- - we affectionately call it the ‗babbleon‘ massacre, and that‘s spelled ‗babble‘ like ‗babbling‘, because we‘ve been babbling ever since. 20:34 What they did during that period of time is they used Star Gate 10, because they had access to Star Gate 10, and we‘ll find out where they are, cause the list of where the Gates and where the Cue Sites are, is in here- - they used Gate 10 and the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid, and its connection to the Solar Spiral and Earth‘s Merkaba, to create a temporary interrupt in the magnetic spin. They literally stopped it real fast and then restarted it, but in the meantime sent in a code, into the Earth‘s Grid, through the Nibiruian Grid, that blocked any activation of Anything over Strand 3. 21:09 The memory banks are stored, as far as the ‗Race Memory‘- your Soul History, your Over Soul History- that is stored within the Higher Dimensional Frequency Bands. We had our memory erased because we had our DNA unplugged. There were mutations sent through the Nibiruian Crystal Grid that came through the Earth, that came up into our Merkaba Spirals through the Earth‘s Grids, but blocked the braiding and communication between DNA Strands 1, 2 and 3 – which blocked the communication between the physical and etheric body in dimension 1, and the emotional body in dimension 2, and the mental body in dimension 3. What these mutations did was not only erase our memory, but they created an inability of the Kundalini Currents to run effectively in the body. It shut down all of the currents, except the currents that went with the Telluric Shield in the body, which were the first part of the Antakarana, the dimension 1, 2 and 3 currents. The Telluric Current was the only thing the body could run. Without the Higher Frequency Currents, the Pineal Gland shut down, and so did most of the function of the Thymus and the Thyroid Glands, and several other glands in the body, and the endocrine system started to act differently. It created chemicals that were inorganic to the Human Form- chemicals that didn‘t belong there. It created something that they call the ‗death hormone‘. There was a combination of chemical ‗by-products‘ from this artificial thing that was imposed on the DNA, that instead of the natural process of ‗soul integration‘ with the Human Body, that would begin about age 12- - actually, 11 and 2/3rds- - right then was when 4, strand 4 was supposed to activate and you start bring‘n in the Soul Level of Concsiousness -the dimension 4, 5 and 6 Consciousness. By the time you were about 22, you would go into Over Soul integration- you‘d activate Strands uh, 7, 8 Page 36 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

and 9 and you‘d bring in 7, 8 and 9 dimensional consciousness of the over soul. That was how Humans were supposed to evolve. 23:05 When they blocked the Planetary Grids and stopped them with the quick stop, and then put this program in, that created very specific blockages within certain ley lines, or axiatonal lines in the Planetary Grids, those blockages manifested in our bodies. They kept the strands from communicating with each other and they locked us into a biology that as soon as you did fetal integration into it, you were in prison. You couldn‘t remember where you came from, you couldn‘t remember fetal integration, you couldn‘t remember who you were before, you couldn‘t remember why the heck you were here or where you came from, so you were really primed to, if somebody gave you a book and said, ‗here‘s where you came from. You‘re god is named Jehovah- or your god is named ‗Pete‘- ok, sounds good, it‘s better than the ‗nothing‘ that I remember‘, you know (chuckles). 23:51 They transposed their whole cultural model on top of ours after this point. They had built up to this through Atlantis and through the Atlante- - uh, to the, through the Luciferian Covenant. But by the time they were successful in blowing these currents through the Earth‘s Merkaba- - it was bad enough the spirals were spinning in reverse the way they weren‘t supposed to be- - but then they blew in these currents that blocked certain parts of the axiatonal lines, which would block certain parts of the DNA strands so the codes couldn‘t activate, so the strands couldn‘t communicate, so what your body knows- your Physical Body- - your emotional body is not going to know. What your emotional body knows, your mental body‘s only got a little hint of what that might be. You don‘t‘ even know what your parts are anymore cause they can‘t communicate with each other. There‘s a part of you in d-4 level, that‘s your astral body level- we don‘t even remember we Have One at this point, because it‘s all been shut down, by shutting down the Kundalini, by shutt‘n down the DNA, BY, shutting down the axiatonal lines in the Planetary Grids through the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. 24:50 Once that happened, they also- - now, what they did to- - this is why it‘s called the ‗babble on‘ massacre. If you know, there, there‘s the story of the Tower of Babel in the Bible, where ‗god got mad, came down, wiped out the Tower of Babel and rever- and scrabbled the languages‘- - this is where we all couldn‘t understand each other anymore either. Once upon a time, the 12Tribes had a Resonance of Frequency between them. The Humans had a field that they held- - their languages, they could, they, they knew how to speak each others languages. But not just ‗physical languages‘, they could hold frequency, where they could bond together and create an extremely strong, mass field of energy that could run the Gates. 25:28 In the Babble on massacre, when the used the Nibiruian Crystal Grid in Gate 10, to create this mutation, they used axia, certain axtiatonal lines- - now there are 12 Primary Axiatonal Lines in the Planetary Grids. They‘re the Main Energy Feed Lines that take the energy from the Kathara Centers and move it into the smaller ley lines systems and vortices, all right. So the Axiatonal Lines are your Main Access Lines that run energy between Kathara Points. They took programs and put partial reversed Fire Letter sequences in them. So you‘d have, say, a set of Fire Letters Sequences or um, Scalar Patterns that went this way (*audio cd – can‘t see hand motion )- they‘d take this part and this part and this part, and reverse it, so these parts didn‘t plug in together. This is how they created the mutation in the DNA strands, because they made it so some of the Fire Letters went backwards and some went forwards. When you do this, it also scrabbles the way Tones work in the body. They had to- - Humans, had to be re-taught ‗spoken language‘ after this was done because it completely erased the memory banks on how to plug in frequency and tone. The languages that everybody once knew, they were gone. So then, our big, wonderful pseudo-gods from the sky came down and started to bring in their teachings of the ‗languages‘, with the basic languages- their languages. 26:47 They brought in the Sumerian Languages and they brought in the early Egyptian Languages, because they invaded both Sumerian and Egyptian cultures that had started out as Angelic Human settlements. We have been hijacked, is what has happened here. And if we don‘t remember, we‘re not going to remember what needs to be done to stop it from going any further. So, the Babble On massacre, in, in 3,470 BC, and the, the uh Luciferian Rebellion in 25,500 BC, started a sequence of events that has progressively allowed the Leviathan Force, which was the collective of the Annu-Melchizedek Races that are being subliminally directed by Fallen Angelic Matrices- - these people don‘t know, most of them, don‘t know they‘re be‘n messed with. Page 37 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

They don‘t remember where they incarnated out of either, cause they don‘t let their own remember. But they have progressively gotten into positions of political power. 27:44 Now, in the good ‗ol days, when the Bilbe started to come to be- - and the Christian movement happened- - there were certain forces, particularly in the Rome area, that if you didn‘t believe the interpretation they were telling you to believe, you‘d be killed. ‗Believe this or die‘, was the choice that was offered. ‗Ok, fine- god‘s name is ‗Jehovah‘, now, now, who are the saints?‘ you know‗fine‘. It got to the point where there were the Human Races AND the Leviathan Races, except for the few ‗chosen ones‘, who would be allowed to have some of their DNA turned on, so they could Hear their little ‗father gods‘ in the sky- - were, literally, they had no idea where they came from. ‗Where did we come from?‘- - they had no memory of Atlantis. Now, this wouldn‘t of worked if there were whole bunches of big temples left and lots of like fancy technology and things left around. There was a Very Aggressive effort to get rid of History records, because there WERE recorded and written records, and there still ARE. And there were certain artifacts- - there were certain types of recording devices that were similar to the Cloister Dora Teura Plates, but not as powerful, that were used in Atlantean and Lemurian periods that are still buried, for eventually they will be found, to prove this history. 28:55 But, there was a very aggressive effort by the Fallen Angelics to consume as much of that history as they could, and to use the parts of it that served their purpose, and to get rid of the evidence of the rest of it. The reason, there are several reasons why we don‘t have a lot of history record, as far as our ancient cultures and those kind of things. One of the reasons is, because, as far as things like burials and all those kinda things, in the – when we had the technologies, people didn‘t bury people in the ground, they didn‘t need to. Now, the Neanderthal groups did- - the ones that were on their own, running away from their captors and things like that. They had an early ‗tribal type‘ existence that was primitive. There‘s very little evidence of Angelic Humans because we didn‘t leave a lot of messes when we had our cultures strong, and by the time our cultures were falling because they‘d been infiltrated, any recordsthere are records that had been totally altered, if not totally wiped out, on purpose, so it, it was like wa- wiping our existence off the face of the Earth. 29:55 Who controls the History will control the ideas and the Race Identity of the people on the Planet, so they took control of the History. It started with events that took place after the 9,558 BC Atlantean flood, that the Luciferian Annu-Melcizedeks orchestrated on behalf of the Pleiadian Nibiruians. There were invasions that were sent in to- - cause our guys, when the flood came, there were groups of the Angelic Humans that were taken into Inner Earth- cause this is where we go, whenever the place was going to go into spin- if there‘s en- enough notice and if the Gates can be opened, they will take as many as, as they can into Inner Earth, so they can be put back- - and they‘ll be put back on 24 sites. Since their first Seeding, they have always been put back on the, on 24 sites- the 12 Gate Sites and the 12 Cue Sites that go with the Gates- that were - - they were always the simultaneous seeding points of the Angelic Humans. 30:45 Now, after the 9,558 BC flood, the Guardian groups put the Human groups that survived back. They put them back in the same spots where their DNA was coded to their Gate, because they were Guardians of those Gates- - that‘s the areas they belonged in. One of those places was what we call, we- they called, ‗Sumeria‘, in the older days. ORIGINAL Sumerian Culture was an Angelic Human settlement. It was, I believe they were on Gate 10, they were the Tribe 10 people that were Guardians at Gate 10. And in 8 uh, 8,900 BC they were invaded, and progressively they were invaded by several different Leviathan Races, and they were decimated. It became a Pleiadian-Nibiruian strong hold. And the Sumerian Races that had, that had been Human to begin with- some of them were hybridized, cause at this point, these are races that could rape women, hold them captive and make babies. All right, they did this a lot- they raided the civilizations to get the genetic strain going, to literally take over the genetic line of a Tribe, to get its coding. And the would dominate, and use violence to dominate the civilizations of the Angelic Humans, who were basically not violent people. They were not really accustomed to dealing with violence in their face. It was like being shell shocked, where they didn‘t even know how to respond to it sometimes. Because to raise a hand to kill something that‘s trying to kill you, was really foreign. Humans - - it did not come natural to Humans, so they‘d run. They‘d flee, and they‘d go into exile in different places. Page 38 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

The Sumerian invasion took place- - began- - in uh, 8,900 BC with the Luciferians coming in. Then a certain group called the ‗Marduke group‘, which are an Annunaki group but their part Drakonian and they honor the Drakonian Agenda, not the Annunaki Agenda. They came in, and they raided the Annunaki groups that were there. And that‘s where you get all the Sumerian stuff. This is where you get all of the Ancient Sumerian Legends of ‗Ankhi‘, ‗Enlil‘ and ‗Marduke‘ and all those guys, the whole dramathese had been here before. They had been th- - there before in 250,000 BC, when they had created the original Neanderthal primate, slave race. They were back- they raided Sumeria. 32:58 The ones that got raided in Sumeria by their own that had Drakonian Agendas, they went in to Egypt. All of the Dynasties of Egypt were NOT Human Dynasties. These were Annunaki and Drakonian Dynasties fighting it out for who was gonna be in control, because Egypt holds, where the Pyramid of Giza is, is Star Gate 4, Earth‘s Star Gate 4, that Links directly to the Solar Star Gate that the Nibiruians have control of from Nibiru. So it was a very valuable piece of real estate to hold- - make sure you hold Giza, so there was always this concentration of them there. Egypt was originally, cause Egypt was around- - there were Egyptians when Atlantis was there. That was one of the Tribes of the Angelic Humans- they were Tribe 4, that were the original Guardians of there. They were called the Serres Egyptians. The Serres Egyptians were a Grail Line Race of Angelic Humans. Progressively, the first group that went in, and wiped out the Serres Egyptians, that had been the pre-Dynastic kingships that had been there, was the Toth-Enki group. And they started the Osirius Line of Osirius Kings, and from there, they got raided again by some of the ones who had raided them originally in Sumeria. So it was like they were following each other trying to see who was going to get dominion over the place. 34:15 The whole ‗Set‘ Movement in Egypt was run by the ‗Marduke groups‘ that were in opposition to the Toth groups. Then there were the Samjase groups who were into the sca- - they were the ‗Scarab Kings‘. There was all this wacky stuff go‘n on that we call ‗human history‘, most of what‘s in the history books is Annunaki history. There‘s more Annunaki history even than Drakonian history. Our history has been eradicated. And they‘ve blended our Race Identity IN, to try to make us think that we‘re them, so when they come back, we‘ll honor them as ‗gods‘ and follow. 34:45 That‘s all they care about- they Planned this. This wasn‘t an accident that just so happened to be conveniently presented to them. They planned it since Atlantis, they orchestrated the flood, they orchestrated the loss of the memory matrix cause they knew how to work the Merkaba Spirals and how to do it, and they‘re - - they know how it affects the DNA. They also knew there would be the final conflict, because they knew that- - what their plan was, was in the next Stellar Activations Cycle, to come in for the final kill- they were going to come in and they were going to take the whole Planet then. They didn‘t- - they weren‘t able to do in 22,326 BC because the Eieyani did enough, and the Maharaji of Sirius B did enough to stop the Stellar Activations Cycle, so they couldn‘t run the frequencies to grab the rest of the Grids to get the whole Templar here. Cause if they get Earth‘s Templar, they can work their way up to Tara, to Gaia, and they can get control of the Main Gates, and they can lose Gate 12 on the Universal Level- seal the Time Matrix in at d-11. That‘s what they wanna do. 35:40 So, everybody but us, down here, has known that as 2000-2017 approached, that there was a very strong possibility that the Stellar Bridge would ground, that the frequency would be high enough in the Planetary Core to anchor it. And if it did, all hell was gonna break loose. It wasn‘t gonna be ‗hell‘ where all sorts of space ships immediately came flying into the sky and you had star wars. No, it was going to be subtle, as it always was, particularly with the Annunaki, where they would come in and be your buddies and they would become a part of your society. They‘re already a part of our society. They‘ve been a part of our society and so have the Drakonians, walking around in Human Form, ever since the Leviathan Races were created and progressively evolved side by side, through raiding of the progress of the Human, uh, you know, the Human Evolution. Right now, it doesn‘t matter if you‘re originally an Angelic Human, or if you‘re originally a Drakonian Soul, or originally uh, Annunaki Soul. If you‘re in a Human Body you can fix any of those genetic problems if you care to. If you wanna be a person who honors the Light, and who honors freedom and love for other people and for the Universe- - who wants to work in cooperative ways instead of exploitive ways- - it doesn‘t matter where you incarnated from, you have the ability to choose that Freedom now. This was the message we try to carry. Page 39 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

But is we can start to get a grip on what the heck has happened here, it‘s awesome, it‘s HUGE what has happened here- - it‘s so, it‘s mind blowing. From when you look at, when you start integrate some of this understanding, of ‗oh my god, THAT‘S Human History?‘- Compared to what you‘ve been taught- - you‘ve been taught propaganda. You‘ve been taught ET propaganda, so you didn‘t remember who you were and what ya came for. 37:29 It is a Huge drama we‘re a part of, but we always were. Now we can get scared when we start to look at ‗oh my god, they‘ve really been pay‘n that much attention to us? They‘ve been here all along, oh no!‘ you know, I can be scary when you start to See what we‘re livi‘n in- - BUT, if you can remember this much and you can deal with this much, you can remember its Antidote as well. If this is true, it implies that you‘re an Angelic Human. It implies that even if you weren‘t an Angelic Human to start with, you can be now. There was something that was - - the Guardian Groups were trying to get done the whole time, which was break the link of the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid and get the d-12 frequency running back on this Planet so we could run the Maharata Current, activate our Merkabas, activate our Tribal Shields and run the Star Gate codes that would clear Earth‘s Templar and seal the Star Gates at d-12. 38:19 Which means only things that were ‗christed‘ could come in without anybody‘s permission. If the Gates are sealed with a 12 th dimensional frequency, a Being would have to have the potential to hold 12 freq- - d-12 frequency in the body. Which means they‘d have to have a 12-strand pattern. The people that don‘t can get it, and there‘s going to be transmissions, if things go well here, that they‘re going to beam it through the Grids. So it‘ll be like having one Large Melchizedek Ordination for the Planet. So the people that are here will be able to pick up the Template no matter what they were. But, to have that Template work, it has to work in reverse in, in Forward Sequence, not in Reverse Sequence. 38:59 (coughs) That comes down to your choices. That comes down to what you‘re going to plug your Merkaba into. If it happens to be Nibiru- - if things go well here, Nibiruians aren‘t going to be able to live here, because there will be too much frequency running through the Grids and it would kill their biology - - they would develop things like cancer. This is what‘s happening with some of the Races- - there‘s gonna be an increase, in certain groups of people, of diseases, as the Star Gates progressively open. The ones who can‘t tolerate the frequency are the ones who don‘t have the full templates. They KNOW that this is coming. (P- ‗they‘re hybrids? Are these hybrids or - -‗) Ash- well, yeah, they don‘t have the full 12-Strand Pattern. They, now the Annunaki are stronger than the Draks, actually. Draks have a 10-Strand DNA Template that runs a reverse matrix- - you start to get a progressively higher frequency, running in the right order here, and it‘s going to fry their DNA Templates. It‘s going to create ‗body crash‘, all right. They‘re aware of this, and their matrices are aware of this- they don‘t care, they look at them as expendable. We look at them as people in Human Bodies now that have every right to choose freedom, just like anything else in a Human Body has a right. 40:04 But, there are DNA activations that are going to happen whether people are ready for them or not. Angelic Humans have problems- - they have to clear distortions that the Grids have been giving ‗em- - that‘s some of the programs that we‘ve been working with. Kathara Healing is geared toward Re-setting the Template, the Christos Template, so you have what you need to be able to activate in sync with the Earth‘s Grids as the activations continue. The Solution to all of this mess, that‘s literally a billion, several billion year old mess, is to get the Christos Realignment done already, because then it‘s a ‗game over- new game, ok‘? Then, Humans are back in the position they were intended to be, which were the Guardians and Keepers of the Planetary, first the Planetary Templar Complex, but as we remember who we were, get skilled in running our Planetary Templar, our Original Commission as Universal Star Gate Keepers will be given back. 40:55 We‘ll also get back the ability to use those Spar- - Star Gates at will. We‘ll be able to move ourselves, if we choose, into and out of manifestation. Things like ‗immortality‘ and ‗eternal life‘, the ability to manifest and de-manifest, enter Density and to leave Density - - they used to be choices like choosing to take a bus from here to California or a plane- - you could do this. You could do it if you wanted to and you could come back. It‘s been controlled here because of the Fallen Angelics. We can reset this, and there‘s one way to do it, and it‘s not with bombs or guns or genocide of a Race that‘s taking an anti-stance to it- - not at all. It‘s simple. 41:33 Page 40 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

We began the processes by learning to run the Maharata and learning to get our Merkabas spinning in the right direction, with the exercises or techniques 1, 2 and 3 that we‘ve learned so far. I think it‘s actually 1 and 2, yeah- 1, 2, 3 – yeah, ok, now, we‘re going to learn something that‘s going into technique 4 I think it‘s listed as. Technique 4 is ‗tribal shield activation‘. Before we do it, I want you to understand som‘n about what it means to be ‗ok, I‘m Tribe 2‘- what does that mean? 42:04 That means, you carry, in your DNA Template, the frequency patterns, the Fire Letters that go with Star Gate 2 and Cue Site 2. And if you wanna know where that is, the part of the Planetary Body that your body is keyed to, that you and it belong to each other, your ‗true home‘ on the Planet- you would look at the map on page 63. (coughs) 63 shows the Universal Star Gate Kathara Grid, which is the alignment of the Star Gates as they go up through the Densities, and the little chart on the left shows the Star Gate number, and its Star Gate Site, and its corresponding Cue Site. These are the 24 most precious locations on the Planetthese are the places where Star Gates open. These are the places where the other places, the Cue Sites- where you trigger the land there- to activate the Star Gates in the other spaces. 42:58 Everyone, every Angelic Human, is keyed to at least one of these locations. Some people that came in with a full Maji Imprint, the 48-Strands, or even 36-48, will be keyed to more than one. A full (coughs) – a full 48-Strand Being would be considered part of Tribe 12, but they would carry all of the Codings below them. So they would be able to activate Gate 12, Cue Site 12, and everything below it. They were the High Council, they were the Captains, if necessary, that if it went bad and anybody was gonna go down with the ship, they were the Ones that Stayed, because they had the Codes that could try- - if anybody could balance the Grids, it was them. And the ones that were out of Tribe 12, got stuck here over and over and over again, through this drama, where they couldn‘t leave, they couldn‘t ascend. They‘d, they‘d end up gett‘n the body killed, they‘d have to reincarnate here again, and they still had the coding. Tribe 12 had a lot of responsibility toward the other- to- toward the other ones. They had more coding in the DNA, and it worked that way all the way down. 44:09 Tribe 11 had the coding- - didn‘t have Tribe 12 coding, but it did have what went through from 10 to 1. Now Tribe 1 had it easiest in a certain way, because it didn‘t have anything but its own coding, but it also had some very specific Primal Coding that went the KeeRaShA Primal Light Fields, and the Khundaray Sound Fields, so they had as much responsibility as Tribe 12 had, had. That‘s why, if you don‘t know what your Tribe is or you don‘t have a feel for it, you can use the Sound Tones to activate the Tribe 12 Codes and the Tribe 1 Codes in the Tribal Shield. That will give you all the Frequencies in between. Ok, that‘s why‘er- - where it‘s more specific if you can find your Tribe- - if you ‗oh, I think I was Tribe 2‘- - that means that you would have had uh, you would simply have the Codes for 1 - - now 1 has the Codes for the KeeRaShA and the Khundaray, so you would have the big codes from the Tribe 1, plus your own Tribe 2 codes. Would also mean, if you were Tribe 2, that you were keyed to Star Gate 2 and to Cue Site 2. That means your body would resonate and belong to, and the grids in these areas would belong to You. The Grids in Sarasota Florida, as the Star Gate, which was once Bruah Atlantis, and your - - the Cue Site you‘d be keyed to would be Easter Island, which is the place that Opens the Grual Point in Sarasota Florida. 45:26 So you can look at this map and you can find out where your body‘s keyed to if can get that feel, where we - - I told you to find by resonance the feeling, the orientation that you felt was there, you know, even if you go through them, you know, or scan through numbers 1 through 12 with your eyes closed and just see if one lights up for you. Your intuitive self knows what‘s in your template. Your higher self knows- you Can find, without having to go through extensive DNA analysis (chuckles) what Tribe you are most keyed to. Everybody has distortions now that came from race- - from the mess they did with the gene codes through the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. Plus there has been a historical campaign of whenever possible, crossing the lines- - taking the Leviathan Races and marrying them into Grail Lines that they could find- - it would bring down the Grail Line Code and bring UP the Leviathan Code in the genetic family line. 46:16 So all of us carry distortions to, to some degree, but we can move them out. The more we use the Maharata, the more they get clear. Now, when we know our Gate Codes, we know what part of the land that we‘re supposed to run frequency into when it comes to Stellar Activations Cycles. There was a plan behind uh, Angelic Humans being put here. Like I talked about before, we were the ―buffers‖ for the Planetary Grids. We held the perfected Codes, originally, in the Planetary Grids, so we would run the Page 41 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

frequency through ourselves, correct - - take the co- - it would run the correct codes into the Grids so the Earth itself could sustain a Stellar Activations Cycle. We did it through running Mass Rainbow Roundtables, which are groups of people that had the specific Gate Codes- - there were groups for each Gate- - there were Major Master Signet Councils, one for each of the Gates, and there would be- - they would be broken into 2- one group would be at the Cue Site, one would be at the Gate Site. They would run the frequencies together for their Gate- - there would also be Lots and Lots of smaller regional ones that were attached to those groups, so Everybody participated in Rainbow Roundtables. It was simply part of the Angelic Human Commission of be‘n here. 47:27 Through the Roundtables we brought the frequency of the Khundary, the KeeRaShA, the Christos- the Maharata- back into the Planet, progressively healing the Planet and fulfilling our mission here. That was what we had come to do. That‘s what we‘re STILL here to do, except all the information on about ‗what is it‘, ‗why are we here‘, ‗who put us here‘ and ‗what the heck is it we‘re supposed to do‘, has been taken away from us so when the time came- - by the - - it was, hmm (little chuckle)- - by the time it was time to use that knowledge and to actively employ our mission, we wouldn‘t have any memory of what the heck it was. And that‘s what‘s happening here. Our bodies can be used on a reverse matrix - - if our Merkabas are runn‘n backwards, our DNA codes are runn‘n backwards. OUR DNA codes, Not the Annunakis, not the Leviathan Races- - the Angelic Human DNA codes are keyed to the Planetary Grids- you get the HUMANS Merkabas running in reverse in a Stellar Activations Cycle, and you get them dropp‘n their codes naturally- which will happen, because it Opens, between the Planetary Grids and Your Grids in your body. It is a natural process that during Stellar Activation Cycles, your DNA WILL activate and run its codes down through. As long as your Merkaba‘s go‘n in reverse, you‘ll send your codes in, in reverse and they will get control of the Star Gates. 48:40 We‘ve been be‘n used as walk‘n conduits, to use a ‗reverse matrix tool‘, to code the grids. IT‘s not even that their interest in us as a ‗people‘ was personal, they could care less- - it‘s power and it‘s the grids and the access to the gates, that the Nibiruians and the Drakonians are after. We can fix all this by simply remembering. Part of the remembering can be fun- - it‘s where we let our inner child play and remember how to do Salutations, because the Exercises that we‘ve been doing up to this point have been Part Of the Process of running a Rainbow Roundtable. What a Rainbow Roundtable does is, every time a group runs one- - once they get their Merkabas going in the Right Directions- - they are putting the corrected codes back into the Planetary Shields, so the Earth can progressively hold more of the D-12 Maharata Current, as it comes in through the Star Gates. It builds up the ability of the Planetary Grids to self-repair. It also heals the mutations that are in the Human DNA Codes now, that weren‘t there in the beginning. 49:46 But even when Humans were still in perfected form, without any mutations in the DNA, they were still very needed to run that frequency, so the Planet could become ―Christed‖ again. So it could get back on the Grids and be wha- - what‘s called an ―ascension Planet‖, where it has the ability to run the currents and it has the ability to evolve out of Density 1 and into Density 2 and into Density 3, all the way up and go back IN to Pure Consciousness again. Rainbow Roundtables utilize a) Technique 1, Maharic Quick Seal, they- - # 2, activat‘n the Tribal Shield, # 3 the Sacred Salutations, gett‘n your Merkaba go‘in, at an intense speed- charging it, but in the Right Direction. Those 3 things need to be done before you as an individual would participate in a group that was going to run a Star Gate Council, which is what a Rainbow Roundtable is. It‘s a group of Humans that are going to get together to directly use the energy from Earth‘s Star Gates to run the Primal Life Force Currents in the right direction to repair the Grids progressively. That‘s what an ‗RRT‘ or ‗Rainbow Roundtable‘ is. 50:49 - - - - - -- - ------------------------------------------------end of Chapter 2- -- -----------beginning of Chapter 3- -

CD 7 - Chapter 3 - Now, they‘re kind of interesting- - oh, if, for people who haven‘t got into any of the work that don‘t know what a Stellar Activations Cycle is, there‘s a little description on page 64- some of you have seen this diagram before, some may have not. It simply shows the alignment of the Merkaba Spirals going up the Density Levels. Harmonic- - HU 1 is Harmonic Universe 1, Page 42 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

which is Density 1, dimensions 1, 2, 3. Harmonic Universe 2 is Density 2, dimensions 4, 5, 6. Harmonic Universe 3 is Density 3, dimensions 7, 8, 9. Harmonic Use- - Universe 4 is uh Density 4, which is dimensions 10, 11 and 12- that‘s the Christos Level. And then Harmonic Universe 5 is the Primal Light Fields, ok, the KeeRaShA, which is the ante-matter dimension before form starts. Now that just shows you, on the left hand side, how Vertically, an alignment takes place between the Merkaba axis of the Harmonic Merkaba Spirals that go for each Density Level- - this would happen on the Planet and Galactic Level as well. Normally, in other parts of the Time Cycles that are all interwoven, the Merkabas spin, and only at certain points within those synchronized spins, do the Vertical Axes come directly together, and when they come together, they phase-lock and they create a bridge of frequency that‘s called a ‗Stellar Bridge‘ – because the bridge, where the cosmic frequencies, from the KeeRaShA come…and the Khundaray…come down through the Densities and REFUEL the lower Density Systems with New Life Force energy. 1:27 So that‘s what I‘m talking about in a Stellar Activations Cycle- - that‘s the alignment of the energy fields going up at a 15dimensional scale that brings the frequencies in- - they‘re natural- - Stellar Activations Cycles are natural- - Star Gates are natural- they‘re part of the natural Physics Structure of Planetary Bodies, Galactic Bodies, Universal Bodies and Human Bodies. Our DNA works as a set…uh, as many sets of Internal Star Gates. So Star Gates are simply, conduits of electro-magnetic energy that allow for a circulatory system to take place in a balanced way, that allows for 3-dimensional manifestation to take place, and allows for consciousness to experience itself IN 3-dimensional manifestation. It‘s really a holographic system, because this only appears solid and real when your consciousness is focused in a very specific set of ways that are governed by the body and the DNA Template. REALLY, nothing is manifest- - which gets to be a real high spiritual concept that you work toward- - it‘s hard to hold both ends…where you‘re trying to see what the physical level is that‘s really going on here and Physical, while at the same time, there‘s a part of You that never left Source, that didn‘t come into Manifestation, that KNOWS it‘s all a holographic- - like a dream. But when you‘re in that dream, it‘s a very real dream, and if you get shot in that dream it hurts, you bleed and your body might die. And if you die and there are Star Gates blocked, you may be trapped for 2 Billion Years in a dimensional system that you can‘t get out of. This is the nature of the dream. 2:54 We are in a dream- - it‘s a Waking Dream- - but, there is a mutability to physicality that is clo- - more closely related to what we call the ‗dream state‘. The one you‘ve been taught to believe as ‗solid, fixed matter that can‘t be moved‘- - ‗this is the way it is, it can‘t be fixed‘- - ‗you‘re stuck in a body‘ – ‗the body dies‘- - all of these things are ideas we‘ve been taught to accept as the facts of reality. But they are NOT the facts, they are simply IDEAS about reality we‘ve been taught to believe. If we begin to remember who we were, we start to remember, ‗what a minute, matter wasn‘t always this dense- - I used to be able to move through Star Gates‘- - we all used to be able to do this. We can reclaim that again, but the one thing you have to do is tell your ego, ‗well, make room for some bigger ideas‘, because the stuff you‘ve been being fed by the culture- - you gotta realize this Culture has been built on the Pleiadian-Orion model, since they took over the Lyran-Sirian model of the Angelic Humans in 25,500 BC. 3:54 The Pleiadian-Orion model is a model of dominion, is a model of elite-ism, it‘s a model of exploitation, it is a model of an antiChristos Agenda- - which means, certain Races will survive while others are expendable energy to feed off of. That is Not in Divine Right Order, it was not ‗Creator/God‘s‘, whatever you want to call that Source of our Oneness, it was Not the Original Intention of this Time Matrix to create a vampire matrix that consumed itself to oblivion. We have a chance, again (small chuckle), to try to set it right. We‘ll do that IF we‘re willing to do somth‘n simple- - learn how to run the Rainbow Roundtables again. We have the coding in our DNA, as Angelic Humans, and even if you happen to be a person that‘s not an Angelic Human, that happens to have the Matrix of the, one of the Leviathan Races- - if they run the Maharata, they can begin to run the sub-frequencies of it. They don‘t have the 12th-Strand, but they can get a bit of the Antakarana frequency moving through on the right order. If they start using the Salutations, it will begin reversing the spin on their Merkaba, which will begin to reverse the reverse coding in their DNA Templates turning it into a Human Coding that CAN run the Primal Life Force Currents. 5:12 Page 43 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

So it‘s not hopeless for Anybody, it‘s just a matter of choice ‗who do you want to Serve?‘- - cause at this point, you‘re gonna serve Somebody. There‘s a song that says, ‗you‘re gonna serve somebody baby‘, I think- - who- - did Bob Dylan do that or something (chuckles)? (P- ‗you may be the devil or you may be the lord, but you‘re gonna serve somebody‘ - - participant recalling words to the song Ash references) Ash- that IS basically, how it works- - you can say, ‘I‘m not going to serve anybody. I‘m just going to ignore it all and make it go away‘- - good luck, cause if You‘re not gonna run your Body Consciously, there‘s lots of people up there in the Universe that will be glad to do it for you. If you‘re not going to learn your bio-fields and how to ensure their integrity, there‘s a lot of people that will be very glad that you‘re not, because if You don‘t wanna serve anybody, they would Love to use you to serve their agenda. 5:53 So it‘s kind of like- - it‘s OUR time, as Angelic Humans, it‘s Our Time of Reckoning too- just like it is for the Annunaki and the Drakonians. They‘ve assumed it would be an easy ‗kill‘ when the next Stellar Activation came. They assumed we‘d all be so brain-dead by the time it came, they‘d simply just use our little bodies to run it in reverse…once they were done with us they‘d exterminate us, and then it was theirs. But, they didn‘t think the Indigo Children would come in as strongly as they did. They didn‘t think the Angelic Humans would wake up as fast as they did with a tiny bit of information- - they underestimated the game- mistake number 1. Because they underestimated the game, they didn‘t take a Whole lot of precautions against us setting a 12-Code in the Planetary Grids- - they didn‘t think there was enough people involved. It worked- - on January 1st, 2000, with a small group here and a small group there and a small group over in other countries that didn‘t even know each other, following their spiritual guidance - - and thank goodness it was CLEAR guidance- - and it was usually not because any of us knew the difference at that point, it was because we were born with that protection with us, cause we were born as members of a Security Council even if we didn‘t remember. 7:10 We were guided (guarded?) to the spots to drop the 12-Codes that over-rode the pulses they were send‘n from Montauk and Bermuda to make sure the 10-Code stayed. Point 1 for the Angelic Human side (chuckles)- point 1 for the Christos Realignment Mission- - that made it possible to fulfill this, in this time frame. We got this far we might as well keep going. There is so much promise - - (P- makes a comment) - - Ash- - well, nobody‘s trying at the Moment anyway. (another P- - ‗is there any connection between that and Y2K?‘) Ash- hmmm? (P- ‗between..‘) Ash- oh that- Y2K was an interesting drama- - it was set up just in case it was needed, all right- just in case they needed a real quick ‗push that button‘ to get martial law in here. All right- it was part of an attempted ‗grid crash‘ that ONLY if, if the uh Drakonian Illuminati decided to push the button now, so they could close in, they would orchestrate that to create all sor- - all sorts of chaos crashes. They were gonna throw in a few nat- - staged, ‗natural‘ disaster things too, cause they do have the ability to move certain weather fronts, and they do have the ability to initiate w- - earthquakes- even our government has the ability to do that. 8:21 So they were going to throw in a few of those ‗freak everybody Out‘ things in, as a good excuse to put in ‗martial law‘ where people could patrol the streets with guns and tanks and things like that, and you could be ordered in your house after dark, and if you came out you could be shot- - those kind of things (chuckles). But it wasn‘t needed, the way the politics were unfolding. What is happened is that Draks and the Annunaki- - you have forces of both in the Illuminati Humans- - they were competing with each other (pause- - and Ash says ‗hello‘…some low comments and Ash continues), and they weren‘t getting along with each other, so had this, this, this uh, competition taking place in the Illuminati forces- which is like, their old strategy of ‗conquer by division‘- - it was working real well among their own ranks (chuckles). 9:06 That would have worked to the Angelic Humans advantage if it hadn‘t been for the Necromiton Races. The Necromiton Races were the Beetle people from Andromeda that got hooked up with certain strains of Annunaki- - they‘re the ones that created the um, got involved with other strains of Annunaki down in the Alpha-Centauri and Omega-Centauri Star Systems. And groups- - a group called the ‗Blue Centaurs‘, which are half like horse-type thing and half thing- - these things from Ancient Legends- - there was a reason for these Ancient Legends. These were Density 2 Beings, ok, they‘re not in Density 1, they‘re in Density 2- - they‘re in the semi-etheric matter form. Page 44 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

These Beings from Alpha and Omega Centauri that were involved with the Beetle people from um, Andromeda, were running a - kind of like their own ‗Drakonian-Annunaki hybrid, let‘s take over the time matrix‘ force. They didn‘t like the Draks and they didn‘t like the Annunaki, they were their own little elitist collective, and they didn‘t cooperate with anybody. 10:07 Well, they decided that it would be in everybody‘s- - as far as ‗everybody‘ being the ones running the One World Order Agendas- everybody‘s best interest to pretend they liked each other long enough, to get together, and if they United Forces, they would be able to stop what the Angelic Humans- - ‗how did they get to the point where they could- - uh oh, they‘re doing it‘ - - how could they stop the Angelic Humans who are waking up. ‗Oh my god, we didn‘t- - we lost control of the experiment, they‘re waking up, they‘re going to take the grids back‘- - so they organized a union called the ‗United Resistance‘, where you have Necromiton, and this is where ‗Michael Matrix‘ comes in, and several other popular teachers in the New Age Movement (chuckles)- um, won‘t name names on that one, don‘t need to. Um, united the Drakonian Forces of the Odedicron and the Omicron Matrices - - they are the Drakonians and the Reptilians- - got them involved, got the Annunaki involved. Both Jehovian Sirius A, Bi-pedal Dolphin People Annunaki, and Pleaidian-Nibiruian – those aped-based Annunaki, the ones that have raided here forever- - got ‗em all together and said, ‗I know we hate each other. We‘re not asking- - we‘re not asking you guys not to hate each other and we don‘t like you either, but, we can do this together‘- so they made some deals. That is what made the Annunaki groups that had originally entered the Treaty of Altair and entered the Emerald Covenant Agreements, the Pleiadian-Sirian Agreements- that‘s what made them leave, they got a better offer from the Necromiton. 11:36 Now, there are still members of both sides that really dislike each other and the Necromitons so much that they wouldn‘t join that either, so they‘re kind of like these renegades, that they don‘t know what to do with themselves- - they lost the majority of their force. So they‘re kind of like floundering around trying to figure out what to do with their agenda now. But then they have this United Resistance Force that is standing against the Chriostos Realignment Mission. They have control of part of the Star Gates on this Planet, and it‘s being run through the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. So basically right now- - for a long time, since the Nibiruian Grid went in, the Draks have been going after the Nibiruians trying to get control of the Nibiruian Grid cause they want to use it. Now, they all get to use it. So there‘s this program being run that is very detrimental to the health of everything on this Planet. The work that we‘re doing now, the reason that we‘re being given a crash course in how to run the Rainbow Roundtables, there‘s no time to walk us through from kindergarten up to 10th grade and then maybe we‘ll eventually graduate high school to get into college, where then you can go to get the Master‘s degree that would be the Rainbow Roundtables. They‘re start‘n at the Master‘s Degree cause there‘s no time left to make the steps. The people who can deal with it, who can feel it enough- - you don‘t have to understand ALL of it intellectually, but the information is there, you know- I mean, it‘s not contradictory with Anything- - the whole paradigm is very coherent because it‘s the truth (chuckles), you know. I mean, usually incoherent stuff happens when people are tell‘n lies and the lies kinda catch up with themselves and you start to see the spots between them and, ‗wait a minute- - that, that don‘t go together‘. 13:05 This is very congruent. But we can, we can make a Huge difference- - as we make the difference, we‘ll find the rest of ourselves and our memory. If we could get- - if I could give the people in this room, the people on this Planet one thing- -if only one Gift I could give them, right now, so they could find the power, the commitment, the freedom within themselves to make the right choices that move through them- - would be the Memory. Because I was fortunate in one sense, where in fetal integration there were problems, so I had to have not only Strand 6 activated as an Indigo, because all Indigos come in with Strand 6 activated- - but they had to activate Strand 4 too, because they - - I had to come in to the Heart Chakra, which stimulated the Heart Chakra to open, which triggered activation of Strand 4- - which gave me full, open Astral Awareness as I came in. I had the memory banks open- Very confusing as a child- - I knew those other things were me, I knew those other life times were me. I remembered people- - I would remember people - - I remembered that my mother had been the person who had me burned at the stake, the last time we had met and she was a man. It made a very interesting relationship between us (chuckles- - and laughs from participants), you know. 14:14 Page 45 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

I would remember people in kindergarten- simply, other children- ‗oh neat, you know- hi, nice to see you again‘, you know and they‘d look at me like ‗what‘s your problem‘. It was like, ‗well, you know, I, I remember you when you were, you were a boy and you‘re a girl now- it‘s pretty neat.‘ You know- ‗your name was like Amanda and it was like in the 1800‘s‘ and like, this would be natural- -took us- - it didn‘t take long, it was by kindergarten that we figured out, ‗oh my god, they don‘t remember me‘, you know (laughs), where you start to feel like a real freak. Because when you come in with that you think everybody else has it too, and it took awhile to find out that everybody else didn‘t have- - and it was simply because even the other Indigos that have that memory available, most of them didn‘t have to activate Strand 4- - they didn‘t have to open the 4th Chakra to get into body, so they had plenty of time to evolve Strand 4 and 5 before their d-6 memory would kick in. Unfortunately and fortunately for me, it came in with me because of the crisis situation trying to get into the body. You all have this memory- - if I could give you one thing, it would be to give you the memory back, because once you have the memory of you- - yourself in those other places, and your associations with those times, and once you remember the trip down- once you remember what it means to ex- - to exist as a Consciousness in the Primal Light Fields before you have a body- - to remember the feeling of transition that happens to your energy when you start to enter the Christos Liquid Light and it starts to Densify and you start to take on Form. With this memory, your WHOLE Universe changes- - you become YOU again. We‘re taught to be pseudo people down here- - we have an ego level, a personality level that looks out on the world, that‘s taught certain things that don‘t make a whole lot of sense about how the Universe works, but it‘s the best we got so we believe ‗em. Yet there‘s a longing and a pain in everybody- - because there‘s 90 percent of ourselves are missing- - and they‘re not ‗missing in action‘, they‘re Right There- we just can‘t bring them into the body so the body‘s like a prison. The body keeps us imprisoned- doesn‘t have to anymore. 16:24 As we run Rainbow Roundtables and do Salutations and those things to help the Planet, we‘re progressively correcting the same distortions in our own Internal Kathara Grid- - we‘re RE-awakening and bringing back the Life to the Way our Bodies were supposed to function. They weren‘t supposed to be prisons, our bodies were supposed to be Joyful Things to Experience the Wonderful Holographic Illusion of Manifestation, and the beauties. We were supposed to enjoy it here- - we weren‘t supposed to be solemn Guardians that never had any fun (*ash lowers and deepens her voice- - changes it to ‗drab/unanimated‘). We were supposed to Marvel in the Joy of (*returns her regular animated voice quality) the fact that you could have Externalized Manifestation. This was supposed to be Fun. And it Can be again (chuckles), all right. 17:05 If we go to page 67, there is information that you can read, and you‘re better off read‘n this stuff when, you know, when you‘re on your own. It tells you a bit about what the Roundtables are, how frequency works with them- - 67 gives you a rundown on some of it- - what‘s that page doing in there- - ok, RRTs- - then, 69, 69 gets into more of the Cycle of the Rounds, which was our Evolutionary Blueprint- - what the Human Race Evolutionary Blueprint was. It gets into explaining more about ―Fire Letter Sequences‖- - so the data‘s there- - you can teach yourself what a Fire Letter Sequence is without me hav‘n to spend, you know, 30 minutes on it. 17:50 What I want to get to is the Rainbow Roundtable, cause there‘s one part of this that‘s very important, and it‘s called the Stanz- - so we‘ll see that in a minute. On page 70 you have ―Angelic Humanities Original Sacred Mission‖- - some of you have seen parts of this before cause it‘s - -some of it‘s excerpts from the Chart Packs from New York City, which was all new stuff for the New York City workshop. Some of it is new stuff- - what is new, ok, on page 72 you had the ―reality of the Rounds‖- - it tells you more about the Roundtables and how they work. 18:22----------------------------------------end of CD 7 -----------------------------------------------CD 8 – Chapter 1 On page 73, we get a glimpse of what I mean by the word ―Rainbow Roundtable‖. Now, this one refers to, literally, the ―Planetary Christos Blueprint‖. This Rainbow Roundtable, this configuration, of different groups- - 12 different groups of energy plus 1 in the middle, the 13th- - this configuration of energy represents in THIS diagram, 4 different Evolutionary Rounds that we talked about before. The Pleiadia Races would have been Round 1, which is the one on top. Then Round 2 would have been the one over on the right- - they were the Urtite Cloister Races. Round 3 were the uh, Cloister Races, and Round 4 were the Root Races. Now Page 46 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

each one of those Cycles- - the one before would have the Races on the Planet at the same time, so it was a progressive building of these Races into where they‘d all come into One Time Frame, so all together they could run the Rainbow Rounds and anchor the whole D-12 Christos Template of the Planet. That‘s the Round we‘re in now. 1:11 The dates are on here, on each of the Rounds- - these are the Time Periods- - this is the WHOLE Christos Blueprint for the Planet, and they‘re the Time Periods of the Race Evolutionary Cycles that were involved in it. We‘re a part of this one up here, for Round 4, which started really in 71,000 BC and still moves into the future of This Time Frame, that we‘re not even done with bringing in the Races that Round. Now, we can begin to understand the significance of this diagram when we move a little futher and go- - wait a minute, where is that- - it should be in here- - ok, yeah, it‘s in prob- - right at the end…wait a minute, where is it- - uh oh, I gotta check somethi‘n here- - there‘s supposed to be somethi‘n in here and I‘m not see‘n it. Where is the Roundtable Technique (talking under breath)- uh oh, um- what do have in there- do you have that- - ok, it‘s in those now…must have stuck it in the other one. All right, we‘re going to go to the Technique, it‘s Technique 4- - it‘s in- - it‘s probably - - ya probably have ‗em in these now…mine doesn‘t have it in cause it‘s already in the other one- - Michael put it in for me. (P- helps out with page #) Ash- yep, page 74. This is where we understand what that diagram means in relation to Planetary Service Work. Field Technique 4a- - the Signet Rainbow Roundtable Master Stand. Now, after people learn how to do the Salutations, get their Merkaba spinning in the right direction, get their Tribal Shields Activated so they can run all this Current down into the Grids, and they want to do it in a way that Builds Enough Frequency to make a Charge Strong Enough in the Planetary Grids to make a Difference, that‘s when group work came in. There are certain Geometrical Relationships of Energy that if you look at Human Bodies like electro-magnetic conduits of energy, there are certain ways of positioning those in relation to each other that will either amplify or deaden the frequency that‘s being run. The configuration here, which is the same configuration of the Planetary Christos Blueprint as it spans through time- - it‘s the Same Shape- - the Same Form- - the Same Geometrical, Mathematical Coding you would use to run a Rainbow Roundtable. The instructions are really, as far as the Stands- - you would first pick your Stand- - this is, if you have a number of people you need uh, a minimum of 7 people to run one of these. You need 1 in the middle and one for each of the big circles. 3:42 Now, the instructions are here for what they are, and we‘ll go through these- - we‘ll read through them when we‘re doing them cause we‘re- - if I read through them all now we‘ll go, ―yeah, yeah ok‖ and by the time we get on the site in 2 days from now or whatever, we‘ll go ―oh, what was that?‖ (chuckles)- ya know- yeah, yeah- ―step 1 was what?‖We‘ll read them, the steps, as we‘re going to do them, all right, but they‘re here for you to read if you want to- - you have the information. Most of it is on the graph itself. If you look up in the left hand corner, it says ―the Signet Stands‖- - people, one person for each of 7 Primary Signet Positions. Now if you look down and in the right hand corner, there‘s the key- - the Primary- the 7 Primary Signet Stands, which are the 7 Primary Positions, are the ones that are marked with that little ―a‖ symbol, ok. That little ―a‖ symbol is the Gate Passage Symbol Code Key- - mathematical coordinate Key for the d-6 Sirius B Gate and for the Halls of Amoraea. So that‘s what that little ―a‖ is. 4:39 So there are the Primary Stands if you only had 7 people, they would be the positions you would use. Now if you had more people than that, you could do more complex Stands, where you would use the smaller ones as well. And if you had lots of people - -you can actually use 52 people- - you can do a Stand with 52 people, where each of those little 4 positions inside each circle, you could have 1 pos- -1 person in each position, for each of the 13 Stand positions. There are 12 stand positions and 1 control position. The position in the middle is done by a couple- - preferably male and female, so one runs electrical and one runs magnetic. They are called the ―Signet Consummate Pair‖. Usually they are the ones that are able to hold the highest frequency, because they are going to have the job- - they‘re energy fields- - at the end of it, are going to take all the frequency transmitted by the others, braid it into 1 cord of frequency for one Super-Charge that has the strength to go into the Planetary Grids and make a difference, all right. They are the Frequency Amplifiers. They‘re also the ―Callers‖ of the Round- - they‘re the ones that would give the command and sense the energies- - ―ok, there‘s enough energy in the electrical, now stop and spin the other direction‖…they Page 47 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

would call the spins, and they would call the tones- - like which tones to use. So - - because you can‘t- - if you, if you get like 52 people together and say, ―ok, well here‘s the steps- memorize them all and just do them‖- - good luck. You‘re going to have like half of them like, ―ok, we got the steps, we‘re doing it well‖- - some of them are going to go, ―oh- all right, oh, wait a minute- they‘re on step 4, what was step 3? Oh dear‖, you know. If you have the 2 in the center ―calling‖, you don‘t have to think about it. If you know the basic procedure, you simply follow- - it‘s like going to a square dance (chuckles), you know- - change your partner, doe see doe- - do this, do this, do this (laughs)- - much easier if somebody just focuses (???) it for you. That‘s what the Signet Pair, uh, Consummate Pair, DO in the middle. 6:30 Now, in the old days, there were VERY SPECIFIC DNA Templates involved, where everybody knew what was in their DNA Template and they were SUPER-HYPER-HIGH POWER Ones run, by combining and amplifying VERY SPECIFIC- - like, you wouldn‘t have certain Tribal Shields in one, I mean, uh, Tribe Members in one, they‘d be in another one- - so they were REAL Concentrated ones. We‘re not going to do that yet, and it‘s not necessary for doing the Christos Realignment Mission and have them that tight- - that was for like Manifesting things and stuff like that. And see, these can be used not only to save the Planet and to re-code your DNA to its Christos Level, but it can be used to als- - do all sorts of things- - like levitate buildings, like Form Buildings out of Dirt- - you can Direct Manifest once you have these Currents running. Now you can‘t- - you‘re not going to be able to do that tomorrow- - (some murmurs from group)- - I don‘t even know the procedure. ―Oh shucks‖, you know- - ―if we‘re going to do that tomorrow, just make them all go away and de-manifest as if they were never here in the first place and turn it back into paradise‖- - which is- - which means we could walk out of Kauai, take a shuttle craft probably- - little, little buzzy space things that we used to have- - zip across, probably take about 10 minutes to get back home. We would be in a life where there was no such thing as a government that we had to pay taxes to (murmurs from group )- - we wouldn‘t have employers where we had to go to work- - (Participant shares- ‗that‘d be great‘) - - we‘d be able to say, ―What does my spirit feel like expressing today?‖ (Louder murmurs :D))) And we would be surrounded by neighbors who are smiling and happy to have us there and they were expressing what they wanted to do today too. This is What the Lyran-Sirian Model was like- - it was Happy- - it was Fun- - it Felt good. There was no control authority figures trying to tell you what you can do, what you can‘t do. I mean heck, we have, we have a house now in Florida and we had a garage on it when it was bought and we converted the inside into 2 bedrooms, cause we needed the extra. We have to get a permit to take the garage door off it. We can‘t just put a wall up, a simple wall- - I mean, you know it‘d take a day to build the darn thing. We have to go through all sorts of channels to get a permit and pay lots of money to somebody to give us Permission to put a wall in our house. What kind of world is this? (chuckles) And this is America- - this is the ‗good stuff‘- - what do they do to people in other countries? (some comments from group as Ash continues) This is Not a Healthy World with the Pleiadian-Orion Model. People are dominating every- - each other all over the place, abusing it and thinking it‘s ok. Just cause you can go into a territory, kill what‘s there and take it over, it seems to be like ―divine right dominion‖ here- - ―ok, I killed you, got you out of it, now it‘s our Country‖. That‘s what this, this, this System is being run on right now. It‘s not the way it‘s supposed to be. It‘s not going to stay this way. It‘s going to change- - it‘s part of the Race Karmic and the Planetary Karmic Imprint. And it may very well change during, Dramatically, during the Stellar Activations Cycle. If things go well, the change can be a gradual, healing change. But if they don‘t go well, and Fallen Angelics get their way, heckthey just want to clear the territory at this point. They want to use us to get the Grids running Fully on Reverse, and then get rid of us. That means letting pole shift happen. It‘s been a long time since Full Pole Shift happened. This would be to the Extreme, as to the one that happened in 208,216 BC, which literally decimated everything- - just, you know, totally ripped apart the Grids and everything had to start over. 9:58 It‘s a horrible experience to be on a Planet when that happens, because it‘s like a Silent Wave of Frequency begins to generate in the Earth…and you can feel it deep down. And then it gets bigger and bigger, and you can feel it build up. I remember- - I was here when that happened. I had an incarnation in that Time Period, and I remember I didn‘t take the Evac Teams, cause I was going to get stuck in the Cycles down here, because other parts of my Team were stuck here, and I wasn‘t going to leave unless we could get them out.

Page 48 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

And I remember sitting on a beach- - and it‘s a beach that‘s now the area of Siesta Key - - waiting for it. And it was inevitable and it was coming and it was about, maybe, 3 or 4 minutes, before the Sonic Wave hit. And it‘s a Sonic Wave that‘s like the, the Planet belches from inside, but it‘s a belch of cosmic proportions. And it literally starts to turn Land Mass, temporarily, into liquid- - where you look at the horizon and thing that are made of solid land and solid matter, literally look like they‘re waves of liquid. And then there was kind of like a crash- sensory crash- cause when it hits you, you‘re gone (snaps her fingers) in an instant. You get, you get fried, technically, from the inside out, but it goes so fast that you don‘t even remember. You just wake up in a body in an incarnational cycle, you go ―how the heck did I get here?‖ (chuckles) - - you know, then you have to remember what happened. 11:12 It could get that bad this time. What the Emerald Covenant Races are trying to do by teaching us how to run the Rounds- - it doesn‘t take a Huge Percentage of us- - it takes small groups of people who know enough to do it, and have the DNA Codes, and are willing to use them on the Right Spin in the Merkaba- - all it takes are a few good groups to over ride the Nibiruian Grid and get the Planetary Merkaba back where it needs to be. If it goes back where it needs to be, the Sirius B Maharaji Groups will use Gate 6 and the Halls of Amoreaea Passage to- - now if it was- - if we just blew that Grid, the Nibiruian Crystal Grid, and broke the connection between Earth‘s Merkaba and Nibiru‘s, they‘d both fly in the opposite direction of each other. And they‘d both go spinning round and round. 11:59 What the plan is, is to break that connection, but have a controlled ―bring it back to its normal position‖, that would be controlled by the Hal- - Halls of Amoraea and by the d-6 Maharaji from Gate 6. They will simply take the Merkaba axis and hold it, so it doesn‘t flip back really fast, the Planetary one, and slowly ease it back over increments of time between now and 2012, to get it back into its full alignment so it can handle Stellar Activation. That will avoid pole shift it‘s successful. That‘s what we‘re facing right now. And it‘s a big one and it can be a scary one if you freak yourself out about it, but if you know you have the solutions, enough of the solutions that you can make a difference, you‘re not powerless. You don‘t have to go worship anybody, but I suggest tapp‘n in to your own Christos Level of Self, your own Master within and say, ―you know, it‘s probably a good time for us to get re-acquainted‖, you know (laughs), ―it seems like there might be some problems down here that I‘d really like your opinion on‖. You learn to let your Inner Self and your Higher Self guide you, but to make sure you‘re hearing that guidance clearly and it‘s REALLY Your Inner Self talking, not the Nibiruian Grid or somebody else who‘s trying to pretend they‘re your higher self, use the Maharic Seal to keep your Fields clear. So we will go into…I don‘t even know what time it is at this point…anybody have the time? (P- responses) Ash- oh, quarter to 9, ok. Actually, that‘s not too bad…um, are you still interested in doing the healing circle tonight? (feedback from group) Now, it‘s not something that‘s mandatory, you don‘t Have to be there, it‘s something, basically what I was going to do is people that are involved with healing services…there are a Number of healers here, there are a number of Kathara Healer‘s here that have learned the Kathara program. If any of you would be willing to offer your services to anybody who would be…you know, desire them, or to work on each other. Because usually the people who are doing healing don‘t you know…running the energy for the other people, very rarely get somebody doing if for them (chuckles), you know. And they‘re the ones who need it most cause they‘re you know, handling their own fields but they‘re also trying to help others. I, I wanted to create the healing circle in a way to help us if there‘s stuff that any of us needed to just have some energy work done with, to help get us to a higher space where our fields were stronger, cause we‘re going into Star Gate work. It‘s best to go in with a strong field, a happy heart, a good attitude, your Christos Self and Lots of Guardians around you (laughs), you know. So it was, as, as part of that, to offer YOU, if you wanted it, the opportunity to work some healing energies. How many of you would want to do that? Cause if you don‘t want to do it right now, I‘d be glad to go back and go to sleep (laughs). Working with these manuals, I haven‘t gotten much sleep. (P- ‗my, my /// as a healer is that I think we all Need it, I just don‘t think it‘s the right time‘) Ash- ok, ok (P- ‗I would love to offer my gifts, but I‘m too wiped out‘) Ash- I feel about the same way, but it was on the schedule and if I promise something and you want it, you‘ll get it. If you would rather do the healing circle a Page 49 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

different time and simply have tonight to go and just do something that you didn‘t have to look at me (laughs)….(feed back from group)….Ok, …………….fades out………..end of Chapter 1, CD 8………………………………………..

CD 8 – Chapter 2 - …trace them on the back, use the reverse symbol…it‘ll give you the 11-Strand activation- - whatever good it was supposed to do to activate things, it will, but it will activate it on the Maharata. (P- comments) Ash- oh yeah, I aggravate them to death, because I‘m exposing it (laughing from group), you know. There‘s another thing I did (Ash pauses to say ‗Hello Benny‘- - in kind, soft voice- - it‘s a child) - - there‘s another thing (chuckles) I wanted to point out that I‘ll talk about more when we get into the Melchizedek conversation toward the end. Um, right now, we‘re the only group that‘s ―Melchizedek Cloister‖ that‘s on the Planet that‘s out of the Elohei- - there are other people that are part of this group that aren‘t awake yet. But we‘re the first ones to wake up enough to like do a Temple, and that kind of thing, and to like run a program on Ordinations and Baptisms and all that. There are number of other Melchizedeks out there that have been practicing for about 20 years, and they are Templars- which is fine if they‘re honoring the Emerald Covenant, because they sometimes do. Alpha-Omega Order is a Templar Melchizedek Organization- - it‘s run by the Annunaki that are affiliated with the Alpha and Omega Centauri group and with the Arcturian and Andromeda groups, that right now, are working against the Emerald Covenant. So when you get Ordinations by these people, they are transmitting Reverse 11-strand transmissions- - just so you know. Most people that say ―oh, I had a Melchizedek Ordination‖, you know, ―by so and so‖, if it‘s not a Cloister Ordination, you‘re gett‘n 11-strand reversed activation. It‘s ok, you‘re still gett‘n the activation, just start us‘n the Maharata or get somebody that‘s a Cloister Melchizedek that has it runn‘n in the right direction to give you a zap of the right direction frequency- - you‘ll still get the advantage of the activations you got from the Templar Melchizedek Ordination, but it‘ll reverse it into the Maharata. 1:40 So there‘s, there‘s a bunch of sneaky stuff go‘n on in the New Age Movement that people- - they mean well, they‘re, they‘re hearts in there- - they‘re be‘n told to ―open your hearts and just trust everything‖, when that‘s the least, the LAST thing you need to do right now (chuckles), you know. Open your hearts with love and make sure your astral field is Filled with D-12 Maharic Frequency (chuckles), THEN, you can trust everything to behave Exactly as its nature indicates. If it happens to be running an anti-Christos Agenda, you can trust it, that it will do that, so you don‘t have to worry about being betrayed, as long as YOU know that it will be characteristic of what its Matrix is. So that takes the Trust Factor- - trust and betrayal- - so what do I trust? You trust things to act according to their nature, ok. Nothing can betray you. That- - what betrays you is not having enough understanding about the nature of what something IS. Because it will ALWAYS act according to its nature, so that‘s why we try to explain what the nature of things are- - It‘s not an antiAnnunaki or an anti-Drakonian- - it‘s simply explaining the nature of their game so they really can‘t betray you, but lack of knowledge can betray you. So that‘s the only thing, and so we teach, sure, trust everything- Wisely- trust it to be what it is. Love it completely, but make sure you don‘t allow it to compromise your Christos nature. That‘s where education comes in, and that‘s what our programs are about. 3:02 Ok, (P- ‗question-‗) Ok, (P- ‗could you please repeat the part – ‗) probably not (chuckles)- (P- ‗about uh, how to utilize the reverse coding by using the paper by reversing the paper- - ‗) oh, ok- (P- ‗I didn‘t have the tape recorder on at that point‘) ok. Will asked me to repeat the part about how to um, reverse the paper if you have symbol codes that are coming from other type of uh systems- - particularly Annunaki Systems. The Drakonians work a little different, they‘re not running an 11-reverse, they‘re running a 10 reverse, ok (chuckles). I simply had said, if you have like- - they‘re putting out these ‗water cards‘ that you like stand a glass of water on and the water will pick up the signature of the mathematical coding that‘s in the symbol (P- ‗can I show ‗em?‘) Yeah, you can show ‗em, if somebody has them here (P-‗you touch it‘) – ok, you want me to touch it, ok (P- laughs). Ok.. (another P- ‗I‘ve seen ‗em in Sedona‘) – oh Page 50 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

yeah- (p-‗they‘re big in Sedona‘) oh yeah- (p-‗…‘)- yeah, there are also little ones that an Italian group is putting out and they keep coming over here to do ―energy work‖ and things like that. Ashtar Command is classic for this, all right. Ashtar Command was part of the Alcyone Council and part of Galactic Federation, both of which were part of the Annunaki divisions of Alcyone Council which is a Guardian Alliance Council. They were for- - at various times in history- - working with the Emerald Covenant, and they ―classically‖, whenever they think they have enough advantage, will tell us to ―stick the Emerald Covenant‖ and they‘ll go and try to take the advantage they have, and use it to run the reverse 11 Matrix. That‘s what happened again this time. 4:29 So these are the guys- - mostly Ashtar Command is putt‘n this stuff out. The arch-Angel Michael is do‘n some stuff like that, but they‘re do‘n even worse, they‘re play‘n nasty technologies- - they‘re using Crystal Technologies, they‘re teaching people to use Crystal Technologies to build machines and things, and they are gett‘n plugged right in to the Michael Matrix when they do this. It‘s a mind control matrix. (P-‗…Mt. Shasta…‘) yeah, and they‘re very popular I think in England and stuff too, so it‘s not just here, it‘s all over the place. So, it‘s really kinda fun once you get the nature of the game, it‘s kinda funny. Cause if somebody goes, ―oh here, use this card, it‘ll help your water‖- say, ―yeah, ok‖- - trace the symbol onto, like, onto a paper that you can see a little bit through, where even white paper works, and just tra- - push hard enough where you can see it through, flip it over and just trace your lines on the back side- that‘s the symbol you want to stand your water glass on. Or that‘s the symbol you want to use- - it‘ll create activation but you just reversed it‘s reverse-11 code. So it‘s really simple and it really aggravates the heck out of ‗em. 5:28 When you start- - you know what‘s really funny—after people start working with this work and they go into like an arch-angel Michael Center or something- - all of a sudden they feel the whole place bristle. There‘s just like a ―ooh, they don‘t like me here do they‖, you know. There‘s this ―unfriendliness‖, this ―I‘m on enemy territory feeling‖ that comes more from them than it does from you (chuckles), right, where they will not like you. And the people who are hooked in to them will be, will be taught to turn on you- they‘ll be impulsed to do it, simply by the resonance you carry in your field. The more Christos Frequency you carry, the more D12 you carry, the more they, you know, really get- - they can get nasty. I mean I‘ve had, I‘ve seen people like this, ―oh, they‘re just sooo spiritual all of the time‖- - you ask them one simple question about spirituality and not even confrontationally and they turn into raving lunatics. I mean, you know, swearing and the whole bit, damning you, you know, this kind of stuff. And I‘m say‘n ―well, if that‘s called spiritual‖, uh you know (chuckles), ―why don‘t you try another program because I don‘t think it‘s working very well‖, you know. 6:28 Yes, (p- ‗another one that‘s used that you probably all know about that‘s this, this, this, this- it‘s not that way, it‘s this, this, this- whatever the church has taught anybody to do‘) – it‘s reversed- - that‘s Drakonian Reversal, yep. (p- this, like this- ////disempowering, this like this like this, like this‘) yep. (other p‘s- ‗what is that? Right to left?)- (p- ‗whatever you‘ve been doing, which is probably the way you‘ve been taught all your life-‗) Actually, it‘s not even necessary to do it- (P- ‗right‘- another P-‗I‘m just saying- this way …‘) yep, so are a lot of the songs- - we don‘t realize it, but those beautiful prayers and songs that we just grew to Love- - some of the words are fine. Others of them- you get into the word ―lord‖- - this has a signature that plugs you in to matrices, all right. The word ―lord‖ is not a natural word for a Christos Being. There is no ―lord‖, ―overlord‖ - - they don‘t look at it that way, it‘s not part of the framework. It‘s a mathematical coding that has certain frequencies in it that take you into the control matrices running it. Usually, both the Annunaki and Draks use that, but usually the Draks are really good for that one. They‘re the ones that like to stick to the real hard-core bible stuff and all of that. And that poor people that are follow‘n the bible, they just don‘t know that there‘s anything better and they‘re terr- - terrified by thinking if they don‘t follow this book, they‘re going to be damned forever. And it‘s fire and brimstone and they‘ll go to hell and God ‗ll never forgive ‗em- - I mean, they just don‘t realize that they‘re being tricked. 8:02 So a lot of times, if you find prayers or songs that are from rel- - you know, religions that you really find beautiful, just look at the words real carefully, and try to feel ‗em here (*CD version….can‘t see hand motion ;) – each word. Just find the ones that are carrying the signature that doesn‘t belong there, substitute it with a word that works for you, that means, you know, similar, and then it‘s ok to use it, with your Maharic Seal of course (chuckles), you know. 8:29 Page 51 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

So anyway, what we‘re doing for this thing, that I want to get done before we get on the vans to go up to the uh, Fort Elizabeth site, is- - we‘re going to explore energy sensing. Now, I‘m not gonna try to run through each step of this, because you have these in your binders. WE have um, about 45 minutes I think, somebody said it takes to get to Fort Elizabeth- - is that correct? Yes? Yes? That gives us plenty of time to review the specific techniques that You Guys are Gonna Use, ok? 8:58 Now what you‘re gonna use ‗em for, when we get there, is the fun part. You‘re gonna get another technique called Technique 10- when we get up there. Technique 10 is, uh, called a ―Templar Geo-Task Force Survey‖. This is where you‘re going to learn how to use Technique 7 that‘s in here that you have already, that you can look at on the way up- - how to use those in a way that you look for very specific topographical, inter-dimensional, topographical configurations- - vortices, ley lines, communication networks. There are 11 different items we started with. There‘s a sheet on, let‘s see what page it is- - it‘s Technique 7, part C…see if we can find the page on that, you can look at that for a minute…doo da doo doo. Ok, it starts on 7 part ccccc - - what does it start on? It starts on ―what to look for‖, page 93, ok- - this is after you look through the part, 2 parts that go before that, that start on page 91 and 92- - is what you can review in the car on the ride up. And basically, it‘s page 92 that are the ones we‘re going to be using in this, so you can kinda like scan through, just to get the information on, on page 91, but we‘re going to be using the energy sensing, locating energy signatures exercise- - Exercise 1, dimensional Grid Scan and Exercise 2, energy Sweep Scan, for this technique we‘re going to do when we get up there. 10:34 Ok- so 92, read in the car just so you know what to do once you get your site assignment, cause you‘re going to get a site, and you‘re going to be the surveyor. And, when you- - when we get Technique 10, there‘s a form in there, and I‘m giv‘n you a Master Form too, so if you ever wanna do this on your own or run groups, you can run these off cause they make it very simple. The items that are listed in- - on page 93 through I think 96, that are what to look FOR when you‘re doing a dimensional Field Scan, when you‘re trying to find geographical things, like ―what is happening in this site?‖ You know you‘re, you‘re 3d eyes see one thing, but you can learn to project your energy in ways that you can bring back, if not immediately ―site impressions‖ from the Inner Vision, at least ―see/feel‖ impressions. Where you might not see it with color yet, or see forms when you close your eyes, but you‘ll get a sense of ―I know a vortice is there. I see it but I don‘t see it‖- - it‘s a strange kind of uh- - it‘s the beginning of opening your inner vision, it‘s a ―see/feel‖ all right. 11:33 The technique - - the techniques uh, 7 b # 1 and # 2 will get you to open up that Inner Vision at least to that degree, and on page uh 93, begins the list of the configurations to look for and what they are and the basics of what they mean, all right. When we get to Technique 10 and the Survey Form, those 11 items will be listed, and there will be things like ―quantity‖, ―size‖, ―characteristics‖- couple different things to look for with them, and you simply make notes for each one. And when you get done with the site area that you‘ve been assigned to, you kind of total up what- - were there more vortices, were there more what appear to be ley lines, were there more this, that or the other thing- - so you can get an indication of a, it‘s called a ―Sector Rating‖. So, you, you can rate the site as far as what is its Primary Features, its Primary Characteristics. Now, tomorrow we‘ll do even a more intense Scan. Once you do that, there is a way to get lots of detail on what you‘re dealing with by doing it in groups, but we don‘t have to worry about that today. The first thing is getting ourselves- - so simply using that Exercise 7b, #1 and 2- to get your brain and eyes working- - inner eyes working- - in the way they need to. The big KEY to it is, page 93 through 96, I think…95- - 93-95, that‘s part c, 7c. That lists things- - and here are the 11 items that we‘re going to be looking for: Axia-tonal Lines, Ley Lines- - there‘s a difference between the 2, Vortices, Portals - - there‘s a difference between those 2- - Templar Sites, Cue Zones and Merkaba Reversal Zones ok. Cue Zones ARE Merkaba Zones. That‘s what we‘ve been setting when we do this energy work with the Grids, so you can- - when you start to scan and get a bit sensitive, you will be able to see what- - after energy work that we did like that- - you will see a large Merkaba spinning in the, in the d-4 level when, you know, if you have your higher sight on. Now, some areas are set in Reverse. These are the areas that Especially the Annunaki Planetary Service Groups are running many, many types of ―sort of Roundtables‖ in Reverse, where they‘re setting rev- - Merkaba Reversals all over the place. 13:57 Page 52 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

What that does is, it will Reverse the Fire Letter Sequences in the local Ley Lines that are in that area. It‘s a way to be, you know, make sure people are Phase Locked into the Reverse Merkaba Spin in preparation for the Mind Control stuff that‘s even worse than what they have now, that they‘re- - (P- ‗is that what the A//// here?‘) The what? (P- ‗the A E Ouoooos‘???? places are…‘) um, (P- ‗some of them?‘) – the Draks are actually mess‘n with them more than the Annunaki, yeah. (P- ‗cause there‘s stuff going on‘) Yeah, there‘s stuff going on- - there‘s actually battles going on all around. These places are like (p- commenting in background) – Kauai, is one of the only places on the Planet that is about 97-99% Guardian Held, all right. So it‘s one of the Safest areas you can do Grid Work. There‘s still a few areas that are problematic, but noth‘n like- - if you wanna REALLY go into the pits (piss?) of hell, pardon the expression, go to Egypt, you know (chuckles). 14:46 Yeah- that is one nasty Grid area. And there are a bunch of areas runn‘n through England that they‘re doing the same thing with- they‘re real close to the Nibiruian Grid Transmissions, and there are areas in Africa that are- - the grids are atrocious. So we‘ll learn more about what areas are being affected when we get into the Zeta bases um workshop, that‘s listed- - I forget what day it is, but it‘s on the itinerary- - that‘s when I‘ll have the charts done that are driving me crazy because they‘re complicated (chuckles). There‘s a lot of information on ‗em, but it will show you the basic sites- - and Michael‘s work‘n on the map that shows you how you plug that Kathara Grid in to a regular map, so you can start see‘n what lines they‘re working on, and what, what ones are actually infiltrated, ok. 15:33 (chapter 2- CD 8) But for now, we‘re going to- - on 97-99% safe territory (laughs), we‘re going to learn what to look for when we go into a site. People here are used to walking into a site blind and staying that way, that‘s why they can get Astral Field infiltration- - that‘s why they can get implanted. Because we‘re so convinced and programmed to believe we only have 3 dimensional senses and noth‘n else exists, that we‘re simply walking blind into all sorts of things. When you learn that you have Higher Vision and that there ARE Higher things to See, as far as dimensionality goes, you get a little smarter- - say, ―all right, what might be in here before I get myself in here?‖ If you‘re gonna do energy work, it‘s, it‘s suicide to walk into a place and just assume it‘s ok to do energy work there without running the Maharata. Now the Maharata frequencies have not been available until January 1 st 2000. That was the first time they fully anchored on this Planet in 200,000 years. So this Race has been shredded in the Astral Level- - their fields have been infiltrated over and over again. It‘s still happen‘n today. These techniques will give you the ability to begin on- - to begin turning on the Inner Eyes and the Inner Senses and to know what to look for. Because if you just turn on the Inner Vision and you don‘t know what to look for, you can spend the next 25 years figuring it out by tripping over it, and then every time you trip over something- ―ah ha, what is it? What does it do?‖ And at this point you find a vortice and it‘s uh, carrying certain colors in it and you say, ―gee, what is that? What does it do?‖ and you try to go into it to see what it is, if it has certain color configurations in it and- - that are like slimy and icky kinda brown and green and yucky looking, it‘s infiltrated. You try to project your consciousness into it you open your field in- - to get that stuff. So it‘s important to Know what to Look For instead of the old method of stumbling through it and finding out what it does- this gives you an idea (chuckles), because right now it‘s very dangerous to stumble into things, because you might find out somth‘n that you don‘t- - that you won‘t be able to pull yourself out of. 17:30 So we‘ll be looking for Cue Zones and Merkaba Reversals. The Cue Zones are safe zones that somebody else set, which are good. And you can just like Re-amplify them with your own. And what I always suggest is, no matter who you‘re working with, me included, Always Use your Maharic Seal - - at Least the Maharic Quick Seal. Don‘t depend on ANYBODY else, I don‘t care if they‘re Saint Teresa, ok (laughs). I don‘t care who you‘re with, you‘re not going to insult a True Guardian by keep‘n your fields up. The only ones that would be bugged, and take offense to it, as if you were insulting their integrity, would be the ones who have something going on that they want your fields down for, ok (chuckles). 18:11 So it‘s - - I, I don‘t mean to sound ―lecture-ous‖ with that, but that IS your Survival Pack, ok. That‘s what will keep you safe, and the more you use it, the more you bring the frequency into you, so it‘s - - it may be too much like ―work‖, but it‘s work that‘s worthwhile. And the more ―work‖ you do with it, the more you‘ll find it starts to become automatic. You‘ll find that as soon as you start it, it may take on a life of its own and start to go faster. Good- - that means you‘re- - it- - the program is awakening inside you- - the natural Kristos (*Christos?) Program- - so it‘ll run itself after awhile, but you still have to energize it. Until these grids are straightened out on the Planet, you‘re fighting the Planetary Grids right now, all right. If you‘re gonna get your biology straightened Page 53 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

out and your Merkaba straightened out, you have to KEEP putting the right frequencies in. Because if you don‘t, the Planetary Grids and the stuff your Merkaba‘s naturally bringing up, is gonna bring in a critical mass again, and it‘s gonna switch it back to the way it was. So until the Grids are cleared HERE, which may take until 2012- - it may go fast- - it may go crazy- - we don‘t know what we‘re walking into at this point, because it‘s very, very volatile with the Planetary Grids. If they try counter-strategies to these things, well, you kinda look at it, ―well, worse case scenario- if we did Nothing, they were going to do pole shift‖ - - to get rid of everybody so they could just come in and take it- - that‘s pretty bad scenario anyway. Now, if they try counter-strategies to what we‘re doing, and their counter-strategies don‘t work, then, we can stop that and a whole lot of ―good‖ things can happen. So it‘s worth DOING it. Now, if they try counter-strategies and they‘re effective to some degree, it can go into pole shift. That‘s how volatile it is right now. The Guardians don‘t know which Probability it‘s going to end up in- - they know what we‘re aim‘n for. But while it‘s so volatile, you can keep your own fields in a state of stability, even though the Planetary Grids aren‘t, by taking the time to do the work. It‘s up to you, you know. You can be lazy like we‘re taught to be in this society, to bother ourselves with other things that are ―more important‖. But right now in this world, there‘s Nothing more Important than getting your fields straightened out. Cause if not, you‘re gonna get run over by the mass drama just like everybody else who‘s not bothering to do anything about it. 20:21 So it‘s worth the ―annoyance‖ or the ―oh, I have to do THAT again‖, kinda thing- - and the nice thing is, once the Planetary Grids are straightened out, they will support you in that. You won‘t have to do so much um, focus work on keeping your fields straight- it‘ll become automatic. But until the Planetary Grids are straight, you‘re fighting the Grid Program, but you CAN. That‘s what‘s wonderful. We couldn‘t do that for 200,000 years, we didn‘t have the power to bring through, because the Maharata Current wasn‘t available. We have the Power now to fight the Grid Program, and while we‘re doing it, we‘re helping the Planetary Grids to get straightened out, so we‘re helping heal the Planet, ok. So as we keep looking in the topographical features that we‘re looking for in the inter-dimensional spectrum, we go into ―communication networks‖. These are interesting. I tripped over my first ones of these in this lifetime in Egypt, when it looked like ―spider webs of energy‖ woven (P- ‗can you explain what that is again?‘) all right- - they‘re called ―communication networks‖. (P- ‗uh huh‘) All right, they look like ―spider webs of energy‖ woven all over the place- - between different buildings, different sites- - some of them go off into the distance for miles. They were the strangest thing I ever, you know, came across this lifetime and it took a while to say, ―what the heck are they- - I know I‘ve seen these before. What lifetime was that?‖ I had to, you know, go looking in, in my cellular memory to try to remember what the heck this was. I knew I was supposed to do someth‘n with it. 21:38 And they are communication networks that, some of them were sent (*set? – I hear an ‗n‘) in ancient, ancient times, some of them are more recent, but the ancient ones are being reactivated. The Annunaki ones and the Drak ones are being reactivated. Some of the Guardian ones are being reactivated too. So there- - there‘s a description, a little description of each of these items here, that you can read through while we‘re on the way up there. There- - there‘s a lot more- - I mean you could do a whole chapter in a book or more on each of these items. And there‘s probably 500 more things you could look for in a survey scan, but these are some of the things that are most easy to see and identify that are important, because they hold Primary Energy Control with them. So I gave you the first 11 - - this is just a starter, ok (chuckles). Now another thing- - these are fun- - Etheric Crop Circles. You know how we end up with Crop Circles in fields and things? Well they also float around in the ur- - like, just the beginnings of the 4th dimensional frequencies, and in the d-2 frequencies- - the 2nd dimensional frequencies of the Telluric Kingdom or the Elemental Kingdom. And when you start to scan, you may find floating crop circles. You may find crop circles like symbols. They‘re like ―pretty symbols‖ that are drawn on things (chuckles), and you may find them IN rocks, ON rocks, on the ground, floating in the air, hanging off trees- - I mean, you may find them ANYWHERE. Page 54 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

And they tend to be 2-dimensional, but sometimes they‘re 3-dimensional. They‘re - - if they‘re only 2-dimensional, they‘re USUALLY coming from Density 1. If they‘re 3-dimensional, that means they- - they‘re - - they have another plane to their *Shake? (shape? – I hear a K sound)- - which means they‘re using anywhere from 4-6 dimensional frequency or more. 23:20 So they‘re, they‘re higher coded. They can be negative, but they‘re not as dangerous as some of the other features. You can like, neutralize them from affecting you and like poke your consciousness in to find out more about them. They‘re fun to play with, because you can get all sorts of- - you might get pictures off ‗em, you might get running, almost as if you opened a data file of a, like a tape recording, where you just get information running through your head going, ―what the heck is that? Where‘d that come from?‖ (P- ‗could it look like, like a stained glass of multi-colors that‘s pulsing and moving?‘- - ‗you know like- - ‗) Yeah, they would be a specialized kind of them. Usually these look more, kinda like drawings, ok- - stationary drawings. They don‘t have as much color movement through them and that kind of thing. When you start to have crop circles in color, you‘re- they, they fit into another category and there‘s actually about 6 different categories of them, where they‘re combined with communication networks and a couple other features. So they‘re - - they have other purposes than the general programming purposes of Etheric Crop Circles. They‘d be something I‘d get into probably in the next list of 11, you know, the stained glass colored ones. 24:30 You also may run into Fields of Light, which, you know, just like sheets of light- - you see certain like all over- - like if you close your eyes and you scan over in that area, all of a sudden you just see it‘s just like streaks of purple over there- - ―what is that?‖- That means there‘s a, a vortice someplace where- either a vortice or a portal- where you‘re gett‘n d-7 sub-harmonic frequency bleed-through, because d-7 would be the violet wavelength. So there‘s all sorts of things once you learn and you start to see them, and realize you CAN see them. And the more you try, the more you eventually- - you‘re inner vision will turn on. You start to be able to say, ―hmm, what is that?‖- - and you will find out. This is enough to give you a basic idea of what these things are and what they do. Um, the Etheric Crop Circles- - we go on from there to Templar Crystals. My first run in with one of these (chuckles), uh, this time around, and we used to be Masters of the Templar Crystals- - the- - probably everybody in this group, back in the Lemurian Period, ok. The, the Templar Crystals have a lot of purposes, but they‘re major grid programming, you know, devices. 25:35 The first encounter I had with one of these in this life was in England, at a place where I was giv‘n a workshop and a couple people were dousing and a couple people just sensed something was there, and I closed my eyes and looked- -said, ―what the heck is that?‖ It looked like a big Crystal, Quartz Crystal point, stick‘n half out of the ground- - it was big. I was thinking, ―what IS that?‖ (chuckles), you know- -―is it good? Is it not good? What is it?‖ And then I noticed there were little lines shooting out from it that were going through the grids, some of them up Over the Grids in the air, and they were connected, and I sensed it was about 2 miles away- - to another set of these. And I remember asking the guys, ―you know, I‘ve seen these, but I don‘t remember what they are- tell me‖- (chuckles)- you know. And they explained to me, they Reminded me, that ―you remember what you, what you guys used to DO? - WE used to DO, when we were running the Templar‖. I go- - ―Well, yeah, we used the Crystals all the time‖- - (GA)- ―yeah‖- - I was like ―oh, OH Those‖, ok, they‘re programming rods- and some of them were Huge where they actually look like buildings. These you‘ll see more so inside like um, pyramids, ancient ruins, um, churches- - but the ones usually in churches are either Annunaki or Drak programmed and they‘re help‘n to sustain the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. Because right now, the religions have been perverted to the point where they‘re not be‘n run by Guardian Races anymore at all, you know. (P- ‗Do, do you know about the big one up here at the /// Temple?? The Bingham Stone???* ***not sure I am hearing this Q correctly- Mhyrr***- - ‗the great big quartz crystal?‘- - another P- ‗700 lbs of uh,- - ‗ - - P#1- ‗and I know where its sister /// it‘s right here at the Hindu *Temple?* - they call it the *Lingham?* Stone- - it‘s quartz, it‘s about this big around, it‘s about this tall. I mean its sister stone – there‘s this 2nd one (Ash- uh huh) that came out of the same rock in Arkansas‘) Ash- ok (P#1- ‗and it‘s on my island, right on the point of mahimi? near where I live‘ – Ash- ok- - P#1- ‗and I‘ve got to work on that one, I got my hands on that one (chuckles)‘ Ash- yeah, it would be real interesting to see because they, they hold programs is what they do, and they‘re Page 55 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

usually anchored into a network. So if you find one, look for the trace rods- - they‘ll be little energy cords that extend out- - maybe acl- - across the globe. I mean, it can be clear across the globe that it‘s hooked in, but they‘re part of networks. Some of them are good. Some of them are connected to the Crystal Pylon Temples of Inner Earth that are run by the Guardian Races and the Eieyani, but most of them that are popp‘n up these days that are in a frequency where you can see easily in d-4 – ok- - usually the crys- - the Templar Crystals- - that if you start to scan and start finding them, when you first start to scan, first you‘re going to be going in on the d-4 level cause you‘re 4th strand has to pick up the information first, ok. So when you first start to get impressions they‘ll be somewhere in the d-4 range, either lower d-4 or higher d-4. What usually shows in the d-4 frequencies will be the Annunaki or the Drak crystals, ok. So most of them won‘t be ones that you want to play with, but you‘ll be able to tell. There, they, it gives a couple characteristics of kinda convoluted color inside- green/brown murky, icky look‘n stuff. Now dark colors, like in vortices, doesn‘t always mean it‘s a bad thing. It doesn‘t always mean a bad program. Some of the vortices look black because they‘re magnetic, and they‘re tak‘n energy OUT- - they‘re outgoing. So it‘s not like, you know, the dark colors like the black vortices are ‗bad‘ ones, the white ones are ‗good‘ ones- - it‘s not that simple. 28:51 Murky, icky yellowed/browned, murky green, kinda pond-scummy type colors- - sticky look‘n, yucky energy- - this stuff indicates disharmonic programs, but you know, darker colors or grey colors doesn‘t always indicate that when you‘re look‘n at Crystals. Because when you look- - when you find a Templar Crystal, the first thing you wanna to do is simply scan inside of it to see what colors you see, or to see if you get- - what, a lot of times, if you get one of the Guardians ones, you‘ll see spirals of little tiny symbols- - all sorts of little tiny symbols. They look like the Chinese alphabet, but I mean, there‘s millions of different ones, but they‘ll run in spirals that look like little ticker tapes that spiral down and up all through the Crystal. And they‘re usually in gold, in like gold light, and they‘re little tiny ones. 29:43 You can also find these in your body, all right (chuckles). Like when you go into a certain level of your template to heal, you‘ll find that every part of your body has this little series of ticker tapes with these little gold symbols etched all over it. These are the mathematical programs that are keeping your matter particles in relation to themselves the way they are right now (chuckles). (P‗is that the amino acids?‘) It, well, they, they would have their own pattern of those. Every cell would have its own little pattern. And then when you take like an organ, it would have a whole set of them that would be its pattern. These are the programs that run out of your Kathara Centers actually, that keep your body in manifestation. Now um, vortices can carry them, but don‘t always- - you know, you won‘t always see them in vortices. But the Templar Crystals, very often you will see these series of symbols running through them. If they are gold-tinted symbols and they have a bit of a, a purple backdrop to them, like it‘s- - they usually appear like you‘ll see gold or kind of like grey, murky background where you just don‘t - - or a white background, where you don‘t see really any background to it, but you‘ll these little spirals of many, many little symbols, and it‘s like you need a microscope to see what the symbols are. If they‘re gold and they have almost a little aura round each one of violet, they‘re cool programs, all right. They‘re be‘n run by the Crystal Pylon Temples of Inner Earth, so they‘re good. Those Templar Crystals you could work with. They can help with- - they can amplify healing that are done in those areas. 31:05 See, when we do a survey scan of an area, you can determine things like ―is this area better for just direct star gate work? - For working with the Planetary Shields? Or is this an area where accelerated healing energy comes through? – Is this a better area for healing than it is for Star Gate work? – Is this a better area for inter-dimensional communication and landings (chuckles), than it is for healing work?‖ You can start to differentiate between what you‘re looking for, for what type of work you wanna do, which helps. 31:33 You‘ll also be able to trouble-shoot- - you‘ll be able to start to see where grids look messed up and like, you know, the wrong color energy‘s runn‘n through things and that murky slimy stuff is runn‘n through- - what you found is areas that are being tampered with. And you‘ll find a lot of them, because there‘s a lot of them in the grids. Ley Lines, um Axia Tonal Lines, Vortices, Portals- Page 56 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

all of those things can carry the icky, stuck- -yucky, sticky energies- - the sticky feel to the energy, and you can actually feel it, just like you have inner sight, you have inner touch as well- - it‘s ―Inner Vibrational Touch‖. And it‘s - - your vibration coming up to another vibration - - it gets a ―read‖, just like your hand will get a read off what it‘s feeling this way. Well your whole body, your whole being can do Inner Vibrational Touch. And that‘s what you‘re doing when you‘re using the inner senses. 32:21 Now, when we do the scans, the, the most important thing, and it‘s the hardest thing, really, about them, is learning to Trust what we See or what we Think we see. We‘re so used to not really knowing how any of this works, that the ego will go, ―yeah right, you see that, sure you do- you‘re just imagining it. Well you‘re look‘n for it, so you probably manifested it‖, you know what I mean (chuckles). You Need to Trust your impressions and you need to work through- - if you work through your Christos face- - if you have your Maharata Current activated, you‘re aligned, ok. You‘re not gonna get someth‘n else messing with you in your field, and you‘re not going to, unless you‘re REALLY focused on listening to ―I HAVE to find Something and make myself important‖, which is an ego problem (chuckles) ok, that you need to clear and heal - - you‘ll simply just look at something and pretend your Christos is looking at it. If you‘re seeing it, tell yourself before you start a scan that ―whatever I see will be a) what my Christos wants me to see, and what is true, and what is there‖. Let your Christos, your Inner Christos- YOURS- nobody else‘s, see for you, and trust that you have given that Decree- - So As It Is Spoken, So As It Is Done. You need to learn to develop Trust in Yourself and in your own perceptions. And you Can do that when you‘re working with the Maharata Frequency and your Own Inner Christos. 33:46 So, don‘t spend a lot of time- ―well, I think I see a vortice there. Oh, do I see a vortice? Maybe I don‘t see a vortice‖- - you know. You could like spend hours do‘n this to yourself (chuckles). Usually it‘s your first impression that was the right one. Before your 3dimensional mind got in the way, you managed to get a little bit of sight com‘n through there- - that‘s when you need to grab it and write the impression down. All right- don‘t fight with it, don‘t haggle with it, just bring it down. Later, you can learn techniques where you can get groups of people together to really start to hone there seeing power, where you, you could have somebody help you. Like all right, I see a vortice over there, do you see a vortice over there? What does it look like to you? What does it look like to you? Where you can start to compare notes so you get- - can fine tune your vision and check yourself. But when you first start, you have to be able to say, ―I trust my Inner Master, my Inner Christos- Me, at that Levelto Know what it sees and to Know what It‘s doing. I won‘t see anything that I‘m not supposed to‖- - I mean, I always do this, even when I‘m doing like healing work with people- - I simply say, you know, ―Christos Self, Let My Will be Thy Will and show me what you want me to see‖. And that‘s it. I don‘t worry about ―oh, well I want to fix this, they have like a, a sore leg that nobody can fix and I‘d feel really great if I could be the one to fix it‖. If it‘s not meant for you to do, you won‘t be shown how to do it. If it‘s not right for them to be fixed, you won‘t be shown how to do it. 35:10 You need to have an acceptance of the fact that you have a D-12 Level of Consciousness that‘s there and that you can count on and trust, but it‘s not always gonna fill your demands at the moment. You have 3-dimensional ideas and you have higher dimensional ideas. If your higher self knew that if you had a certain group of information at this period in time say, but that would lead you into a direction where you would create danger or harm to yourself, it‘s not going to give you that level of data until you get to the point where it wouldn‘t create something negative. So you need to learn to work with your Higher Self and your Christos Self and not get so frustrated and upset when you don‘t get all the information or you don‘t get the inner vision to turn on as fast as you want to. Realize there‘s a method to the madness. You‘re Inner Christos Knows Its way and Knows Its Rhythm. Its Rhythm is Keyed to the Earth Grids and to what you came here to do. You had a contract when you came- -everybody did- - all Angelic Humans did. Let your Christos and You work that together so you don‘t get mad at each other. Your Christos won‘t get mad at you, but a lot of times - - specially in those early stages where you get little glimpses of your Power and your Knowing, then all of a sudden somebody shut them off like a light switch - - ―But I had this Level of Expansion Yesterday- - I know it‘s there, where did it go?- - you know. 36:22 --------end of Chapter 2/CD 8 ---------

Page 57 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

CD 8 – Chapter 3 - You‘ll find this when you first start to become aware. Know it‘s part of the process. There‘s nothing wrong with you – you‘re not- - there‘s not some set of standards that your ―supposed to be at, that you‘re Not yet, so you‘re failing‖- that‘s a whole ego trip that takes you down into a spiral where you‘ll never get what you‘re look‘n for cause you‘re too worried about what you don‘t have. It‘s the same thing when you‘re look‘n for love. You BE Love, right? As long as you have to look for it because you don‘t have any- - You are the Manifestor- - you‘re saying, ―I have no love‖. You are manifesting the condition. You can do this- - this same thing, by perceiving lack in yourself: ―I don‘t have higher vision‖- - well the more you say that to yourself, I promise you, the more you will not have higher vision, ok (chuckles). 00:45 It works much better if you say to yourself, ―I have higher vision now. I use it well, now‖- - affirm it. When you affirm something you‘re sett‘n a mathematical sound tone program into your DNA, which is your manifestation Vehicle, all right. Decree what you Want, not what you don‘t want- - we‘re so used to saying, ―yeah, I want this so bad, but it‘s this way. This is the way it is‖- - it‘s, you know, ―I want money- - I have no money, I have no money. OH I really Want Money, but I don‘t have any money- or Love‖ - or whatever it is you want. You‘re reinforcing the ―not have‖ - - you‘re RE-manifesting over and over exactly what you don‘t want. But what‘s Great is if you Realize that you also realize ―ooh, I did that didn‘t I? I AM do‘n that, aren‘t I?‖- - You can CHANGE it. If you have the Power to Make that mess, you have the Power to clean it up- - Change the Mental Programs. 1:39 One of the worst enemies we have is ourselves, when it comes to opening to our Christos Level, cause we‘re so used to talking to ourselves in a certain way, almost subliminally, where we have a - - the mental body looks at things a certain way and usually very limited because of what it‘s lived through for the many thousands of years here. You need to get a hold of the mental body before it gets a hold of you and directs your emotional body all over the place where you don‘t want it, ok. Your mind will direct your emotions, will direct your physical - - you can use your mind as your best friend or your worse enemy. And the only purpose in using your mind as your worst enemy is to teach yourself that that‘s not the way it works- - that it works much better if you use it as your best friend. To use your mind as your best friend you have to realize its power- - It is the Director of Sound Tones. Now I saw this amazing- this work amazingly with my daughter- - she, Shanti- - she‘s like 8 and she gets herself- - she‘s like (chuckles), well her babysitters would call her ―drama mama‖ – the drama queen- because she (chuckles), she loves to amplify everything you know, especially negative stuff. She‘s just really ---- oohrayyy, you know. Well, she, she felt really sick the one night, and sometimes you know, she gets sick because there‘s something else she really wants and that‘s possibly a way that people will soften and the rules will change a little or something, so she‘ll push it. So she- - I knew she had a bit of an upset stomach, so it was either going to be run out for Pepto Bismol or ―let‘s see what she could do with this‖. I got guidance to ―try this‖. I gave her 4 different things to repeat over and over and over to herself about her body. First it was the immediate problem: how to make my tummy feel better, ok. I gave her an affirmation, you know, and used ―tummy‖ because she likes the word tummy, you know, instead of stomach (chuckles), you know. ―My Tummy feels good now‖, ―My Tummy is better‖, you know- - gave her that one. Then, - - I, I forget what the other 3 were, but they were simply getting her to, instead of saying, ―oh it‘s this, it‘s that- - oh I feel it, it‘s awful‖ and get caught up in it, I told her, her mind has so much Power that she can create what she really would like to have- - and the way to start is to doing it with her body, and the more you can control your body and your emotions and your mind, and direct ‗em where you want ‗em, the more you‘ll be able to move into manifesting the outside things that you want. 3:45 She tried it- - in good humor- ―ok, I‘ll try that mom‖, you know. She did. Fell asleep within 15 minutes, woke up the next day and she said, ―that stuff really works‖. And she (laughs), you know, she goes, ―I repeated them over to myself just like you told me to do‖- - and I figured she‘ll be out of the room every 2 seconds saying, ―yeah but, yeah but‖ you know, ―but I don‘t wanna do this‖- she didn‘t. She tried it. And she managed to make her stomach ache go away. Another part of it, she had been afraid of the dark all of a sudden- - she hadn‘t been before, you know- - she made herself where she wasn‘t afraid anymore that night. She started to see her own power- - Just by changing the words she was using in her own mind to herself. We all have this Power. 4:26 Part of the skill of spiritual development is learning to slow our perceptions down enough- - put a piece of ya back here to watch what the rest of you is doing, start catching the places where you have such ingrained patterns that you have set your limitations Page 58 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

over and over and over, and you keep reinforcing them because you‘ve accepted them as the way reality is. Ok, as soon as you make something a ―belief‖, you are gonna solidify it, ok. Now I think, and I, I keep playing with them and say ―ok, well, what if we got enough of us together, right, and we REALLY believed that the grids were fine and the grids were fixed and what if we REALLY believed that the Annunaki never existed (laughs) in our reality as enemies. What if we REALLY believed (laughs) the whole mess wasn‘t real‖- - and they said, ―well, if you got enough of it together to create critical mass, you would help us do the Bridge Zone Time Continuum Shift, where that‘s exactly how it is in that reality- - as if those conditions never existed. But when you make the shift, you will be aware that they did, but you shifted. All right, so it won‘t be like we shifted into that reality and we never had- - we have no memory of these workshops, no memory of any of it- - we would have the memory of the shift. 5:33 So, we have the power as persons to make our personal life a lot better, and we have the power as groups to make Huge Change literally in the Time Vector that this Planet is in. We can help it shift into what‘s called the Destiny of Joy, where the Christos Principle is restored and we are set free, and the other life forms on this Planet are set free. Cause just like our DNA is messed up, so is the DNA of ALL the animal kingdom- - the Plant Templates are messed up, everything that depends on the Planetary Grids has been compromised because of this. We were the Guardians of all of these, these smaller species that are developing. We were- - Human- - Angelic Humans were supposed to be the ones THEY LOOKED TO, to help them evolve, and we went down. So when we help ourselves help our Planet, we‘re help‘n all those other life forms. Our Mind is where it starts. 6:24 A lot these, interestingly, twisted Violet Ray Teachings say, ―oh, that‘s just mental body stuff- you don‘t need that, aim higher. Don‘t learn the intellectual stuff, that‘s, that‘s just - - you don‘t need that. That just convolutes ya so you don‘t get ‗spiritual‘‖ (chuckles), yeah- well, if you think about logistics, you have a d-4 Astral Body and your Higher Spiritual Parts above that, you have a d-3 Mental Body, a d-2 Emotional Body, a d-1 Physical Body- - if you wanna anchor your Spirit in your Physical Body, that d-3, what do you do? Just cut it out and throw it away? That‘s what they‘re asking you to do. You will never anchor your spirituality as long as you refuse to integrate your Mental Body. Your Mental Body is the KEY. It‘s the d-3 LINK- - it links to d-4. You‘re not going to get d-4 and higher down into d-1 in the Physical Body until you integrate. You don‘t through out the ego- - it‘s like cutt‘n out an organ, you‘re going to leave a hole- - a frequency hole- - that‘s going to block the process. 7:19 So we don‘t teach ―ego sabotage‖, you know, ―ego murder‖- - we don‘t teach that really arrogant twist that they put on it- - ―oh we‘re above that, we don‘t think about simple, mental body things- - we don‘t bother ourselves with intellect‖, you know. This is the nonsense that if you look at some of the programs they teach, this is what they‘re teach‘n you. And it‘s because they don‘t want you to Ground your higher parts into your Physical Body, through your Mental Body- - and you have to incorporate the Mental Body. Learning to direct the Mental Body is the Greatest Gift you can Give Yourself- - because it will either work as your best friend or worst enemy. It‘s not that hard to rein it in, you simply have to be aware of, ―oh my god, you mean my whole creative force is like stationed right in my head. All I have to do is pay attention to where I‘m point‘n it‖. Just look at how you‘re Perceiving things to yourself- how are you Framing them? You go into a situation- ―oh, this doesn‘t feel good‖. All right, that means you had a pattern that reacted to this type of situation in a way that didn‘t feel good, because you had a certain set of ideas about what that situation meant. Catch yourself, and say, ―WHY am I reacting to this situation this Way? Is it bringing up fear? What am I afraid of? What is my Mental Body doing that is making my Emotional Body react this way?‖ That you have to have the self awareness - - this is where tak‘n long walks alone and talk‘n to yourself- - getting to know what your mind is doing with itself. Self-Awareness is your Key to Mental Body control. 8:43 And it‘s not controlling it like this- rigid- it‘s Directing, Mental Body DIRECTING, not repressing, but directing where you want it to go. So when we do the energy sensing that we‘re going to do when we go out on our geo-survey team, you need to know What you tell yourself is going to influence what results you get. If you go out there, ―oh, I can‘t do this stuff, my- - I can‘t see with the Page 59 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

inner vision- - I don‘t have that stuff turned on yet‖. Or if you go in with, ―oh this bores me‖- - well, you‘ll bore yourself to death- you won‘t see a darn thing (laughs), you know. Your attitude and what, what Words- - Words are the most Powerful things you can use right now. They‘re more powerful than pictures- they‘re Sound Tones- - SOUND- - Primal Sound Field Vibration is even stronger than the Vibration of Light. So it‘s the Words that you use even more than the pictures that you hold, that will Set in your DNA Template what‘s going to manifest in a scenario, all right. 9:38 Eventually I‘m sure we‘ll be doing work as the things go by- - this goes well, we‘ll do Ireland and those- - I can see how this is going- - we‘re moving into manifestation technology, I know that. And we‘re going to be applying it where, again, you have personal benefit, but where it is used to, with a group of people, to begin getting us in the right Time Vector and gett‘n this Planet out of the crisis situation, you know. So anyway, this is the beginning- - (P- ‗did you just say that, that, that sound is way more powerful a manifestation than light? Did you just say that?‘) Ash- yes I did. (P- ‗can you say just a bit more about that?‘) Ash- yes I can. (P- ‗I mean now?‘- laughs) Ok, she had said did I just say that Sound is that much more Powerful than Light? And I said, yes I did (laughs), you know- - and she said, would you please explain that (laughs), you know. (P- way in background saying something about ‗magnetic first‘-) Ash- yes, if you- - it goes back into (P- more low comment from participant) - - kind of - - it‘s actually the Holy Spirit, that 3rd element, ok. 10:45 Now if we look at Source as non-manifest, non-polarized, as Its not electrical or magnetic yet, the first thing It does within Itself, is break portions of Itself into very specific vibrational ratios and fixes them in a certain position within Itself, and that forms the Energy Matrix- - within which Time Matrices, Life Fields, and all that can take place. That first Field of Individuation of Source within Itself Is the Primal Sound Field. Sound is Vibration. So is Light, but the first Primal Sound Vibrations were actually SLOWER- - they speed UP as they interact with each other, and out of that is born the Primal Sound Fields. In the beginning was the Word, and the Void- - that was Phil‘s point- - ‗it wasn‘t the ‗word‘, it was the ‗void‘ (chuckles)- - actually it was both (laughs), you know. All right, so Sound Frequency IS, when you‘re dealing with inter-dimensional Sound Frequency, is more powerful than its counterpart in Light. Actually what happens is, through the dimensional scale, Sound becomes Light becomes Sound becomes Light becomes Sound. They‘re all the Same energy, at different stages or phases of flashing on and off. You can look at it this way- - we got into PartikI Physics- - in the beginning- - this is what started all of this – is Keylontic Science. I won‘t go too much into that now or we‘ll be here for another 2 hours and we‘ll miss our trip to the other place. But basically, the Universe, the Substance that God turns Itself into to Create the Structure of Electro-Magnetism that 3-dimensional Systems can take place in, are units of the Consciousness of God, or Units of Primal Consciousness or Primal Force. 12:35 The first ones are PartikI- - they are non-polarized. Every PartikI creates 2 others- - that‘s your, your Divine Trinity right there. It creates a PartikA, which is electrical, base-electrical, and a Particum, which is base-magnetic. And they‘re actually all the same energy unit in 3 different phases of manifestation, that are syncopated. They‘re like little lights- - you could picture it like 3 little Christmas Lights together. When the PartikI, the original one phases On, or flashes On, the other 2 flash off. When the other 2 flash On, which means when ―Matter‖ comes into Being, the other one flashes off. It‘s a syncopation between these 3 units or 3 little light bulbs of energy. They‘re all really the same unit first taking on this form, then this form and then this form. When you get into polarization, you get Light and Sound. You get, out of the Particum Fields, the Primal Sound Fields- - which are the lower, slower moving ones. And out of the PartikA, you get the higher frequency, base-electrical ones. What it creates is, PartikI, PartikA and Particum, create particle, anti-particle and ante-particle, ok. Ante-particle is the Density 5 level of gaseous ―matter substance‖, before you even hit ―pre-matter liquid light‖, ok. So there‘s a Physics that goes with this that we had actually started these workshops way back in ‘99 with this, but we‘ve moved far beyond that you know, so a lot of you may not even heard of the fact that, that part exists in this program, but it does. So, (P-‗so when I work with Light and I hear Lightwhen I, I listen when I work with Light, that‘s- it, it spoke- it‘s frequency [Ash- yeah], is what I‘m working with, so – ‗) Yeah, but Page 60 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

there‘s an old adage that even, I think Eckankar teaches it, and I don‘t agree with a lot of the things they teach, but one thing I do agree with – they said that ―the Light can deceive, but the Sound never lies‖. 14:31 (P- ‗can you say that again?‘) The Light can deceive, but the Sound never lies. The Truth is in the Tone. (several comments low- from group- - then another P- ‗…more than what they say, which is the thought‘- [Ash- yep]- - P- ‗when I had a near-death experience, I went to the void, instead of- - and I told people about it - - ―you didn‘t go to the Light?‖- - I go no, it was completely the void, and they were all upset- - ―well you probably didn‘t go to God‖- -and I‘m going, no, it was God all right‖.) Usually when they go to the Light all they‘ve done is crossed over into d-4 and they‘re just approaching d-5- - that‘s what they‘re seeing- - the ―tunnel‖ is the passes between- - the magnetic repulsion zone- - between dimension 3 and dimension 4. It appears as a long, dark tunnel with a light on the end of it (chuckles), all right. So you might have been in there or you could- - there‘s several of them- - in between every 3 dimensional bands there‘s a magnetic repulsion zone that is a void, ok. That separates the Fields, or they‘d be all blended into one, ok (laughs). 15:27 You, you could have been in one of the higher ones too, you know, you don‘t - - one- once you get out there, especially near-death experiences, it takes you awhile- - you need a road map (chuckles) once you get out there (laughs). (P- ‗do we do those on purpose? Do we go to those places on purpose?‘) Ash- yes we do. Nobody has a near-death experience without their Souls orchestrating it. Now, there‘s a little trick to that- - I‘ll just mention this before we get ready to go up to the other place. With neardeath experiences and those kind of things, they are being orchestrated by people‘s Soul Levels and Higher Levels, their Christos Levels, because what happens is they trigger early 5 th-strand activation, all right. When you get fully disassociated and out of the body where it‘s taken up into d-5 frequency and then thrown back in your body (chuckles), it triggers activation of the 5 th-strand temporarily, which accelerates 4th and 5th-strand activation. 16:15 (P- ‗would that, would that cause a pre-natal trauma a, uh, uh, feel like devastation in the pre-natal experience?‘) Ash- you mean if who had the near-death experience in a pre-natal experience? (P- ‗like a 5-wk old pre-nate- - could be- ‗) Ash- it‘s not USUALLY done unless there‘s a, um, complicated circumstances when they‘re that small. Because the ―home-vibe‖ (P- ‗mmhmmm- ain‘t clear yet‘ –chuckles) - - well, they‘re, they wanna go home. It usually, you know, once they‘re in body (p- keeps talking at the same time as Ash in background) and you get them out of body, they don‘t want to go back IN body (chuckles), you know, that kind of thing. (P- ‗right, so that‘s why it‘s not done - - ‗) Ash- yeah, but near-death experiences are never, um, accidental. And they‘re never intended to be ―negative‖, but if somebody has problems with their astral field, they can get intercepted and dragged around, once they‘re, you know, their Christos try to get them out, but if something else comes in and tries to snatch ‗em, it could end up in a battle or (P- speaking, same time…hard to hear Ash‘s last words in this sentence) // a bad trip. 17:07 (P- ‗if we have a certain genetics we could already be snatched and messed with- - that‘s funny - - I think happened to me???*can‘t make out the last wording here*-) Ash- yeah, but if you use the Maharata you can break that. (P-‗I didn‘t know it when I was a pre-nate‘ – laughs) Ash- no kidding- - no, I had a heck of a time- - we had to throw ourselves in the heart chakra. You‘re supposed to spiral in the crown chakra- - once we realized who the mother was (chuckles)- - ―oh no, not her again‖ (laughs)- - we started to go back up the spiral and the crown chakra closed, which the, the body would have died. So a few friends of mine that, I‘m grateful for them now, but (chuckles) at the time I was not very happy (laughs through words)- - popped the seal on the heart chakra and literally pushed us, the consciousness in through the heart chakra, which created early activation of strand 4 that wasn‘t meant to happen (chuckles), all right. That‘s why we ended up with full conscious memory of the fetal integration process. (P- ‗yeah, I have my full -‗) Ash- yeah, yeah- - do you remember like div‘n off the vortice where everything was blue and you had all your friends around you and all of a sudden you‘re going down this thing going ―oh no!‖ (laughs through ―oh no!‖) (P- ‗chuckling- /// universe, a whole new galaxy‘) you know- (P- ‗oh yeah, I can go there‘) Ash- yeah- laughs- well, ok, anybody have the time? (p- ‗can I - - ‗) 10 after 3, ok. Um, it doesn‘t get dark ‗til 7, so that‘s good, so we have time up at the other sight to do what we‘ve got to do, but we need to get mov‘n if we‘re gonna go. (P- ‗how about if we all walk away from here. Just saying to ourselves, ―I have inner vision, I have inner hearing‖.) Page 61 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Ash- yes. (group clatter- - ―I AM - - I AM inner hearing….‖) Ash- NOW (chuckles). (some ―NOW‘s‖ from group/chuckles). Ash- put it here. (chatter from group….phil? - - when we do the Kathara tomorrow, I‘d like to go right into the Mentor and awakening the 5 th and 6th, the 6th and 7th senses)- - Ash- that will be good- yeah, the Mentor exercise will be good in that context, yep. Yeah, I swear if I could ever compile a book of just the techniques alone, it would be quite a book. 18:52 (comments from group)- Ash- they, they‘re like everywhere- - they, they constantly come (chuckles). So- - (p- ‗I‘ve been so thrilled with this cause I‘ve done the inner vision stuff- - all the geographic- - all this stuff for 25 years, but no, I‘ve never- - you‘ve given me some, some writing. It‘s like it‘s real for me, thank you.) Ash- it‘s only the beginning of the return of what was ours to begin with (chuckles)- (p- ‗oh, I got it, you‘re ///, thank you‘). Thank you for appreciating it (*me?)- - (Ash chuckles) – you should see what the Annunaki do when they hear me – ‗ewwaahhh‘, you know- ‗they call on the name of arch-angel Michael, I want no affiliation with you‘ (chuckles), you know- - it‘s like, don‘t worry about it, just walk away. - - (little lunch break?) 19:26 CD skips to next group work moment: ------------------------------------Still Chapter 3 of CD 8 --------------------Technique 7, um, b, # 2, would be the easiest. Ok…yeah…it‘s called the ―Sweep Scan‖, that‘s the easiest way to do it. You need to read the one above it, 7b #1 first, but you don‘t have to do the one above it, just get the feel of what the one above it‘s about and then go to 7b #2. That‘s the scan we‘ll use this time, to do the Fields Survey. So, what we‘re going to do, is once we have that 7b technique there (coughs)- - oh excuse me, I‘m choking on hamburger- - we‘re going to go to the new sheets that you just got. There‘s a sheet that says ―technique 10‖. It tells you about the technique and I think there‘s 3 pages of it- - 100, 101 and 102. On 102, you‘ll see a sheet (coughs)- - you didn‘t get any? Yeah, Michael‘s still pass‘n ‗em out, ok. So if you didn‘t get ‗em they‘re com‘n your way. You‘ll see this sheet- - let me see if I can find mine if I have one in here- - this is of- - ok, thanks. This is the survey sheet, ok. It lists the different features you would look for in the topography of the inter-dimensional spectrum when you‘re scanning a site. These items go with 7c, when it says ―what to look for‖. So if you use 7b #2 and the reference chart, 7c, that‘s right on the page after it, and this chart- - that‘s all you need to do, to do actually what used to be in the old days, a professional, um, Signet Council Grid Scan. There were teams sent out - - Templar Teams sent out - - they were the Grid Guardians and they would, you know, always bring reports back to main- - you know, they were maintaining the function of the Grids. And these- - this is the beginning of how that procedure was, was run. What, what you‘ll see on these sheets is, ok, Axiatonal Lines. If you have- - we‘ll pick a sector first of all, a direction you‘re going to go in that‘s going to be your territory to look at- - you‘re gonna pick the direction you want to go in- - you can pick whatever one you want. If you‘re running one of these yourselves, where you‘re organizing a group, you can assign sectors if you have like all day to do it and that kind of stuff. But for this you don‘t have to- - we‘ll all just kinda like pick a different direction to go in, wherever you feel like you wanna go. And you‘ll use technique 7b #2 – that‘s your active scanning thing- - so you‘ll need that sheet with you. And these are things you‘re looking for, and the explanation of what they are and what they look like is on - - the information on 7c. 22:22 Ok, once you get familiar with, a little bit about what they look like- - that‘s why I asked you to read it in the car, so you‘d have an idea of what‘s the difference between an Axiatonal Line and a Ley Line- - that kind of stuff. But, using those three pages, you‘ll be able to go in your area and sit there for a few minutes and begin to run the scan. Now, you need to run your Maharic Seal, but not step by step by step, because we‘ve already done it today and we‘ve been doing it a lot. So simply just picture the 24 pointed star, the 3-dimensional 24 pointed star, (ash breathes out loud)- - run it down to Earth Core really hard with an Exhale, bring it up to where the Maharic Shield is and (breathes) push it out, and it should pop the Shield up Strong. It‘s probably- - most of them are already up strong right now anyway, cause we‘ve been doing a lot of work with it. 23:07 (Az‘a – Michael- ‗has everybody, including the pairs that are here, has everybody got one copy of this?) (P- ‗no, no‘) (Az‘a – ‗well you‘re, you‘re in a pair at the moment‘) (p- ‗oh‘) (Az‘a- ‗I‘m just making sure everybody‘s got access to one‘) Ash- yeah. Did you get yours yet? Ok, ok……….end of CD 8………. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. Page 62 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

CD 9 – Chapter 1 – So, this is going to be like- - this is going to be like play time, but it‘s also work time- - you‘re teaching yourself something that‘s very valuable. If you care about learn‘n how to do ―grid work‖ and you wanna be a, a- - there‘s a difference between a novice neophyte and a person who knows what they‘re doing. And right now in the New Age Movement, there are very, very few people who have any clue as to what they‘re doing when it comes to Grid Work. In fact, they‘re doing damage and they think they‘re doing good. You won‘t fit into that category if you work with this stuff- - you‘ll know the difference, you‘ll know what to look for, you‘ll know how things are supposed to spin and what they‘re supposed to look like, all right. So it‘s worth putt‘n a little effort into it- - it should be fun, because it can be really fun when you start to do the scans and say ―ok, what do I see‖- - It‘s like ―close my eyes to see‖- - that‘s basically what, the best way to do it- - after a while you won‘t even have to close your eyes. You‘ll just be able to almost like see through 2 sets of eyes at once, where your physical eyes might not see anything, except what you‘re seeing, you know, in the 3d picture, but you‘ll start to get the overlays where you don‘t even have to close your eyes to see. Yes? 1:00 (P- ‗we are here because ….the work, the signet…‘) Ash- mkay…(P- ‗cue site, signet- ‗) Ash- we are here because this is one of 3 ―meajhe zone‖ sites that are connected to the Halls of Amor- - uh, Amoraea, and they are connected to Sirius B, uh, Star Gate 6, ok, and to Cue Site 12. All of those things are centered in the volcano that connect There - - and these are the outlay points that you need to activate first. So three sites that we‘re visiting are the three points around the volcano. And that‘s why there‘s a small group of us that‘s going to drag ourselves up the mountain, or try to, to get to the volcano. After, after, you know, everybody‘s done- - it‘s a dangerous trip and that‘s why it wasn‘t offered as part as the trip, because we can‘t take responsibility for you know, what people might get themselves into. We don‘t know what we‘re walk‘n into, you know (chuckles), going hik‘n up there- - I don‘t know. But, this is step 1. There are 2 other sites that we‘re gonna activate. How we‘re gonna do it, is first, what we‘re looking for primarily is, in this particular scan, we‘re look‘n for the best site to run the Rainbow Roundtable, ok. We are looking for the site, and we will find it by each of us kind of comparing notes as to the basic stuff we found. The area we‘re going to be looking for will have a minimum of 4 or 5 small vortices. They may be only this tall, sticking out of a ley line like that, but you‘ll have more than 1 small vortice on it, you‘ll have several crossovers of ley lines and probably 1 large Axiatonal Line, which looks like a big throbbing thick thing. And they can be huge- it can look like a sea of throbbing energy, because they‘re so wide that, that you won‘t even be able to tell where the line ends, because they can be like 20 miles wide. So if you get in a place where you‘re saying, ―what is this large throbbing kind of energy underneath the ground here?‖- - that would be indicative that you‘re on an Axiatonal Line path. 2:52 It‘s those type of areas that we‘re looking for, cause we‘re gonna decide together what the best place is to run this. Now we‘ll get guidance too, but this is supposed to be a program where you start to learn to participate, not just watch, ok. You guys are here as Grid Workers- - you wanted to participate in the program, this is part of it, so when you go home you don‘t just have the experience of ―well, I watched somebody do it‖- - you Did it. That means you can do it again yourself. All you need is a little remembrance of the techniques and that‘s what the books are for, ok. So we‘re going to go out for maybe um, even like 1/2 hour, 45 minutes, ok- - with our books so we don‘t forget our techniques and with the sheets. Now, is there anybody that doesn‘t have a pen? Ok, cause we did stop and get some just in case (chuckles) - ok. We stopped specifically, that‘s why we were late, we stopped at the little store down there just in case ―well, uh oh, what if people don‘t have pens‖, right (chuckles). So let me find them. I don‘t know, where are they? Do you know where they are (looking for the pens)? The pens- are they in here? They‘re not in here- - what? (low discussion with Az about this) They‘re not in this bag, though- - they should be- - oh, there we go. Ok, so anybody that needs pens, there‘s pens. This will seem awkward at first cause it will be like, ―I‘m do‘n what?‖ (chuckles), you know, ―what, what am I do‘n now that I found my spot- - ok, ok, I‘m gonna sit here and scan- what am I do‘n?‖ That‘s where you go and you look at the uh, what page is 7c on there? It starts on (P- ‗93‘- - P- ‗I‘ll take a pen‘)- - yeah, 7c starts on 93. They‘re going to be your most valuable pages right now- Page 63 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

that and uh, 92, that has technique 7b- 2, cause they‘re the- - your active things. They‘re the things you‘re gonna need to know to fill in these sheets. 4:50 So when you pick an area you can go off in any direction you want, just so you can get back within about 45 minutes, ok. (P…low question) Ash- mmm- usually what you do is you, like if you were gonna run a group yourself, is start early in the morning and do kind of like ―ok, are we going 10 mile radius, a 5 mile radius, 4 mile-― you know, take it down that, and you divide the number of people - - you divide it into sectors as per the number of people. We‘re not gonna do it formal like that this time, cause it takes a long time just to set that up when you‘re doing a formal group. So we‘re just going to basically say, um, pick an area that‘s - - I‘m not gonna even use ―feet‖, I‘m gonna try to do it a little different. I‘m trying to get what, what would be the best way to do this. I, I can just say ―whatever‘s in your peripheral, you know, whatever‘s in your peripheral view‖, but I think there‘s a better way to, to find (P speaks- ///) - - I don‘t even know, it‘s probably quite large. (P‗well I‘m going to ask you because I- - ‗) But they said- - they said- - it‘s in the vicinity of the main point where, where people go- like the visitors go. (P- ‗because something tells me it‘s not- - now the /// there, over the rocks- - that‘s inside there. But something tells me the periphery around the outside would be also something that should be walked‘) Yeah, I was gett‘n to go down there. What I‘m going to say is- - you, you may end up too- - this may be interesting because if I say just ―follow where you feel‖, right, we may end up with everybody in one spot (chuckles), which could be interesting- - or very close together, because that‘s where everybody‘s gett‘n drawn. I would simply say if um, if you- - I will say, follow where you feel- - if you start seeing other people are going your direction too, just kind of make an agreement that ―ok, within like 25 yards is my space‖, ok. Or, imagine like from here to see where that wall is- - ok, a periphery around your body that would be that big, if you end up with somebody in your space. But if you end up in a space where there‘s nobody around you at all, scan as far as you can see, ok. But use that, about that distance, that visual distance- (P- ‗from here to that wall?‘)- Yeah, that would be the minimum. (P- ‗one person can walk all these people‘ *???) Um no, if you, if you, you could walk to a site where you feel guided to be to look, ok. That‘s where you‘ll sit yourself down and then you have a scanning perimeter, all right, you have to define your perimeters. It would be a minimum of from here to the wall. If you‘re in a perimeter that a lot of other people seem to be drawn to, simply limit your scan to a perimeter of about from here to that space, ok, all the way around you and they will do the same in their space. So make sure you‘re about this far apart, you know, so you can – you won‘t run into each other‘s scan. And it really doesn‘t matter if you do, you‘ll just both be seeing certain parts of it. 7:36 But if you end up in space where nobody else can be even seen, just stretch it as far as you can. You‘ll find in- - you‘ll also find as you first start to do this, first it may be blurry where you just get kind of impressions, but they‘re hard to focus on- - just tell yourself ―I see clearer now‖, ―I see clear now‖. Use affirmation- it will – it may not work immediately, but it, eventually it will, it will help you turn on the vision. Um, you‘ll also find as you start to push outward from yourself, you may find a natural perimeter-periphery, where you just can‘t see past it, it all just seems to be like dark past it, all you‘re getting is, like, even the impressions- - even if you‘re not seeing in color or anything- - you just won‘t even FEEL anything beyond that spot- - that is the extent of your field right now that you can see through. So that will expand as you do this more and as you work with DNA and all of that. 8:22 Ok, so basically we‘re looking for the features that are listed here. Primarily Axiatonal Lines, which when you‘re on ‗em it‘s like being on a sea of pulsating energy that you can‘t even really see the boundary of when you look like left to right or around. It seems like it‘s a sea of it because it‘s so wide, that would be a line. They can be various different colors- - we won‘t get into worrying about the colors and stuff now, but you can notice if there‘s any icky like, sticky brown-green, murky, yucky look‘n stuff in whatever you find, because that‘s indicative of a real dis-harmonic energy pattern- - usually, one that‘s been set intentionally, either in ancient times or in present times, ok. And it‘s good to know where they are so we avoid them (chuckles), basically, or clear them, if we have time. 9:05

Page 64 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

(coughs)- - The site - - we will be guided to the ultimate site, but the sites that turn up as ―hot spots‖ in our survey, we‘ll get a bit of commentary on, as far as how they‘re connected to the main site where we‘re going to be guided to where we really need to do the thing. But these sites that we‘re going to locate are important to it, and it‘s going to be like, ok- they‘ll tell us why- - cause they‘re- - we‘re gonna learn something through this. I‘m gonna learn something through this too, so we‘re gonna learn it together. We find our sites, there‘s a reason why they were found, there‘s a reason why we identified what we did- - especially if you say to your Christos ―just show me what I‘m supposed to see‖, you know- ―open my eyes to see what it is I‘m supposed to see‖. And there will be reasons why we each see something. Some of them may be personal that may have to do with you and your next step, some of them may be for the group, some of them may be both, all right. So we‘ll take it from there and see what we can come up with, all right. Just try, if you don‘t have a watch on just try to estimate the feel of like um, you know, 1/2 hour, 45 minutetype framework- - 45 minute maximum. (P- ‗a couple of us don‘t have the materials from last night, can you tell us what these uh-‗) Ash- you don‘t have the materials from last night. (P-‗no, I, I came home and I went to sleep, I didn‘t put it in the book, so I brought my books but I don‘t have that- - and there‘s a number of other people- - could you just tell us-‗) Ash- but you got - - do you got them? (P-‗I got it, but it‘s back in the room‘) (mac- ‗tell you what, I‘ll sit and I‘ll read out loud the technique for anybody that doesn‘t have them‘.) Ash- all right, I mean the idea of giv‘n them to you was so you‘d have them to, to go- (p- saying something in background), you know, cause I knew you were going to need ‗em- -that you‘re not going to memorize all this stuff over night, and we don‘t have extra copies of that- um, yeah, but she said she‘d help. 10:42 (P-‗do you suggest we do not go inside ////‘) Ash- no (P-‗it‘s ok to go in////‘) Ash- no, I would say trust where you feel guided, ok. I would say don‘t go any place where it‘s going to involve physical risk like falling off things if you‘re not up to a certain ‗whatever‘, you know- just be sensible, that kind of thing. But I‘m not putting any limitations on this, this is between you and yourself and the Universe and your Christos. Follow your guidance and see, you know, where it takes you. Um, I think- I think we should probably put this stuff in the van- - one of the vans or all, both, all of the vans, whatever, just so nobody tampers with it. And it would be a good idea if we each keep track of one other person. The buddy system, ok- - doesn‘t mean you have to hang out with them or hold each other‘s hand while you go scan, but I, I would like everybody to, as we stand up to put our stuff away and the whole bit, we‘re gonna divide (chuckles)- - how are we going to do this the easiest way. Mac, what is the fastest way to get this- just, where everybody has one person to make sure the other one is there, ok. So when we come back we, you know, you‘ll know if the other person that you were, you know, assigned to keep track of is missing and they‘ll know if you‘re missing. So we don‘t end up leaving anybody by accident, that got lost or something ok (chuckles). 11:57 Ok, yeah- we will reconvene here when, when we get done and then we‘ll go through a bit of uh, you know, looking at our survey things. I‘ll basically do it the fast way this time so we have time to do the Rainbow Roundtable, because that‘s the most important reason we‘re on this site. So when we get back, I‘ll basically say uh, I‘m gonna have somebody take count- - like you know, pick kinda like a secretary - - ―ok, how many vortices‖, and I‘ll go for counts of things like that, and then we‘ll explore the regions ok, and we‘ll see who had the most vortices, or who had the most this or most that, because it‘s the concentration or ―hot spot‖ areas that we‘re look‘n for. (P-‗ok, ok I‘m just trying to see this in 3d here‘) Ash- mhm (P-‗like so the ///‘s this big- with all of us sitting here we‘ll be bump‘n within each other ///////- ***baby crying and mac reminding people to make sure they have a buddy***) Ash- all over (responding to P)- - the whole area is connected to the main site that we need and I don‘t thing the main site is in the *port? *court? (mac in background) Ash- but I think, I think there‘s a templar crystal in the *court? *quartz? (p-‗what temple?‘) Asha templar crystal. 12:56 (P-‗because see I was thinking///inside the *fort? already‘—another P talking too) Ash- and I don‘t think it‘s the Main One, I think it‘s the secondary one that‘s connected to the Main One that‘s in the center of where we‘re supposed to go. (discussions within group- - fades out - - - 13:21 -----------end of Chapter 1/ CD 9)

Page 65 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

CD 9- Chapter 2 – To come into Manifestation through the Christos to be here, you are Knowing yourself as a Walking, Living Manifestation of the Face of God and therefore, the Intention of God. And my big question would be, ―whose permission does God have to ask to be anywhere?‖ If you are saying ―I have to ask permission to be On a Land‖, you are saying ―there is something outside of myself that is God‖, because if I AM God, I wouldn‘t have to ask permission, because I come in loving intent with ALL, for this land. People who are saying ―this is My land, not yours‖, they‘re miss‘n something- - this is God‘s Land. We‘re all faces of God. But if they‘re saying ―I‘m a face of God but you‘re not, so you can‘t be here‖, they‘re wrong, all right. They‘ve been mis-taught. They‘ve been taught elitism and separatism and that is Not the Way of God, that is a corruption that the Annunaki brought here and the Drakonians amplified. That‘s why we have the nerve to sell real estate. 1:00 This land was given as a gift to Ourselves, by Ourselves as God. All peoples have a right to live as long as they are not abusing other life forms, cause that was Never part of the plan nor the agreement. But every Being has a place on this Planet that they have a right to be here. When we started sell‘n land and put up the first fence and said ―now this is mine and not yours and you can‘t go on this‖, you‘re trying to sell, buy and sell pieces of the Body of God. The Native Americans knew this. The Native Americans knew that you cannot lay claim to the Divine. The Divine is Its Own Keeper and you are Gifted as being a Part of IT, and you are welcome to take the fruits of it, if you take them with Reverence, Respect, Appreciation, Joy, Love- and realizing that, that applies to everything else around you as well. 1:57 The reason I get heated when somebody asks if I‘m gonna ask the ―island spirits‖ or the ―island people‖ for permission to do energy work here, ―No I‘m NOT!‖ ‗Cuse me, I‘m God, so are you – I don‘t have to ask you permission and you don‘t have to ask me permission, ok. We‘re supposed to be here Together. We‘re supposed to be part of the same Family, the Family of Source. This has been so forgotten here, and everybody‘s so defensive that everybody turns against each other. Now, when we had the interference yesterday about (coughs) somebody getting upset because we were ―mess‘n with the energy grids of their island‖, it was coming from 1 of 2 places. It was either a person who is connected to Kahuna energy, the True Kahunas, not the false Kahunas- - (to a child) is that all? We got all the peanut butter people? Child- ‗I think‖. Ash- are you ready to do the wheat and cheddar people or do you want /// (P-‗ Oh, is there another peanut?‘) (*discussion on lunch issues) Ash- did you get yours? Cause you wanted peanut butter, right? Ok- you can take a whole packet of these for you, for after ok. (child- ‗ok‘) Ok, that‘s your gift for giving the gift of helping us. And you can uh- do you have a pocket to stick ‗em in- stick ‗em in your pocket. Ok. Is there any peanut butter people left? (P- the camera man behind you) Ash- Ok, the camera man, behind you. It‘s, it‘s really an honor to have Benny do this for us. This is a broken one. And even if it would go faster hav‘n grownups, several grownups, do this I think it‘s very important to allow Benny to give to the group what he‘d like to. And he said he‘d like to do this. So this is his way of participating and giving something. And that‘s good for him, because he feels that he has something important enough to give too, a contribution. ////// (talking while Ash is) and he is, if he wants to be and if his guardians allow him to be. Ok, these are the other ones (talking to Benny). When you get to the wheat and cheddar people. I gave it to mac (speaking to Az) so she could take it…(cuts out to next part) 4:22 Someday, with the restoration of the Christos Imprint and a Major Re-education of the people who have been so misled, and so twisted and so harmed in so many ways for so long, that they just don‘t remember what it‘s like to live in a society where everything is free and everybody belongs. And because of that, all of the reasons that people steal or kill or all those things- they‘re not needed, those reaction patterns aren‘t needed if you are in a world society that is built on Love, you don‘t have people that are bag ladies unless they wanna be- - I mean, they‘re welcome to play that role, But, you don‘t have the divisions of classes, of races, of religions and creeds. The people who have the highest coding on the Planets will be those who can access and run the Star Gates- - they don‘t have an ego trip Over the others, they feel like they‘re the Parents, making sure they‘re ok. Page 66 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

And the others who came for smaller purposes know they‘re Honored EQUALLY by the ones who came for responsibility contracts. These were the Lyran-Sirian models of the Founders Cultural Models, that many places in the Universe, besides here, are built on - - for Billions of Years that have lived in beautiful harmony and peace. When they look in on this World and what has happened here, it brings them great sadness because they know that this place was supposed to be like that too, and they know the Joy (Benny talking to Ash) What honey? (Child talking) Ok - - (gett‘n the lunch stuff settled) Az- Don‘t forget me, Benny. It‘s going to be a long time, even if we‘re successful with resetting the Christos Grid here, before a Race, a Planet, a People can be healed enough where that becomes natural again. Because after you‘ve been abused for a long time and twisted up in lies, and got confused and fell into negative Karma Cycles, and ended up do‘n stuff that was anti-Christos that you didn‘t even mean to get into, all of us have had patterns like that - - gett‘n boxed into corners with these conflicting dramas with the Annunaki and the Draks - - (Benny talks to Ash) That‘s all? So are we ready for the cheddar people? (Child- I think so.) Ok. Here we go. I‘m asking myself why I‘m not- - why I‘m resisting changing and immediately to that, and there‘s a reason I‘m do‘n that and I don‘t know why- - let me find out (laughs) - - (P- starts to talk about this and Ash continues)- - because I‘m still saying ―IF‖ and technically, when you‘re manifesting, you simply declare it as true and it will be a ―when‖- so I‘m wondering why I‘m resisting the ―when‖. (P-‗even the ‗when‘ is ////*?‘) Ash- chuckles- Ok, I‘m being guided on this one- or commented on- - that, that neither ―when‖ nor ―if‖ are actually the most appropriate - - it‘s the ―where‖ that‘s most appropriate. Time is more like a Field of Space, so it‘s a ―where‖ and it‘s a matter of lining up “this where‖ with “that where‖. 7:32 And whether we‘ll do that or not is ―iffy‖- - so that‘s where my resistance with ―well, I- - ― there‘s was almost a feeling of ―if I say ‗when‘ and I get you all psyched up into ‗we‘re gonna do this and that‘s it‘ and you know, you can get into these really gung ho ‗and we‘re gonna decree it and we‘re gonna decree it and so it‘s gonna be So, and there‘s noth‘n we‘re gonna settle for less than that‘- yes, we can do that, however, I would also be misleading you if I were to get you all psyched up on the ‗we‘re just gonna do this, noth‘ns gonna stop us - - we‘re gonna come in here and we‘re gonna kick butt- - we‘re gonna anchor the Christos Template, there‘s no ‗ifs‘, ‗ands‘ or ‗butts‘ about it, and Decree it So!‘ Yeah, I could start to sound like a, a Baptist Fundamentalist if I started do‘n that. Uh, the scary thing is, if I get your energy moved up into that pattern, which is good to a degree, without letting you realize that, right now it‘s so volatile that we have a great influence, but we are not the only Creative Factor in this, all right. What we do and what we Decree will make a Huge Difference, but by ourselves, because it‘s a MASS Drama that involves this Planetary System and about 20 other Planetary Systems, the mass drama will always affect you - - be you one person in a world, or one group or one world within a group of worlds- - there is still the critical mass factor. 8:55 We can do our thing- - all done? (To Benny) Ok (sounds like something dropped), well the hotel just contributed its sacrifice- the ashtray (Laughs). The ‗if‘- - the ‗when‘ is a valid point- - in general terms I would say when you are manifesting something you can use ‘where this is so‘, which will be ‗here now‘- - you can use that kind of concept. ‗If‘ leaves benefit for doubt, however, in this situation, it would be irresponsible of me to let you think that - - we can give it our ALL- - but that that alone is gonna fix it all by itself- - it Might, but we‘re not by ourselves. We have the Christos with us, and the chances are this is going to be fine, and it is gonna be a ‗when‘ and a ‗where‘. However, we need to be aware of the volatility and the contribution of other races in this drama, in this hologram. All right, we have the symbol people of the Annunaki and the Drakonians that are mirroring for us, portions of our very, very ancient Founder‘s Self - - (Benny talking to Ash)- - 10:05 Are there any more cheesies? Benny- ―the cheese disappeared‖. The cheese disappeared? (Ash laughs). Benny- I thought it disappeared. Ash- There‘s some more in there. (P-„that‘s a good answer, that makes sense‘) Ash- I had to think about it because I agree with you, I mean most times when you‘re setting manifestation grids, don‘t leave the room for doubt, you know (chuckles). You know, simply say ―I decree it now- here and Page 67 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

now‖- and it IS and so it IS. But, I had a resistance to going that way and I wasn‘t even sure why. So thank you for asking that, cause it helped me to explore, ―Why don‘t I take my usual course with that?‖ And it‘s because of that, because there is a volatility here and there are other players in the game, that when we go all the way back up to Source, when we are all One, the Draks and the Anunnaki were part of that One. They‘re part of that One that got sick and forgot who it was by the time it got down here, but they have the power too. It doesn‘t run as strong in them because they can‘t anchor the Christos anymore, cause they chose not to. But a lot of this depends on how much we as individuals and as groups are able to heal rapidly, to get past the anger. Now, you can‘t get past the anger by pretending it‘s not there. You can‘t get past the anger by wanting to be more spiritual so you don‘t have to have anger anymore. You can‘t learn to love by pretending your loving and at the same time tying yourself up in knots trying to make sure all that hatred doesn‘t come out. You have to allow yourself to hate before you can allow yourself to fully love. (P- Yeah! All right!) Now, that doesn‘t mean you hate and point it at somebody. It means you take hate, drag it up, let that horrid feeling come into you, let it, point it at…kind of when you feel hate coming up make a barrier around you, but make sure it doesn‘t get sent to anybody or anywhere. And just see the types of dramas…and remember, it‘s a drama, not a person or not a race, it‘s a drama that, that hatred is coming out of. But remember, there is a power to hate. What hate is, is inverted love. If you can hate something, that means there‘s enough connection between you and it to love it strongly, ok. (P- Ok. Tell it, tell it. P- on the other side of it, it completely expands your heart and if you deny the hatred in the heart it stays as a block and then that part of your heart can‘t expand into the love vibration). Ash- that‘s right, they‘re actually the same energy. This is a trick of polarity stuff. They are the exact same energy, one expressing on the proper Fire Letter sequences, the other expressing on the opposite of those Fire Letter sequences. So, if we‘re spiritual beings…I like a lot of these people in the New Age movement that are following the Anunnaki programs. (Benny comes up to Ash) Oh, he wants to know, ―does anybody need a cheddar?‖ Oh, one over there. Yes, this is the big thing- denial. I heard it over here. All what the Michael Matrix teaches, most of what the Anunnaki twisted Violet Flame teachings teach you is, ―Oh, I‘m above that now. Oh, I don‘t have negative emotions. No, I‘ve cleared all that and Arch-angel so and so took it away for me so I don‘t have it anymore‖. These are also people who cannot anchor in their lower 3 chakras. They‘re space cadets, I‘m sorry. They‘re up here, spaced out, they don‘t know how to bring theirself down, (Benny with Ash again) Ok, ―Anybody else need cheddar cheese? You back there? No? Ok.‖ Ok, God love these people because they‘re trying so hard and it‘s so important to them to be spiritual and to make it but they‘re following blind leads that are telling them, ―As long as you speak slowly‖…these people will have a monotone when they talk to you by the way. They‘ll have a very seductive monotone like wonderful, master hypnotists. They have hardly any range of emotion except, of course, divine love (Big Laughs in group by Ash‘s voice rendition), which always keeps his voice totally calm and cool and collected. And you can slap them across the face and they‘ll look at you and say, ―Oh, in divine love I bless you. That was not a nice thing to do, but I forgive you‖, and they will walk slowly and they will have this space about them that you wonder where the other 1/2 of them went, because it‘s obviously not here. Now, if they were integrating the bottom 3 chakras they would be able to get riled up. They‘d be able to get, ―Hey, let‘s do this!‖ They‘d be able to say, ―That makes me angry, but I‘m going to transmute it to a higher level cause anger‘s a powerful energy. It‘s the power of love, it just needs to be twisted around.‖ They‘d be able to party a little. They‘d be able to have fun. These people walk around in a daze. This is what the Anunnaki Program teaches ‗em to do. Yeah, we‘re probably going to get a little wet, but I‘ve heard with Kauai, they come and the go like that. Now, in Florida when they come they flatten all the plants on the porch and you have to go chase them down at the neighbor‘s house cause they blew them over. I‘ve seen literally you know, like potted plants go rolling off the deck down to the neighbor‘s house. This is easy, compared. But, emotion, E-motion, energy in motion, is a natural part (P- starts LOUDLY declaring something/ demonstrating E-motion)- yes, yes, you got it. You know what, I think one of my favorite groups, if I had to pick a group of people that even though they‘re following a twisted doctrine, the Baptist //////// (lots of Amen and shout‘n). They at least get the Kundalini moving. (P- you go girl.) I give credit to the Black races because is you look at the White races, God, what is our problem? We‘re afraid to move, we‘re Page 68 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

afraid to raise our voices and we don‘t got rhythm, ok. That‘s cause we don‘t have a connection to our lower 3 chakras anymore because of what‘s been done to our grids. There‘s one thing that the Black races carried for us and it‘s a little bit more Kundalini flow down in here. You guys have got more energy working down there so you can feel better than we can. We walk around like a bunch of drones half the time without any ability for emotional response. So it‘s kind of funny too, it‘s the white cultures that‘ll pick on black cultures, ―Oh, they‘re primitive, they have all this energy‖. They‘re supposed to have this energy, so are we, ok. Every…(P- you‘re getting us excited…some whistling…‖This is exciting!‖) Ash- Every race has a contribution. Every race has held a piece of what was taken away, protected, like a little jewel held under their coat so nobody could steal it…like a little treasure buried under the basement so even though the thieves were running wild, nobody could find it. Every race has brought a piece of this to us and has held it for us. The Native Hawaiian‘s have done that, the Native everybody‘s have done that. The ceremony that we‘ve been asked to do today is kind of like, well first of all, it‘s something that before any site work is ever done, when I‘m asked to go on Commission to some place, where any of these site trips that I go on are on Commission- I have been asked to go. All right, so when somebody asks you to do it you don‘t go and ask permission back to them cause they already asked you to come. Now…plus, I wouldn‘t ask permission anyway cause I am God and so are they, so…but anyway, these are rituals that are performed in the Astral, d-4 frequency, where our consciousness has met there already to arrange for these groupings, where the groupings of these people who live on the island now, those who lived on the island in the past, and those who will live on it in the future have all met in the d4 frequencies in consciousness. They know we‘re here; we know they‘re there. And, we have made a link on that level. Now, sometimes this is a medium. When I…a technique you can use to move your consciousness into d-4 using the heart chakra, and if you want to communicate with somebody, a person or a collective, or possibly an employer you might be able to tolerate you know, things like that. You can find them by going up to your Christos level, by seeing yourself on a pale-silver platform of light floating up above your head and you hail whoever it is you want to talk to. On that level, hail their Christos Level and state your intent and have a dialog there. Then bring it down to the d-4 Astral Level, which is the step before physical manifestation here. These are how these things are arranged. When people get together, this is the by-product of agreements that were made before this moment, or above this moment in space-time. This is the fall out from d-4 and 5 and 6. So, these ceremonies that we‘re going to objectify right now are really done in consciousness before any grouping like this ever comes together. The people of the island and the true Kahunas, which were the ones who ran the Kundaray…they were Kahunas…they ran the Kun-da-ray. There‘s also a group of Kahunas that are working for the Draconians that are not true Kahunas. That why when I was approached on the beach the other night by a group of them looking very ―Kahuna-esque‖, looking very Hawaiian with you know, head-dresses and things they said, ―We are the true Kahuna‖. They made a distinction because they know that there are other races that have been infiltrated here. The true Kahunas are the ones who requested assistance, but they also knew, they knew because their spirits have manifestations that they themselves in 22,326 BC, they hold that trauma imprint too, because they were here too. They have held the guard here as well as they could, waiting for this time. So among the island people, that on a conscious level don‘t remember that we‘re they‘re family. We need to remember that we‘re family to them, and we can send them this message. We‘re going to create a ceremony that would be the outer manifestation of the intentions, shared intentions of consciousness that were conducted on the 4th dimensional level. We‘re going to see what it‘s like to give…not ask for permission, but simply to give honor and reverence and thankfulness, and make a link with other groups…welcome them into our Tribe so they can welcome us into theirs, reminding them that we are all one Tribe. Even the 12 Tribes together are one Tribe. And even the tribes that are hybrid tribes at this point, because they‘ve been crossed with Anunnaki or Draconian, they are part of the Planetary Tribe at this point. We are all one Tribe. We all bring special things to that tribe, even with the Drakonians and the Anunnaki. If they could regenerate enough, if they could get their Christos Template back, they would have knowledge, frequency and experiences that would add a contribution, not take away from, what the Angelic Humans are here to do. So there is an ―honoring ceremony‖. That‘s what this truly is…it‘s called the Christos Love Shower, where we‘re each going to think of…and as we‘re preparing for this, each of you think of for a few minutes, if you were suddenly…suddenly a space ship beamed down over there and our guys came out and said, ―Well come on, we have an Ambassador‘s Meeting, ok. We have to go and talk to the Island People and just Page 69 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

introduce ourselves and our intentions, and each one of you is going to shake hands with one of them, one of their Ambassadors. And you‘re each going to bring a gift and they‘re going to bring a gift to you. The gift is your intention, of what quality or what ―thing‖ of energy and of value that you would love to give to them or for them, or to their island. If we were going to be called up on a space ship, which we‘re not right now, and taken to an Ambassador‘s Meeting, where we would meet face to face the Tribal peoples, the true Kahunas, that have been the guardians of this site since we left it, try to think of when the time came for the handshake, and for the hug, where what is transferred is, ―This is my gift. This is my love.‖ You are giving love. But try to put an intention with it. I intend for you great joy, or I intend for you great strength. Or, I intend for you to find your Christos now and let it bring you, you know, let it move through you and bring you joy. See if you can find a gift of an intention that you would bring. Almost like when you go to somebody‘s house and they‘re having a party, you kind of like bring a bottle of wine or a little thing of cheese or something, you know, just cause it‘s kind of nice to do that. Try to think of what little gift you would bring to give to them. There will be a gift given in return that matches yours. It won‘t be the same one. It‘ll be a counterpart, that goes with it. The intention of this ceremony is to set a grid just like the Eieyani of Inner Earth do. The Eieyani of Inner Earth have been trying to contact their own here, the ones that they are connected to, who are their counterparts here. If the counterparts can‘t hear yet fully, telepathically, they send it out in energy frequency with an intention wrapped in love and wrapped in the Christos frequency. That is how they set a grid of communication to reach out to their people. That‘s how you got guided here. You wouldn‘t be here if you hadn‘t stumbled across one of those little love showers. When I see this, when they told me about this Christos Love Shower, I picture this big flower, but it was made out of tendrils of water, like a water fall, where they started in the center and they came up like this out into beautiful…like a big flower, but it was like a shower that kept going, like a water fall that kept going. Each one of us is one of those rays of water or one of those, what do you call it in a waterfall? Like in a fountain- like a spray, where it‘d be an arc of water, ok, but we‘re an arc of Liquid Light. Yeah, it‘s not a stream cause streams kinda go this way. Whatever they call that arc of water that sometimes a fountain shoots up. (P- geyser) No, that‘s kind of like (Laughs) …I‘m visualizing a little more delicate, ok. You know those water fountains, you‘re typical fountain that shoots a couple of these out all at the same time, they kind of…(P- cascade). Yeah, cascade is thicker…I think you know what I mean, right. (P- we got it) Thin, kind of arc of water with kind of like a little blob on the end that‘s the heavier part of it, ok. (P- a beam of water) I‘m trying to think what is the word for this. Arc is the closest I can get, because it makes an arc when they come up out of the fountain and they bend over and then there‘s a heavier little drop on the end that pulls them down. It‘s like an arc of water, but it‘s going to be an arc of liquid light that we‘re going to form. Each one of us is one of those arcs of Liquid Light and we‘re going to form a shower of Liquid Light that will exist in the Astral Level, that is connected to the d-12 Universal Christos Level. And it‘s going to be sent with intent to the center of this island, where is the place that the Hubs of Amoraea come down and anchor. It‘s going to be sent like it‘s coming out of the volcano and it‘s going to be self-perpetuating. Once we set it, it‘s going to just keep bringing Christos in and spreading it to all the peoples in the island, those who are here for many generations, those who just came, those who were there in the past and those who will be here in the future. We‘re setting a Christos Fountain for them, a Love Shower. With that Love Shower, each one of those rays, and there‘ll be others who come and do this, that will added to our Love Shower, but we‘re setting a grid of intention that we‘re taking the Christos Frequency, giving it to them, but sending a very special gift of our own of whatever it is you feel that would be good. You might just say, ―Ok, I‘ll just let it be whatever the Christos wants it to be‖, or you could say, ―I would like to give the gift of this to somebody‖, whatever it is, ―these people can benefit from it. If it‘s love, if it‘s finding peace within, if it‘s learning to trust again, which is a big one for the people of this island. The reason they would react to us in a fearful way is because they‘ve had people come and mess with the grids before. There are people here that are messing with the grids now, and it‘s not us. So try to think of your intention, the gift that you want to send. I wish we had a drum. The only thing missing for this is a drum, I can feel it. They said, ―We‘ll make due. We‘ll set the beat down here‖. Now (P- suggests ―drumming‖ laps)…we could do that. Yeah, we could use our binders. That would be one more purpose for them. (P- talking a bit) Kind of, yeah, kind of…it‘s all in the right vein (P- there‘s no word for it), but the shape that I‘m seeing is an arc you know, like the arc of light that goes you know, the electrical arc of light, but it‘s like a liquid one. Yeah, we‘re gonna invite all of the Christos Page 70 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Races, from here, there and everywhere, anybody who wants to participate in this ceremony is welcome. That includes the Elemental Kingdoms, it includes anybody on the planet or anybody on any other planet from here to d-15 or more, anybody in the other Time Matrices that wants to participate in this. We are going to send a greeting out to the Tribal Kahunas, the real Kahunas, the true Kahunas, that have been Guardians of this island. We‘re going to say, ―Hello, we are here. We would like you to understand our intention. We come in love. Here is our gift.‖ We will not say, ―We ask your permission to be here‖, that would be a disrespect of God, the God that is within us. For them to expect such permission would be a disrespect of God, the God that is in another. We are not inflicting ourselves on anyone, we are simply sharing a space that belongs to us all. We would like them to know we are here. That‘s part of the problem I think that cropped up yesterday. They‘re not sure of who we are or why we‘re here on the 3-dimensional level. Their higher parts know, but their 3-d personalities don‘t know, and they‘re used to being in protective mode. They‘re used to saying, ―Hey, this is our island. What are you doing to it?‖ We‘re going to send out this field in the Astral so they know that we‘re here to help them, that they know we know they are the legitimate people or Guardians of this space, which would be Signet Tribe 12. But they need to know that we are too. Just because we have different skin colors and different body shapes than their traditional race does here, they need to start remembering that a Tribe was a combination of several races put together, that were all equally endowed and equally important to the contribution of the whole. So, we‘re going to send this intention, kind of like ―xuse us, knock, knock…hello. We‘re here. We send you love. We will not grovel, but let us help you to fulfill your intentions as well. Let us help each other.‖ It‘s kind of that sentiment that we‘re being asked to hold and to send. And they also told me that we‘ll find a shift happen from today, after today, that you‘re going to find some interesting, just tripping over people with interesting vibes, just like interesting little exchanges. You‘re going to feel a shift. Because right now, it‘s like the sub-conscious of the island people just rose up and said, ―Woah, somebody‘s here‖, and we‘re being watched and monitored and there‘s this kind of like, ―Who are you?‖ territory happening in the spiritual and the astral. Well, we‘re going to come back and say, ―It‘s us! Remember us ‖ you know. The ones that are honoring a Christos Agenda will go, ―Oh, oh, oh it‘s you guys. Ok, hi.‖ We‘ll notice a shift in the vibration, the general vibration, cause I‘ve noticed it was pretty benign and friendly when we got here, then it started to get a little weird. There was a tension feeling happening and I was getting to the point where, ―Gee, I don‘t like living here either‖. Then I started to think, ―Is there any place on this planet I can go that people just like me and leave me alone?‖ You know what I mean? That they would be glad I‘m here, maybe, like be happy that you know…if we extend our introductions so they have an idea on the astral. Now, their Christos knows, but if they‘re not directly bringing through d-12 frequency and anchoring their Christos in a conscious level, they‘re not going to know yet. 31:17 We have to bring it into the Astral Level, which is usually what Shamans are dealing with, ok. Very few of them even go into d-5, you know. A shaman is like a neophyte Christos person, all right. They‘re learning, it‘s a good place to start. You have to go through d-4 before you get to the other ones. But it‘s better to do it, bring d-12 down to help you climb. We‘re simply going to go into their frequency territory, d-4, and let them know who we are as a group with a big fond ―Hello‖, so we‘re going to have to find some love in our heart. This is why we‘re going to start soon, and the drumming on our binders will start in about 5 minutes. Now in those 5 minutes I want you all to do something personally, individually. You can stay in the group, but by yourselves, this is your space with you. For this to work and for you to actually make that kind of arc of liquid light love, you need to build your Maharata inside of your heart chakra, and you need to do it around the intention of love. Now, it‘s one thing to say you have the intention of love, it‘s another thing to feel the intention of love, because most of us desire love but we‘ve gotten so jaded with the whole mess down here to actually carry that. Now, love and judgment cannot exist in the same space at one time. That means, there‘s a suspension of the ego that‘s needed to fully cultivate the feeling of love. It isin‘t easy to do when you first start, I‘ll tell ya. But, you can tell yourself it‘s easier than it is and it will be (Chuckles). There‘s a distinction, there is a distinction between visualizing your Maharata and saying, ―Ok, I am Love, I am Love, I am Love‖. You‘re mouth is going, ―blaah da da‖, your mind is going, ―Dee dee dee dee dee‖, but your heart‘s not doing a darn thing. You are giving it lip service, even if it‘s mental lip service, but there‘s a point of direct cognition that goes beyond the point of verbal words, be they internal verbal words of your thoughts, or outside words. That is the guts behind every, they‘re the guts behind any statement, is the true vibrational feeling. Page 71 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

So what we‘re asking you to do is to be able to cultivate the true vibration of love. And as long as you have one ounce of defensiveness in your heart at the time you try to do this you will not be able to hold that vibration. So, the challenge is, ―Ok, how do I get myself into a space where 90% of the time there‘s always a little defense there. I mean you have to have it; it‘s healthy you know, so you don‘t get trampled here.‖ How do you be a Rainbow Warrior and make sure nothing‘s mess‘n with you at the same time that you surrender completely like a child is able and go into a space of innocence. This is something that when you go home it will be in your benefit to work with, what we describe here, so you can cultivate it more and more. If you‘re lucky right now you‘ll be able to cultivate a little twinkling of it so you can start to tell the difference, so you know the difference of what I‘m talking about, between saying, ―I am Love‖ and allowing that feeling to move through your cells and feeling it. Because it‘s a shift, that if hit it and you hit it big time you may just burst into tears because there‘s a part of you that is dying to feel that love, cause it‘s a vibration that most of us aren‘t able to carry on a daily basis with the training that we have received and the influences we‘ve been under. This is the beginning of being love, where there actually comes a time when nothing upsets you, and it‘s much different than the light, love and clueless space where everything is just repressed (*Ash speaking in monotone) and you don‘t feel a darn thing, not even the love you‘re giving lip service to- different feeling; different vibration. The love I‘m talking about, the best way to begin to cultivate it is think of, and you may have to go back to childhood to do this, or it might be something recent that you do to comfort yourself, think of one place that if you were alone with one thing that actually made you feel great. This is you in your own personal time, not another person. Not another person, ok. You can apply it there later. It‘s not a person, but it‘s one interaction that maybe you felt a feeling once when nobody was around you bothering you at all and you were out in nature and you s at under a tree and you just started to feel a oneness happening with the tree. It might not be a tree for some of you, it might be a piece of music that you heard and you just absolutely love because it gets that spirit up in you where you feel it move. Think of, in your own personal experience, where your high point of emotion has been, be it past, present or something you‘ve seen in the future that you haven‘t had yet. It can be a song it can be a place…try not to make it another person right now because that gets convoluted into other energy fields, ok. It can be, I know with me, I think of my Persian cat. My little, white Persian cat, because she is such a person. She sits vertically, she literally bends herself in half in the middle of her spine like I‘ve never seen a 4-legged do, sticks her little feet out and her tail out in the middle, sits up and runs her Kundalini vertically and then spaces out on it, and kind of does this. She‘ll do this for 20 minutes at a time and it gets to the point where she‘s trancing out and she starts to fall over, and catches herself. Then she does one of these, and she‘ll put her head down on the ground, like right at her feet, running it doing that loop that we did the other day. There is a joy that opens up in my heart when I watch this little cat. I can‘t even explain it to myself. These are the type of things that I‘m talking about, where there‘s just a part of you that comes out and goes, ―I Love this!‖ There‘s a joy to this kind of love that it may be completely out of context, like other people can look at that cat and go, ―So what,‖ you know, ―so you‘re cat‘s sitting up vertically, weird cat‖, you know. But to me, it just tickles me to death. Try to think of in your life what has tickled you, where forget the mental body stuff for a little bit, where you say, ―Ok, well this was great and then it fell apart and it was terrible‖. No, catch the moment, try to think of one moment where you just felt great, you felt at one with Source, the Universe, wherever you were. You just felt the energy of, as if you just came into Manifestation for the first time, whole new Universe, no ‗bad guys‘ at all here, ―Oh wow. I manifest...‖ you know. There‘s a joy you each have. It‘s carried within you. This is the power base, if you‘re going to transmit love. If you can‘t hold joy in your body when you‘re trying to transmit love you‘re going to transmit the other emotion you‘re really holding instead.

CD 9 – Chapter 3 – Love and joy are in truth synonymous. There‟s a type of love that comes out in sorrow, which you could look at as the base tone. You could look at the over tone, the next higher level up of love as being that joy, that expansion. And then you‟ll find after you, well we all can usually find a spot where you hit that base tone. It was just so low that you hit that dark night of the Soul where just something dawned on you and you felt a connection to something cause it got you Page 72 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

through to the next morning, you know. I mean, it may be one of those nights if you actually had too much to drink and the room is spinning about you know, 340 around you, “Please, if there‟s anybody up there stop the room from spinning” you know, and it actually stopped. Where you get that control factor again and you expand again; you can relax. There‟s a sorrow love vibration but then there‟s an over tone that‟s a joy love vibration that‟s just giggly, where you wanna giggle and you just wanna watch Persian cats and really get a kick out of silly stuff. Silly is allowed. God is silly. God likes silly all right. God can do sorrow, but God likes silly too cause it lifts the energy and makes it bubbly and light. When you take those 2 and take it to the next level you can‟t get to until you know the joy part, you get the resonate tone, where the 2 polarities combine and that produces a cognition, a direct cognition of knowing that‟s called Unconditional Love. It‟s beyond joy, it‟s beyond sorrow, it is utter fulfillment and at-one-ment and it is...you can‟t put a word on the emotion that goes with this feeling. If you get stuck in the lower love, where yeah, you found the dark night of the Soul and boy can you feel misery. You can feel misery for yourself, for the planet, for your neighbor…you can feel misery for the coalmines where they rape the Earth, you can feel misery for just about anything. You‟ve learned to identify with misery. All right, you‟re learning a type of love there. Next type (Laughs)…enough of that, we‘ve been doing that for centuries. Find the joy and spend time on this so you start to get it, and start to get the frequency. There‘s a giggly, light-hearted, pretend you‘re a kid just saying, you know, pretend a Meajhe Zone opened up and you have a chance to go through, and forget any of your identity that you had here, you can be anybody you wanted as soon as you cross through. You could walk away from everything and anything that you didn‘t like, that messed with you, that just didn‘t feel right for you. If you didn‘t like the systems here they wouldn‘t be there anymore, on the other side of that veil. You‘re walking into a world that you would create simply with your love. It wouldn‘t have any of the negative stuff in it right now, so all you‘d have to do is relax and find yourself again. Try to put yourself on the other side of that. Imagine that right there there‘s an invisible wall that you simply can go up to and imagine a little ‗you‘ going up to it, pushing on it, finding the barrier, kind of making a split, pulling yourself through. When you get on the other side take a big breath, ―Oh my God I‘m safe. I‘m in a safe zone. Wow, I don‘t have to do anything at all…at all. Who am I? What would I want to do now?‖ Try that, and then from there, from that little space beyond the veil, try to find, pretend you just passed on and now you‘re going to be an inhabitant of a new world, try to look back for a moment and do a review. Find your Kodak moment of the highest joy. Looking back on that life you left behind now, don‘t worry about who you‘re leaving…anybody you like you can bring with you, they‘ll come, don‘t worry about them. Don‘t go into the, ―Oh dear, I‘m losing anybody‖ thing, cause you‘re not, ok, cause you can go there if you…(Chuckles) be careful. But, now‘s your chance to look back on the other side of that veil and look at your life, look with your heart, not your eyes. Feel for the peak of emotion where, ―Oh you know, now that I‘m out of it and out of the line of direct fire and combat where it all seemed so hard, it doesn‘t seem so hard here. I remember that, that felt good, that was really cool back there.‖ You start to see the neat parts of your life. Find the best one you can find, and I‘m going to give you time where I‘m not talking at you where you can spend a little bit of time doing that. I‘m going to give you at least 5 minutes. I should give you 10, because this is a space that‘s important. When we‘re doing energy work, technique is about 40%, attitude is about 20%, but the rest is what the truth is of your sound. Sound is vibration. That will set the truth of your energy work. If you‘re all messed up inside and something‘s really hurting you and something‘s really bothering you that you stay in that space, that‘s what you‘ll bring, that‘s what you‘ll send into the energy. So I‘m giving you 10 minutes without anybody bothering you to find joy. You‘re being sent on a mission. Come back with joy, but only a part that belongs just to you. I‘m asking you to give that as you‘re ―hello gift‖ when we enter the ceremony. I think you got it. I think I‘ve said enough on that, so I‘ll be quiet now while you all go on your treasure hunt. It‘s like an Easter egg hunt, you have to look under that bush and under this one, ―Where‘s that egg?‖ (Chuckles) You know. Yes? 5:17 Participant: Excuse me, could we all pray to thank Azara(?) and Buddha, to pray for them to stop the rain? (Another comment too low to hear). Ashayana: I don‘t pray to external things to stop rain. If you want to you can. I would simply ask the spirits that move with the rain, which are a part of us, to have a bit of consideration and assist us, that ―Could it save its wonderful showers for this evening after we‘ve given all this wonderful energy, send it up to it, then it could shower down all the extra energy‖. So I would say, ―We‘ll Page 73 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

give you this if you‘d like to do this‖. But see, when you pray to Buddha or you pray to anything outside again, you‘re saying, ―I‘m not God, I have to ask something bigger.‖ See what I mean? It‘s so subtle. You can love Buddha. You can love Christ. You can love any of ‗em, but they don‘t have any power higher than you. You have a level of you right up there wherever you think they are. This is why your own Christos Self…you can ask the Collective Christos of the planet, ―Would you mind, could we like cooperate a little here, would you mind moving it over this way?‖ Simply ask it if it will help with our ceremony. That‘s the way to do that, ok. (P- that‘s very good). It‘s this asking things higher than ourself that really bugs me, and it‘s not saying the ego knows everything. It‘s saying, ―We know ourselves as faces of God that has a Christos Level there that holds most of our memory,‖ ok. Right now we‘re having our Christos hold most of our memory because we can‘t fit it in a body, but that‘s still there. It‘s still me. That‘s the level, that‘s the higher power that I draw on because that‘s me up there in my expansion as Christos. And then there‘s the one even above that, that‘s me as God, all right. And you can say, ―Hello Buddha, hello. I honor you, but I don‘t have to ask you for anything. I have the power to do that. My Christos has the power to do that.‖ See the difference? It‘s so subtle but it‘s so profound. So go on your Easter egg hunts and your hunts for that little element of joy that you can give as a gift to yourself. See, you have to have it before you can give it. Give it to yourself first then let it giggle through you. When you find that thing, whatever the memory is, kind of go ―Mmm‖, move it, pretend you‘re there again. Let it…feel it in your body. Let it tingle down your arms. (Participant: I have a game that is a /////. Another Participant: Thank you very much.) Ashayana: How long does it take? (Speaking to first Participant about the ―game‖) Oh, that‘s not bad. Ok. (Participant explaining more of the game to Ash) That is probably a very good idea. Ok, yeah. There‘s a little 3 minute process, that if you haven‘t started to feel that joy space yet, and you‘d like a little help to get a jumpstart, Robin‘s got a technique that begins it, and I can feel energy. She hasn‘t described it…I can feel it. It‘s gonna get laughter, ok. Laughter is the key to the joy spark. Once you get that going through your system, I mean you can look at each other and just go…(Ash giggles). I‘ve had times when the energy starts to run, where a couple of like just, we‘ll look at each other and I‘ve had it unfortunately happen in places where you wish it wouldn’t happen, where you‘re like in a very serious lecture and you catch the eye of somebody that‘s right on the same wave length and you go…(Ash demonstrates a bit), and you‘re turning inside out trying not to let it out because you know you‘re going to blow the whole grid of everything they‘re doing. Well, Robin‘s going to…she‘s offered to gift us with a little exercise that gets the laughter bubbling, for those who want. If you don‘t want to you don‘t have to participate in it. You can wander off and be with your own joy spot if you‘ve already found it. But if you want a little help gett‘n there play this, cause I can feel the energy behind it. I‘m already laughing and I don‘t even know what the heck the process is, but there‘s a sunny-ness. And I would like to thank Robin because she brings with us, she and Joseph, they bring a wonderfully /// (Cuts to silence a moment). I wish I could do that, ok. I‘m too serious. I‘m like you know, the old technical master here, but she just radiates that inner child, happy thing back. I love that. I‘m work‘n on that myself. So anyway, I‘m going to turn it over, let her do this…she said it takes about 3 minutes. So it‘s not a long process. Then you‘ll get your 10 minutes, then we‘re going to get into ceremony, then we go right from the ceremony into the workshop on the Halls of Amoraea, the stuff you‘ve been waiting for, because this is the stuff that brings it all together. And by then, it will be time to run the Rainbow Roundtable before we leave. We‘re doing them at the end, after we really made our imprint on the grids, that‘s when we‘re running the Rainbow Rounds. It‘s best to do ‗em toward the end if we can, all right. It‘ll be easier this time to run the Rainbow Round you know. Phil can always help…he‘s very good at that. (Some laughter and clapping) Yeah, one of my greatest memories of Phil is watching him in Egypt riding on the conveyor belt where…on the airline…(Laughter). I‘m thinking, ―Oh my God, are they going to shoot him or something?‖ This is Egypt. You know, he was literally sitting on the thing where your luggage comes through and he was playing a fake violin. //// (Phil- ―saying, ‗does anybody want me?‘‖ Going around and around saying, ‗does anybody want me?‘) Many Laughs. Ashayana: Then we was serenading everybody in the gate area, too. That was interesting. We were doing Beetles on Egyptian Violin. Page 74 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Phil: They were paying me to stop, that was the idea. Ashayana: Humor gets the energy moving in a higher overtone vibration, so it‘s worth taking the time to find it, because it‘s so…one of the qualities that‘s so missing in so many of our lives on a daily basis out there. So, this is yours. (Discussing the microphone and asking of person mind‘s being on the tape/ CDs) Robin: Ok, everybody‘s gotta stand up. If you‘re ready, if you‘re ready to play a little game, and we need to make a circle. Ashayana: That‘s a true Avatar, being able to sleep through this ruckus (Referring to a child). Robyn: And if you‘re not really interested, maybe we should make it a separate space than here, I dunno. What do you think Anna? Ashayana: Yeah, I think it would be better, the people who do want to do it can like maybe…how many people want to do this? Robin: It‘s basically an interactive game that is very quick, it‘s very silly, but you will start to feel the joy move from your legs, up, and that‘s the point. It‘s about gett‘n in your body and getting the tingling going in your whole body. And we utilize each other‘s energy to do it. Ashayana: Ok, I think, do most of the people want to do it? (Participants- YES!) Ok, because whoever the biggest group is you can stay here…we‘ll move. Robin: Raise your hand if you want to play. Raise your hand if you want to play. 1, 2, 3…ok, then everybody that doesn‘t, it looks like it‘s about a 1/3rd that don‘t. If we could move out of the circle that‘d be great; if you don‘t want to play, move out of the circle. Ok, so we need to get so that you can be hip to hip, side to side, so we can see everybody. So, scoot back enough that we can be connected to each other. Do you want this on here? So, the circle‘s got to be all the way connected somehow, so it looks…are you guys staying? (Game commences. Much laughing.) Robin: Yeah, Level 1 Masters. Are you ready for Level 2? (Game commences. Much laughing.) Robin: Well I think we got it. Are we done? (Participants: yeah.) Ok. (Participants: thank you.) (Low talking from group until Az comes up to the microphone) A‟zha: I will say about 2 sentences and then I will say, ―Say after me,‖ ok. And when I do that I‘ll be referring to, with the sign of the head, which you can put your finger or your finger here…the heart, you put your fingers here and the hand and you‘ll do that with your right hand, ok. And this is the hand that you‘ll need to leave out if you want /// all right? (Participant: There‘s people behind you, too.) Is there anybody that doesn‘t want to receive the anointing? Right, so everybody does. Well, don‘t hold your hands out until I come to you. I‘ll just touch you and just lift your hand up, ok? Right, so we‘ll begin. (A‘zha- reading and participants repeat) ―In the spirit of joy and love we gather our self-realized sparks in (?) the Sacred Yunasai Source as representatives of the Emerald Order High Council and Guardians of the Emerald Covenant. And so it is!‖ A‘zha: Now say after me, and this is to be directed to those for whom we‘re offering the prayers, the island and its people. So, these are the words: ―I greet thee from the heart of the One Eternal Self and honor the Christ of thy Being with a sign of the head, the heart and the hand. As I decree it so It IS!‖ Page 75 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Ashayana: Now, as Michael moves through with the anointing we are going to move through with more in the glass (Chuckles). Ok, we need a little bit more of wherever that bottle‘s at…anybody see the wine bottle? (Participant: It‘s behind you.) Oh, there it is. (Pouring wine) It‘s going to go all the way around. There should be enough in there. Now, if there‘s anybody that doesn‘t want alcohol we also have a bottle of water here. Is there anybody that does not want to drink alcohol or has any problem about taking a little sip out of something everybody else sips out of? Ok. We tried to get paper cups…we couldn‘t find any. So, this is what is left of our chalice. It used to have a bottom until it got sabotaged on the bus coming over from the airplane. So now it is a bowl to drink from (Laughs), but it is blessed. Now in here we have a bit of white wine. We use white in the Melchizedek Cloister ceremonies to symbolize the living spirit of the Christos and the Maharata. The spirit, not the blood, because the blood was never spilled…we do not need to drink the ―blood of Christ‖, we do not need to spill the ―blood of Christ‖…we are the blood of the Christos, and we are the Spirit of the Christos. We are asked to bring this fluid liquid light sharing into the ceremony because liquid, water even (?), carries the memory matrix. It carries the ability to do what is asked of it. The liquids on our planet have been reversed in their spins. They carry the antiChristos mark and it hurts them as much as it hurts those that consume them. In the ceremony, we are offering to ourselves, but also to all who will join us in the ceremony, all to the island peoples, to the Guardians of all times who have come. In this liquid and in the water that we will also pass to those who want water instead, there‘s a transmission being given where the water and the alcohol…now, alcohol is another interesting chemical composite. Natural alcohol holds signatures just like water does. It actually amplifies some of them. That‘s why it can cause havoc in your body in too much, in you know, too great consumption. Most alcohol has preservatives in it such as this, so they‘re going to be blown out for the moment, all right. They‘re going to be neutralized at their core level so they don‘t affect anything. This vessel that we will pass and the bottle of water that we will pass behind it will have the spin of the 33 1/3 and 11 3/4 Merkaba. This will, for a little bit of time, last in your system to begin teaching the molecules, the water molecules in your body, the right way to spin. And the little water molecules in your body will kind of go, ―Ooh, what‘s that? New spin. What is that? Teach us.‖ Because alcohol, and this is why alcohol was chosen, because alcohol holds a little bit of an amplification kick. It‘s like saying, ―Yo! Water molecule, check this out…try this!‖ Right. So it will, the water will listen more closely with a little bit of the alcohol. You don‘t have to. We‘ll also send, you know, there‘s also the water that will send the water in on the right spin, but it‘ll have to yell louder. So if you‘re taking the water instead, give it the intention, say, ―Yell loud- MAHARATA!‖ So when that water molecule with the right spin gets into the body it‘s giving it the kick of the Maharata, so it can start talking to its neighbors. So we will begin to pass this. Let it be the liquid light of Spirit that we drink, in the proper rotations and the proper spin, with the Divine Blueprint. In the name of the Melchizedek Cloister, in the name of the Universal Tribe that is us all, in the name of the one Spirit and the one Song (Psonn?) that sings perpetually this life into being, let us now re-tie within ourselves and let us open our systems within the Maharata to drink in the liquid light. And as we drink it in we will begin to teach and communicate with all of the water everywhere. Teach us a new Christos-Way. Release it from its bondage, for these molecules that have been going in reverse have been harmed. Their evolution is stunted and they become finite as well, if they cannot run the Christos. In this beginning of healing, the waters and the fluids here, we will be offering a new alternative to the waters that surround these beautiful islands, the waters that run through these planets. So know, as this glass is passed, take a little sip, feel the proper spin move through you as you swallow. Feel it move into your stomach. Feel a communication begin to start with all the cells in your body that hold water. And let us give this blessing to the Tribes that have watched over this place, and let them know that we are here to protect your holy and sacred grids, not to intrude upon them, that we are to help you in your cause. Please know and hear our intentions. As you take the sip of the wine or the water, this is the time to send your intention on that vibration of joy that we cultivated. This is the time to send your personal message. And as you drink this and it goes down, out will shoot an arc of Liquid Light that will go into the centerpiece that will be coming out of the volcano area that will spread across as a shower of Christos Love to all of the island people. And eventually that will spread into all of the waters and begin the process of realigning the Elemental Kingdoms with the Christos. So with this I offer, in great blessings to all. We will start here with…(End of CD 9) Page 76 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

CD 11 - Chapter 1 - (HI workshop) Yep- (P- ―besides the Angelic Human, why is Earth such a big, key role in all these Planets. I mean, are they all that important? Is it just ??? part?‖) Ash- no, they‘re not ALL as significant, look at the graph…look at # 3. This is the Universal Star Gate map. Earth, it holds Universal Star Gate 3. There are 12, only 12, out of all the billions of Stars and Planets between here and Density 4, where d-12 is, there are only 12 Universal Gates. Earth holds Universal Star Gate # 3. That‘s why it‘s a target, that‘s why Its so valuable as far as ―real estate‖. Cause if you can get control, if you are a negative agenda group and you can get control of a Planet, the whole thing, Its Whole Templar and it holds a major Universal Star Gate, you can use it as a beginning point to start infiltrating the other Universal Star Gates. 1:07 If your objective is to attempt to seal the Universe in on itself so you can control it, which is what the Anunnaki Groups, the AnnuElohim, are trying to do from d-11. They‘re trying to Cap our Time Matrix at d-11, reverse Its Whole Matrix, unplug it from the Universal Christos and run it their way. It will be a finite System if they do that. They know that, but they know that they can sustain themselves without having to be cooperative, without having to participate in the Law of One, which is simple respect for the fact that we‘re all inter-connected and we need to treat each other with decency. They don‘t want to do this. If they can seal the Time Matrix in at d-11, reverse Its Matrix, they have 11 dimensions they‘d have 4 Universes under their control and dominion. And they can feed off the life force energy because they can‘t draw their own, because they disconnected their Christos frequency. They want to create this Time Matrix as a feeding station, and that means all the Consciousness that is Incarnate here- the Planets, the Galaxies, the people, the animals, the plants become food to sustain a group that has chosen Not to simply honor Its part as being part of the Universal and Cosmic Collective. They‘re sick, that‘s the problem. You can‘t even call them ―evil‖. They produce evil deeds, and evil if you look at it is simply ―live‖ (she uses the I sound) or ―live‖ (she uses the sound as in ―give‖) spelled backwards. They are sick. You don‘t destroy them, you try to heal them and if necessary, you quarantine them. That‘s what this will create when the Christos Template is restored here. They have had literally millions of years of free-reign here with the opportunity to bio-regenerate and restore their Christos Template. This is not just on Earth but all through the Systems here, because there has been compromise made on some of the Universal Star Gates, not just ours. The Founders are tired and they know that if this continues this whole Time Matrix is going to turn in on Itself and implode. It has to be stopped. When the Christos Template is restored here, and in other Systems, cause it‘s not just here that it‘s happening. If you look…if the um, Founders are activating Gate 12, Lyra Aramatena…now to get that all the way down to Earth, it‘s going to hit a bunch of other Systems. It‘s going to make sure Andromeda at d-9 is hold‘n the Christos Template. It‘s going to make sure Sirius B is holding the Christos Template. It‘s going to make sure that Earth is holding the Christos Template. And it‘s going to make sure that d-1, Parallel Earth is holding the Christos Template. 3:48 Now, this comes to the crossbars. The crossbars that run between the circles on this graph are passages. If you were to walk through them to get from one location to another you would experience the Physical Reality of walking through a Crystalline Cavern, a deep, deep underground Cavern that literally goes beneath the Earth‘s…the, the Ocean Floors in the Earth. These are Deep within the Earth‘s Crust, very close to the point where ―Crust‖ turns into ―Molten‖ stuff, where solidity turns into liquid. But, if you went in with a certain frequency they wouldn‘t feel hot. This depends on where your body is vibrating. 4:34 These crossbars show you the Crystal Caverns. There are Crystal Caverns on the Planetary Level there are Crystal Caverns on the Inter-Galactic Level and on the Universal Level. They are Passageways of Frequency where if you would take, for example, the line that runs between the # 1 circle and the # 3 circle on the bottom left side of the Kathara Grid, that line is actually a Physical Place. It‘s a place in the Earth‘s deep crust that runs between Parallel Earth and our surface Earth. If you looked at the line that runs between # 3 and # 4, this is a Cavern…bless you (a sneezer ;). This is a Cavern that runs to the Sun. And you think ―oh the Sun. How can you go on the Sun, you get fried‖. Yes, if you‘re coming from d-3 frequency into the Sun you will get fried, guaranteed. However, if you‘re frequency‘s activated to Full 4 th-strand activation, the Sun is a Gate that‘s stationed between d-3 and d-4. It‘s the cross over point between Density 1 and Density 2, the cross over point between Physical Page 77 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Gross Matter Density and semi-etheric Matter Density. On a biological term, this is the cross over point between carbon based biology and carbon-silica based biology. As you go up the scale in the star gates and in the dimensions and the Densities, your biology will transmute, and it will change and expand. It will lose all of Its carbon content and you will progressively become your more natural form, which is a silica-based form, it‘s a crystal-based form, the Crystal Body. This is why Human Bodies resonate very strongly with quartz crystal and different types of mineral elements on the Planet. We are basically composed of those substances. We have water, which is about 90% of our body I think. The rest, the Template, is Crystalline, which means it has the Same Kathara Grid Template as Crystal has. 6:58 Crystal has a unique property. Crystal, because it HOLDS, in manifestation, the d-12 Maharata frequency, has a unique ability to take it through from Density 1 to Density 2, Density 3, Density 4, it can hold Its form. If you try to take other matter, if you try to take one of these wonderful chemical products that we create here (chuckles), like say the fabric rayon. Like, if you‘re going to ascend, don‘t wear rayon cause you‘ll be naked by the time you get to the other side (laughs). Some things, some substances, depending on their template, can make the transition and hold their form when moving from the frequency patterns in Density 1 and the frequency patterns in Density 2. /// can‘t. This is why when Earth begins Its process of moving into the Higher Densities, certain things…certain animals will become extinct cause they can‘t make the transition, certain elements will disappear, and that disappearing may take the form of a war happening, that makes things that were there once no longer. It may take the form of a natural disaster happening, to make things that can‘t hold the frequency no longer there. There‘s a lot of ways it manifests. The Human Body and Crystal have the ability to hold their form and their shape because they can Expand to Hold the Full 12dimensional spectrum, because they‘re built on a Base 12 Template. So your body has the ability to activate Its Silicate Imprint. In fact the 12-Strand Template is called the Silicate Matrix, cause it is built upon the same configurations that Crystal is built upon, Quartz Crystal. Quartz and, Selenite actually, is a combination of the 2…Humans resonate, their bodies resonate most strongly with quartz and selenite. There are various forms of Selenite. Uh, Selenite from Sirius B is a little bit different than the Selenite from Earth. 8:51 But the important thing is they can transmute up through the Densities. The Crystal Caverns are part of the Earth‘s Body that connect the Earth‘s Body that is in Density 1, that we call Earth, to Earth‘s counterpart in Density 2, it‘s called Tara, and that‘s semi-etheric matter, to Earth‘s counterpart or Tara‘s counterpart in Density 3, called Gaia. This is where you get those words in the New Age Movement…so call it Tara, some call it Gaia…depends on if they‘re aiming for Density 2 or Density 3, that‘s where that comes from (chuckles). They‘re all the same Planetary Body. And on Density 4, the pre-matter Template for that whole system of Earth, Tara, Gaia, is Aramatena all right. That‘s where Aramatena fits in; it‘s the d-4…or the Density 4 counterpart of Earth. Now when we open the Halls of …of uh, Amoraea, these are very special Halls. These are Crystal Caverns that were used for Consciousness to Seed, Seeding 2 of the Humans, the Angelic Humans here. Now Seeding 2 was the one that came before Seeding 3 that we‘re a part of. There were distortions in the Universal Star Gates that had taken place between Seeding 2 and Seeding 3. We were Seeded through something called the Arc of the Covenant. Now I say ―we‖, but that‘s misleading, because most of the people here are Indigos. Indigos have anywhere from 24-48 Strand DNA Templates, not just 12. The Angelic Humans came through the Arc of the Covenant when they came from higher dimensional fields, incarnate down into here, into this time frame, into this Seeding in 798,000 BC to start Seeding 3. They came through the Arc of the Covenant. The Arc of the Covenant from d-9 down through d-6, so you‘re going from # 9 on the graph to # 6, then they crossed over to # 5 which is an electrical, not an electrical-magnetic, but an electrical gate. Then over to 4, which is a magnetic gate, then down to 1…or to 2, which is how you get in, that‘s where the Cave of Creation is. To incarnate on Earth you gotta go through that Gate # 2 and then into 1. So you end up with a self in Parallel Earth and another self that gets put on Surface Earth. 11:07 Page 78 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

(P- ―was that the Angelic Human you‘re talking about?‖) Ash- yeah, Angelic Humans in the 3rd Seeding came down through that cross over that went from 9, 6, 5, 4, 2 and 1. And they ended up in 3, which is Surface Earth. Now, Indigos, because there have been so much distortion in the Gates…Gate # 4 is fully controlled by Anunnaki at this point, because of the betrayals of Thoth in um, 22,340 BC when he literally handed control…his group had control as part of the Ashtar Command, as part of the Nibiruian Council they had control. They had been entrusted with control of Star Gate 4, the Solar Gate. When they handed it over to the Annu-Elohim Matrix, distortions were made. It was reversed…the way the Gate spun was reversed. So anything that came down the Arc of the Covenant portal passage from Andromeda picked up reversed matrix on Strand 4, and Strand 3 and Strand 2 and Strand 1. Now, because that‘s a real problem and our Race wouldn‘t have even made it this far if something wasn‘t done about it, the Passageway that had been used in the 2 nd Seeding was used for the Seeding of the Indigo Children. The Indigo Children go back a long way. They go back to the genetic enhancement that made them able to tolerate the carbons down here, that was done in 22,500 BC when the Eieyani were created HERE…when they came in from Sirius B to HERE, Kauai, to begin a New Race Line. That was the beginning of the Indigo Race Line. 12:49 The person called Jesheua Kananda Melchizedek, who became known as ―Jesus Christ‖, he was also one of them. And there were a number before him. There were some of the Hindu cultures, some of the Tibetan cultures, some of the Chinese culture…there were a lot of them that came in to Hold the Pure Coding. Because anything that came down the Arc of the Covenant, once Nibiru had Gate 4, ended up with reversal on Strands 1…4 down through 1. If you came in instead through the Halls of Amoraea Passage, you came down from minimum d-12. If you weren‘t an Avatar, a Christos Avatar, you couldn‘t come in that way. You had to be able to have/hold the frequency in your Template, in your Conscious Template, which manifests as your DNA Template, of minimum d-12. All of the Indigos were either from what‘s called the Breaneau, that are the Consciousness that inhabit the Primal Light Fields of d-13, 14 and 15, or the ones that were from the Primal Sound Fields, which are called Yanas or Yani…that‘s where we get Eieyani…of the Yanas. They are the Collectives of Cosmic Consciousness or Cosmic Families of Consciousness. 14:04 Now, the Indigo Children are direct incarnations from either the Primal Light Fields or the Primal Sound Fields. They come down from Gate 12, Lyra and they take the Andromeda, Sirius B to Earth Passage. Now Earth, because of Gate 4 being controlled, they pick up distortion in Strand 3 and 2 and 1, but it‘s much easier to process out those problems. They also come in with Strand 6 activated because they hit Gate 6 and activate it there, which means they‘re directly connected to Sirius B, to the Blue Human Maharagi (Maharajhi) Races there (*** both spellings appear in back of Voyagers 2 – pgs 128, 130 and 131 of Voy. 2 Directly speak of ―Maharagi Blue Human‖ and use the ―gi‖ spelling- - Mhyrrr…The ―jhi‖ spelling comes from the Dance For manual …pages 119 and 120- from the Contact Course book – given in PHX 2002 – DFL supplement booklet). Jesus was one of the Blue Human Maharagi who incarnated into a Human form down here to bring back this coding, to Again, bring it back on Planet, because it had been almost lost from 22,500 BC when the Eieyani brought it in. (P- ―that was when they first came in?‖) Ash- that was…well first came in…they First Came In as the Angelic Humans that, and their Magi Lines. The Magi were the ones that had the higher templates just to run the Star Gates, all right, and the others came in as the supporting team. Because they‘d been decimated so many times they had to be regenerated a lot of times. One of the regeneration attempts was the ―Christ Period‖. (P- ―you‘re calling this the 2nd Seeding?‖) Ash- this is Seeding 3, ok. It‘s in, it‘s in the…let me see what page. There‘s a page where the Seedings are listed. It was with some of the earlier material and I forget what page it‘s on, but it basically showed you…when it was listing, when I was listing the Atlantean Conspiracies, the page before the Atlantean Conspiracy information, that gives you a basic rundown on when Seeding 1 was, when Seeding 2 was, when Seeding 3 was, ok. So this is Seeding 3. Now, the Halls of Amoraea are the way that the Ascended Masters and the Avatars come in so they don‘t pick up the Extra distortions in Strand 4 and 5, because right now Solar Star Gate 4 is completely reversed because of the Anunnaki. Part of Gate 5 is, because of Ashtar Command, because they were entrusted as one of the Command Committees of the Alcyone Council Page 79 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

partially in control of holding the codes, which means holding in their DNA Templates, collectively, the Full electro-magnetic sequences that were needed to activate that Star Gate. Well, they defected, and they took it and they reversed their Matrix, plugging into the Annu-Elohim at d-11. So they took part of Star Gate 5 and reversed Its Matrix too. 16:38 Now our 5th DNA Strand Template is connected to everything 5 th dimensional. It‘s connected to Earth‘s Star Gate 5, which if you look over on the chart on the left, Peru, Machu Picchu, Star Gate 5 and Cue Site 5, Italy, Rome (some groans). Guess what that‘s anchoring? (P- sings some song with ‗we love‘ in it briefly- chuckles from Ash) Ash- we don‘t love anyone as much as you (singing it) – (roar of laughter from P that began it). Ash- when you go away (sing voice), we‘ll be very, very (talk voice now) happy (laughter), you know. Bless the Pope…somebody needs to (laughs). I mean…you know, I feel it and you know it‘s funny, I can poke fun at this because 1/2 my family‘s Catholic, ok. I‘m not somebody who was raised Buddhist or Jewish or something that ―we‘re anti-catholic‖ (chuckles)…I had to deal with this stuff when I was a kid. It was a major fight just not to get Confirmed, ok (laughs). My Uncle‘s a priest. Boy, he loves me, ya know (chuckles). I have noth‘n against Catholic People, I have a HUGE amount of compassion for catholic people and protestants and anybody that‘s Christian, because they have had their Sacred Teachings taken and twisted. And they don‘t know the difference anymore, so they‘re taught to use Sound Tones that plug ‗em into a Control Matrix, and they‘re taught to be Absolutely Terrified if they don‘t follow…instead of the Living Spirit that moves through them…if they don‘t follow letters in a book that was translated a million times since it was supposedly ―written by God‖ 2,000 years ago…if they only knew where this book came from. Some of it was Holy Teachings that were translated by Jesheua 12. We call him Jesheua 12 because he was a 12 th Level Avatar, had Full 12Strand Activation. They took those teachings and they edited the guts out of them. They made them an ―External Christ‖ instead of the teachings of the Maharata and the ―Internal Christ‖. The Council of Nicea did this in 325 AD, except there were parts of it done already before they even got a hold of it. But if you ever ask where the Bible came from, the formalized, canonized Bible that everybody made a translation of, it came from the Council of Nicea, which was made by the Church of Rome that was governed by the Roman Empire in order to Unify Its people under a Control Matrix because they were losing control out of some of their territories. They took what they could find of the Christian teachings, the True Christian Teachings, and they used it and twisted it into a lie and they‘ve been using it ever since. It‘s hard for people who find the Truth in that book, cause there IS Truth. There are words there that are translations of what Jesheua really said. And then there are lies. But we‘re taught that the Whole Thing is someth‘n God said. There‘s a difference between having a brain and being sheep. Sheep have little brains…they have lots of heart and lots of instinct and they like to be pointed somewhere, or they just kind of graze and get lost. Humans have been taught to be sheep. We weren‘t created to be sheep. I, I don‘t bother trying to explain to my Uncle the priest what I understand about Spirituality, because he would simply tell me, ―you‘re evil‖. Excuse me, I‘m evil? Who are you teach‘n to be terrified? Who are you teach‘n to be dis-empowered and to pay tributes to the Pope so he can live in a big, fancy palace over there in Rome? Who are you teach‘n that look…that peasant people for Ages, peasant people who could barely put a crumb of bread on their table, have been blackmailed into handing the few pence they might have over to make sure the Pope is ok. What is this garbage? I mean we gotta get to a point where we say, ―what is this garbage? Who are you exploit‘n, Cuse me, I don‘t care if you wear white robes and Claim yourself as the Divine Monarch. Who appointed you? Cuse me.‖ Do we ever ASK…as your Catholic friends who the hell appointed this guy? (Laughter in group) And not just HIM, not just Him, I‘m not just pick‘n on Catholics…who appointed ANY of ‗em? The Buddhists, the Hindus…all of our Sacred Religions have been taken, twisted and turned into Control Matrices, Ok. The ones who will be able to sense the difference the Most, the fastest, are the ones who came down through the Halls of Amoraea Passage, because they will not have the Extra distortions in Strands 4 and 5. Strand 5 is what connects you to what‘s called your Archetype Identity, your 5 th dimensional Self, which is the Core of your Soul Matrix. Your Soul Matrix is the dimension 4, 5 and 6 part of yourself, and it‘s Anchored at d-5. If part of that is twisted, that means part of the information you‘re gonna get from your Soul Matrix is going to be distorted. You need to go higher. When you go up to Page 80 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Density 3 in the personal grid, you reach your Over Soul Level. But if you look on the Grid, we have problems with Star Gate 8, half of it‘s reversed, right, in the Planetary Grids, which means your 8 th-Strand is going to go into reversal once you incarnate here. You will have a body that will have partial 8 th-Strand reversal, which is partial Monadic Reversal. 21:56 If you go up to 11…because of that Wonderful Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid, you got half of that reversed too. However, if you go up to your Strand 12, hmm, they can‘t touch that one, that‘s still good. Now on the Planetary Level and on the Personal Level, what our work is doing is helping the Higher Councils…I don‘t like to call ‗em ―higher councils of light‖, because that‘s like such one of those vague, air-headed terms that the Anunnaki like to use a lot (laughs), ok. What the hell is a ―council of light‖, Cuse me, you know I‘m a rational Being, I‘d like to know (laughs), you know. I mean, ―Light‖, yes- ―something that Vibrates faster than you so it Appears as Light‖, but obviously it‘s Something…what is it besides the Illusion I‘m seeing (laughs), ok? There are civilizations in all of the Densities. Some of them work the Christos Agenda, some of them work the anti-Christos Agenda…we‘ve Never been ―alone‖ down here. And the funny thing is, the people who populate those higher systems are the Portions of US, they‘re our Incarnations There, our Simultaneous Selves. That means some of us have Selves that are Anunnaki. Some of us might have Annu-Elohim Selves. People who have those issues aren‘t going to be Indigos, all right. Indigo Children are out of a Different Avatar Group. They‘re out of a different Ascended Masters Group. Now the people that come out of the d-11…now this is where Annu-Elohim come from…it‘s a Collective of Consciousness. On d11, which is the pre-matter level…that‘s that Liquid Light Level, but they‘re not plugging in the Full Spectrum of it, that‘s where Anunnaki come from, and Human-hybrid Anunnaki people come from. When I talk about ―hybrid‖ Races I‘m simply saying, it looks like a Human Being on the outside and has Partial Human Coding, but it also has Partial Strand Reversal and the Consciousness that‘s in it didn‘t incarnate out of the Human Matrix. It incarnated out of the Annu-Elohim Matrix, or at d-10, the Drakonian Matrix. 23:57 Drakonian Consciousness has up to 10-Strand Templates. They are missing Strand 12 and Strand 8…they don‘t have either because they‘ve unplugged those frequencies. That‘s the difference between an Anunnaki…(P- ―can you say that again?‖) ok, I said Drakonian Consciousness or Human-hybrids that are, that have…are literally Housing Drakonian Incarnates, do not have the Templates for Strand 12 or Strand 8. So they have 10 out of the 12-Strands. The Anunnaki have…do not have Strand 12, but they do have Strand 8. They run the 11Strands in reverse just like the Drakonians run the 10 in reverse, which means they don‘t have to Anchor the Christos Frequency. Now, (P- ―are they after the other strands? Or they don‘t even want them?‖) Ash- they want them only to the point if they can run them in reverse, because if they were to accept them Full On, it would Heal all of the twists, which means they would have to join the fold…they‘d have to come back (chuckles). (P- ―so what about those of us who have been told or experienced that we have had our eggs taken by these Beings and our genetics? Do we have relatives over there or...?) Ash- you may have children that are born into the Drakonian or the Anunnaki cycles. (P- ―that would be a good thing then to have/put a good vibe on the other side?‖) Ash- yeah (P- ―//susceptible. They think they did something to their favor but they didn‘t, or?‖) Ash- well, it‘s hard to assess that one because they‘ve been trying to steal…now, what they could Have, if they simply Asked, all they have to do is say, ―ok, we‘re willing to be peaceful. We‘ll enter the Emerald Covenant, where it means we‘re not allowed to go like destroy anybody anymore, ok. That means we have to like honor you too‖, which they don‘t want to do. They‘ve been trying to steal the body patterns because the more of the coding they can get that goes with Earth Grids or that goes…especially Indigos. Remember how I said before that Indigos not only have in their DNA Templates, the Core Template, the Codes or the Frequency Patterns that go with Earth‘s 12 Star Gates, they have them on the Galactic Level, they have them on a Universal Level, which means they have the Codes for this Whole Matrix. (P- ―that makes us interesting to them.‖) Ash- more than ―interesting‖, it makes us very valuable real estate. The Idea IS to get the highest coded Human Body you can, get one of your Anti-Christos Consciousness INTO it, reverse Its whole Matrix, and then you have like d-11 or 11.5 is the highest they can go, where they can actually Run 1/2 of the d-12 Frequency, 1/2 of the Maharata, but in reverse. It‘s very powerful reversal. 26:27

Page 81 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

(P- ―If I had eggs taken and they have some of my genetics on the other side, I‘m still connected frequency wise to my particular signature…so I can…so as I evolve and become more conscious of this, do, do my relatives um alter as well?‖) Ash- you can help them by integrating your own Christos Template. The more you do, it will eventually affect them, but they will also attempt to stop that from happening, you know. But the people…(P- ―have they//// /// me? Or) Ash- they Could, if you didn‘t use Maharic Seal all right. What they could do is if they happen to take genetic material from you, and even on another Planet, create a life form that has part of your genetics in it, that‘s Part of your Template that resonates exactly like yours…that‘s a Frequency Bridge between your body and their body. And they do this a lot. But, if you use the Maharic Frequency you can use that to your advantage and their…and the body‘s advantage, but you gotta realize the body that might have part of your genetics, doesn‘t have a Human Consciousness in it other than Its connection to You; this is what they use them for. Doesn‘t mean they‘re ―bad‖ people, it means they‘re screwed up. A lot of them want freedom…yes? (P- ―I just had a question. If we took a map of the stars in our Galaxy, the Star Gates and this, this Kathara Grid‖ …Ash- Kathara Grid…P- ―if we put it out on the stars, would it match up like this? I mean, what would it look like? I don‘t know see…I‘m not that familiar with the stars so I don‘t know where Lyra is from…‖) Ash- all right, first of all, now what we would have to do to plug it in, just to like plug it into the Planetary map…you can do it with the star maps, but you have to understand that Main Vertical Current runn‘n down the Center is a Spiral, which means it‘s not just ―oh, from here to here‖, it‘s like (demonstrates live on the chart to group)…finding out where the zigzags cross over. 28:24 The first things you‘d plot are the 2 Pillars on the side then you‘d draw lines between like 3 and 4 and 6 and 7 so you could start to see connections all right. Then, after you got all those plotted you would be able to start to track the Spiral, because you‘d know that the Spiral at least crosses between # 9 and # 10, it crosses there. Between # 6 and # 7, it crosses there. This is where you‘d start to get where your Spiral crosses so you‘d start to define where your Spiral is. But YES, you can plug this in to the Star Maps just like you can plug it in to a physical map of the, of the Planet Earth. Yeah? (P- ―usually, if you take star maps from a formula situation and fold it up properly…‖) Ash- probably not a good idea (chuckles). (P- ―…you will get perfect alignments when you‘re /////, but you have to fold it up according to a certain formula///‖) Ash- yeah, you have to be like genetically coded for origami or however they pronounce that ―paper folding art‖- origami (chuckles)- Stellar Map Origami, there ya go. Yeah, yeah, I don‘t know how to do that either so (chuckles). (P- ―it truly lines up though?‖ ???? *means I‘m not sure I hear them correctly- Mhyrrr) Ash- they do line up, yes. You‘re going to see the beginning of that line-up tomorrow when we have the graphs from Mike. I‘m gonna show you 2 graphs that show the, on the Planet, it shows the Signet Star Gates Sites and the Templar Cue Sites, and Michael has plugged those into a map, where you‘re gonna see on the Planetary map where those sites are so you can start to see the energy lines that are runn‘n between each of them. 29:58 This is going to be important for us to know because on each of the major sites that are blocked, that are holding the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid, there is a Crystal Cavern that‘s being used in reverse to anchor the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. And as we proceed with our work, what our work basically is, is first opening the Halls of Aramatena to get the non-polarized d-12 frequency down here, then we need to pull it. See, if we anchor it in our bodies…if we‘re on say # 2, right, and we anchor in our bodies the Maharata Current once it‘s activated in the Grids from d- uh, from Gate 12, 9 and 6…now Gate 3 is blocked, so it‘s gonna hit that and it‘s gonna be hard for it to go through, it‘ll take a while…too long, we don‘t have that long. But if we go over to Site 2 and we begin pulling it through from our bodies, we will be able to drag it through and it will be able to clear Site 3 and Site 2. This is the process of what we‘re involved in. 30:57 There‘s a very specific sequence of Sites we‘re going to be going to, because if we activate certain Key Sites with the Maharata, like attracts like. Once the Halls of Amoraea are opened and we lay in d-12 into the Grids in certain spots, it will seek Its Own. And it will run through these Temples that they‘re using…there are underground Temple Complexes. The UFO movement people like to call them ―underground bases‖…they‘re ―bases‖, but they‘re ―Temples‖ all right, they‘re running the Templar. (P- ―is this the Inner Earth and ////‖) Ash- Yes. And what they do all the time is every time they get Any head-way on Earth, they immediately try to break through the Portal Barriers between here and Inner Earth because they‘re trying to get a hold of the Crystal Pylon Temples, those 12 Master Temple Crystals that are like the size of the Empire State Building, that have the ability to generate so much photo-sonic and photo-radionic energy that they can literally blow their way through the higher star gates and get control of the Time Matrix all right. Page 82 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

There‘s not too many Crystal Pylon Temple setups in our Star Matrix, or in our Time Matrix. They‘re not something that are done all the time. They‘re done if a Planet falls off the Grid and it‘s a Planet that has one of the Main Star Gates in it. They‘re constructed to get it back ON the Grid, but there‘s also a risk. Every time one of those complexes of Crystals are created. They‘re an artificial technology that works in harmony with Divine Right Physics, which means that they work in harmony with the Natural Laws of Universal Unified Field Physics. But if they fall into the wrong hands, they can be run in reverse and they can do horrendous damage. 32:30 This is another reason why Earth is so valuable, because Inner Earth, which is just a step away in frequency, has one of these setups. It‘s like having a MAJOR weapon, if you look at things in terms of ―weaponry‖ all right. What, what we‘re going to be doing is, we‘re going to clear the sites. And we don‘t have to do anything, it‘s not about fight‘n…‖we‘re go‘n in to take over stuff‖ (chuckles), hey, we‘re just restor‘n what‘s supposed to be there- it‘s a Reclamation Mission. All we do is run frequency like Angelic Humans were intended to do. The frequency will take its own course. And the Maharata Frequency will restore the Templates. What becomes really significant if we realize this Halls of Amoraea Passage have the ability to clear the rest of Grid. If we look at that grid again on page 103, on the right side, you see all those black crossbars? All those black, filled in black crossbars are areas that, right now are blocked on the Planet by the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. These are the areas that are running reversed Fire Letter Sequences. If these Grids in the Planetary Body are running Reverse Fire Letter Sequences, they are doing the Exact Same thing to your DNA Template, and to everything that comes into this Planet for Incarnation. 33:45 What it means is, as long as they‘re running in Reverse, they cannot heal the Polarities, they cannot braid strands together…you cannot open the Passages in the Body or in the Planetary Body, between the energy passages or ―caverns‖ that run between one Star Gate to the Next. On a Planetary Body what it means…all the areas in black represent Caverns, Crystal Cavern Passages that exist in Physical Form that run beneath the Surface of the Earth, beneath the Ocean Floor, beneath the ground, beneath the ocean floor. Now, these would BE detectable by radar IF they were not under force fields. There are ―bounce fields‖ put over them. Simple, frequency modulation zones, really easy technology even our scientists could figure out how to do it with the little bit that they know, but you simply run a certain frequency, you can bounce radar right back and make it look like noth‘ns there. You‘re not going to find these places unless they want you to. Now, some of them are controlled by the Anunnaki groups, some by the Drak groups who are now joining forces to create a United Resistance… others, if you look at, on the grid, the white areas…the, the crossbars that are not filled in dark, these are also Crystal Caverns. There, there are bases of Emerald Covenant Races. Most of them are Eieyani from Inner Earth. Some of them, when you get up into Density 2, the ones coming off Star Gate 6, they would be the Maharagi Blue Humans. And some of the Humans from Tara that aren‘t blue, that were our Original Race when we were on Tara, they‘re the Guardians of These Places. So we‘re not alone in this, there‘s a lot of help. 35:30 What we‘re really doing is reclaiming what‘s called the Emerald Caverns and the Amethyst Caverns. If we look over on the right side of that Kathara Grid, look at the Solar Gate…it says ―Emerald Caverns‖ around that, right? That means all those little crossbars that run off of Gate 4, they process d-4 frequency, which is a greenish-blue, Emerald. What that translates into, into Manifest Forms is these are Caverns that when you go deep inside them, they are filled with the stone we know as ―Emerald‖. (P―oh, wow‖) They‘re beautiful. Right now, they‘re being controlled, and those Emeralds are being used to transmit frequency of the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. 36:18 If we look up a little further, of Gate 7 (P- ―blue-green?‖)…Ash- yeah, it‘s blue-green. Yeah, the blue-green emeralds…they actually go more toward the blue side, but they‘re considered, ya know…they are emeralds, but if you looked at these Emeralds, they have a little bit more of the frequency coming from d-5, which is blue. If you look at the Rainbow Spectrum, if you look at your basic chakra colors…red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo and violet, your basic first 7, they‘re wave lengths, all right, that go with dimensional frequency bands. D-1 red, d-2 yellow, d-3 orange, ok…they go up that way, there are mineral substances that manifest to hold those frequencies in the Planetary Body. (*I know d-2 and d-3 got switched above, but this is what she says…so I typed it…make‘n a note in case you want to change it. Mhyrrr) Page 83 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

From the Solar Gate, we have the Emerald Caverns that connect Earth, Inner Earth and Parallel Earth to Gate 4. Now if you notice the little, particularly in the horizontals, or I mean the diagonals that go up, from Gate 4 there‘s that diagonal that runs from Gate 4 to Gate 5, there‘s a little line in the middle of it. That means part of that Cavern would be Emerald, then the other half would go with Gate 5. Now, if you look at Alcyone, Pleiades, that‘s Gate 5; these Caverns are Aquamarine. They hold the Blue Ray. There are some Azurite in with them as well, but Azurite also goes into Sirius B, 6 Gate. These are physical passageways that you can go through if your DNA can hold the frequency that they‘re composed of; if your DNA does not, you will not even find the entrance to them. We‘re go‘n…we‘re going into…the Earth is raising in frequency. This is why they‘re starting to be found; more will be found. We‘re beginning the process of finding the Emerald Caverns; they‘re literally becoming a manifest reality on our Planet. Not that they weren‘t before, but we couldn‘t see them because our strands were simply d-1, 2 and 3. The Citrine Caverns were there that go with d-3, the Copper Caverns were there that go with d-2 and the Ruby Caverns have been there, that go with d-1, Parallel Earth. 38:34 But the higher Caverns have been controlled for so long, they only become available for Human passage, anybody‘s passage, when the Earth can hold d-4 vibration, full d-4 vibration. That‘s when the Emerald Caverns become something you can ―find‖ physically; we‘re beginning the process. If we look at # 7 on here, it says right around # 7, Amethyst Caverns. It‘s called Amethyst Caverns because if you go up the color spectrum and the wavelength spectrum, dimension 7 is the Violet spectrum, the Violet wavelength. The Amethyst holds that wavelength into manifest form. So these Caverns that come off of # 7 Gate are Amethyst. If you walk through them, they‘re Amethyst. You may first get taken through these in the Astral State. These are progressively manifesting on Earth, especially between now and 2012. You may first get your introduction astrally, where you find yourself in a dream where you‘re IN one of them…pay attention to what color cavern you‘re in. It‘ll tell you to plug right into this diagram. If it‘s blue, it means you‘re in a certain frequency band and you‘re dealing with certain Star Gates. There are meditations that we run sometimes that take you there, to get you a bit familiar with being there. 39:54 For thousands of years, for 200,000 years, since these grids have been on a 10-code pulse, you could not fully open the access points to these on Earth. It required the planet to be able to hold d-12 frequency, because every dimension has 12 sub-frequency bands. If you block d-12 frequency, you block the 11th sub-harmonic and the 12th sub-harmonic in every dimensional level, which means you make it impossible for all the dimensional levels to plug in together. If you can‘t plug them all in together in the planetary body, you can‘t find these structures in the planetary grid, in the planetary topography. They can be found now. This is what we‘re beginning to go into. Before I turn this over, I know it‘s running late and we‘re talking a lot…what time is it, by the way? (P- ―a quarter to 10‖) Ash- ok. Now, there‘s a couple things that I want to talk about quick, but I do want Leela to share with us the pictures she has, cause she‘s showing you…(Leela- ―it‘ll take 5 minutes‖)…ok. Because these, they‘re awesome. These are the beginning. These are simply quartz (??? Ports???) on the outside, which they all tend to open with, they lead to somewhere else. They‘re the beginnings. I want you to understand not only the Caverns as they exist in the planetary body, that lead you between Star Gates that are the passages, that if you get to take your body through a Star Gate, you will walk them. You will walk through underground caverns; you have to go down before you go up. You have to go down into the Earth before you can go up to the next Time Cycles. You go down through the caverns and it takes you up into the next harmonic. 41:42 Now, if we look at page 104, this shows you on a personal level, the same thing that showed to you on the other graph on 103, all the Kathara Centers in the body hold the frequencies of those Star Gates on the Universal Level. They‘re connected to frequencies running through those sites over on the left side of 103 graph. If the Planetary grids are blocked, as they are on this 103 graph, that will indicate that those centers in your body are also blocked, meaning they‘re running reversed sequence fire letters. Each one of those Kathara Centers in your body holds the program that your, that the corresponding DNA strand of the first 12 will manifest on. Kathara Center 2 holds the template for DNA strand 2, 3 holds 3, 4 holds 4. So where there are reversals in the Kathara Grid, you have reversals in the core template of how your strands are running. While they‘re there, your strands can‘t braid together. Page 84 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Braiding means, you cannot take the natural configurations of strand 2 and activate them and then activate strand 3, then 2 and 3 should normally be able to braid together. That would take you into manifestation of strand 4, as your body progressively is able to anchor more and more of the higher dimensional frequency of your soul, over-soul, avatar level of identity. 43:18 These blockages stop the braiding of frequency in the body. That‘s why you don‘t remember anything, that‘s why we don‘t remember anything on this planet, because these distortions make sure that higher dimensional energy, or frequency, where a lot of our memory is stored from other time-vectors just can‘t come into the body. Sometimes people have near death experiences, they get out there, disentangled from the gene code for a little bit and they come back and it blows some of that frequency through and it changes their life forever. They start to remember, they came from somewhere, they have a purpose, something‘s wrong down here that they can make a difference in. It‘s these blockages in your body pattern that are creating the inability to remember yourself as an Avatar, to remember any of the history that has been ours here…yeah- (P- ―I noticed that this path, on the grid between Earth and Sol is blocked, between 3 and 4; we did work on that when we were in Peru. What happened with that?) Ashyes we did. Do you remember what we talked about in January? The Treaty of Altair…(P- ―yeah, yeah, they broke the Treaty of Altair‖), yes -------------------------------end of chapter 1 -------------------------------CD 11 – Chapter 2 See, everything was going ―not too bad‖ until September 12 th of 2000. The Anunnaki groups, before that point there had been negotiations started in 1992 that were called the Sirian-Pleiadian Agreements, where the Anunnaki agreed to release the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid, all right, instead of having all hell break loose down here. Because if they didn‘t release it, they knew we‘d try. And if they didn‘t, we knew it‘d go into pole shift and it‘d wipe everybody out; they didn‘t care. They had agreed to be nice. And there was another agreement because a lot of them defected once the templar actually activated: ―oh wow, a real stellar activation cycle‖, they found that out in January 1 st, 2000; a bunch of them defected. There was other agreements made to try to get them back into the Emerald Covenant to avoid this final conflict. They were called the Treaty of Altair agreements, where again they agreed that ―ok, if we did certain things‖, that they would release the thing like they had promised to do in the first place and it wouldn‘t get to the point where we had to open the Halls of Amoraea to make this work, to get it out from pole shift. On September 12th, now we went to Peru between there…after the Treaty of Altair was signed everything seemed hunky-dory, right. We were going to Peru, which if you look at 103, your page 103, # 5, Star Gate 5 on the list is Peru, Macchu Pichu. That‘s where we went because we were simply going to anchor the frequency, the proper frequency of the Khundaray and the Kee Ra ShA, the Primal Light Field frequency, because they were releasing the blockages--they did, temporarily. They suspended the transmissions on the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid; we anchored the frequency. It would have taken until October, the beginning of October, for that to phase lock into the planetary grids, where it would have all been done, that simple. It wouldn‘t have…no pole shift, no more Nibiruian control, where we could have all started to try to get along together. 2:03 Well, on September 12th, 2000, they decided, because they were offered a better deal as far as who could control the gates, cause our guys told them, ―cuse me, you have been do‘n horrible things here for thousands of years, you expect to be appointed as the Guardians OVER the Humans right now? I don‘t think so‖. That was what they wanted, they wanted their, they‘re called the AnuMelchizedek‘s from Inner Earth, they wanted to appoint them as the ―official Guardians‖ of the templar, because Humans were ―so stupid, they didn‘t remember anything anymore‖. Yeah, thanks to you, they were trying to blackmail the higher Councils into appointing them as the Guardians, our ―overlords‖, and they said, ―no‖. So, they were kind of like, ‗hmm, all right‖, they decided to enter the Treaty of Altair, very reluctantly, cause they didn‘t get what they wanted, which was still to be able to control this race. They have no right to control this race. There were certain concessions made that they would be protected from certain things that had nothing to do with this system, but had to do with problems they were having in Andromeda and in Orion, where they were being attacked by Drakonians. See, Anunnaki don‘t usually like Drakonians, some of them do but other groups don‘t, and they‘re always fighting in whatever system they‘re in. So Page 85 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

there were agreements made, but then they were broken on September 12 th. And that‘s when all the work we did in Peru, that worked perfectly fine, was undone. And what they basically did, in Peru, if you look at the grid, what they did was they released the blockage on that line between 3 and 4, which began the process of releasing the Emerald caverns. We were reclaiming the Emerald caverns on that mission and we did, but on September 12th, 2000, when they entered the United Resistance with the Necromiton groups that are from Andromeda and Alpha and Omega Centauri, they all hate each other, but they decided that they could make a very strong counter-force. When they broke that treaty, they put back the programs in the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal grid before the new programs had phase locked or ―taken‖ in the grids. So the whole blockage went right back up again and that‘s when we were put into a position…in fact, they issued an Edict of War. They said, ―if your groups don‘t leave, we‘ll give you 50,000 of your indigos you can get out, and then leave, or it‘s war‖. And our guys said, ―cuse me, pick your fights carefully, cause we have one trump card, the Halls of Amoraea passage‖. Because why this is gonna be a real problem, is when this is activating, it‘s going to break the link between Earth‘s Merkaba and Nibiru‘s Merkaba. And Gate 6 is gonna be used to gently ease the axis of our Merkaba back into its natural solar alignment, but Nibiru‘s going to roll. They were offered a chance for that not to happen, this is their choice. So anyway, that‘s why what we did in Peru, we did good in Peru, but it was turned around. That‘s why, all the things since then, have been having…we wouldn‘t have to be doing this stuff if they had kept their agreements. It would have been more like educating people on learning to have some tolerance as we start to introduce the fact that Anunnaki races are here, that are gonna come to visit, and slowly introduce the history where you see just how bad they‘ve behaved. They didn‘t want this history revealed, cause they were gonna come in and be our buddies, you know, the Pleiadians, their pretty blonds and their nice little space ships, that talk really sweetly and tell us everything we want to hear. And the Nibiruians that are Nibiruian Council, the real important people, according to themselves, they were gonna come in and just woo us so we‘d just follow. When they were honoring the Emerald Covenant, or had decided they would, the agreement was, ―we won‘t tell them all at once, what you did, we‘ll release it in small doses so they don‘t hate you and try to kill you immediately‖. Because if they came in here to visit and we did know what they did, Humans would rebel and they‘d rip ‗em apart. There‘s enough rage and harm that‘s been done here, that if they came in after we knew what they did, and had the nerve to land on the white house lawn and say, ―hi, we wanna be your friends now‖…good luck, ―go back to your own planet, creeps‖, you know, it wouldn‘t have gone well. 6:20 But when they broke that agreement, it was ―loose the flood gates‖, tell the history, let them know before they get twisted anymore, because they have been giv‘n instruction in the New Age movement since they entered the Pleidian-Sirian agreements; they were permitted to do that because they were doing it under the Emerald Covenant. And then when they stopped that, they started tak‘n the people they had contact with and tak‘n ‗em off on a tangent, and that‘s what‘s happening now. Anyway, the part I wanted to get to is the next graph. This shows you, graph 104 shows you where, in your body, the distortions are and how, if you still look at 104 on that little side thing that shows the Kathara grid, if you activate the Halls of Amoraea, at the 12th Kathara Center, which is the one above your head IN chakra 10, ok…yeah, it‘s a little confusing, ―why isin‘t it at chakra 12? Cause that‘s down below your feet‖, you know. You need to know where your parts are located to really understand how frequency runs. If we open the Halls of Amoraea, that means, when the planetary ones are open this means what‘s opening in your body, are the electro-magnetic gates or the electro-magnetic conduits of frequency that are going to open from your 12 th DNA strand, your 12th chakra, your 12th Axiatonal line, these are things that run through your body. You‘re going to activate 12, 9, 6, 3, it‘s going to go down to 1, once it‘s anchored in 1, it‘s going to go the climb up to 5, 8, 11, 12. Now as it goes up that Central Vertical Column, which is the middle energy that runs up you, it‘s gonna clear all of those dark grids on the other side. It‘s going to progressively get the fire letter sequences in both sides of your body, running the way they‘re supposed to so they can run in harmony. This means some really exciting things that we can see more accurately if we look at graph 105. This is the one I really wanted to share with you, because it‘s so ironic, you really want to know what the crucifixion story is? You‘re look‘n at it…there was no person, neither Jeshewa-9, who was the Anunnaki prince that was part of the bio-regenesis program, who was a decent guy, but Page 86 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

he was only a 9th-level Avatar that was meant to help bio-regenerate the Anunnaki-Human hybrids, and Jesheua-12 who was a full Angelic-Human-Magi Indigo Child. Now, neither of those people were hung on a cross. Neither of them died physically. They don‘t have bodies here; Jesheua-12, our guy, he ascended in 27 AD, he went back where he came from. He came back up through the Sirius B, Gate 6 passage, because he had the frequencies in his DNA that he could use Giza, which is where Star Gate 4 comes down, and he could blow his way back through the Arc of the Covenant even though it had reverse matrix cause he had enough frequency in his field to do it. He ascended. Jeshewa-9, which was the Anu-Elohim‘s ―jesus‖, the ones who were honoring at the time, the Emerald Covenant, and who part of them later broke it, and went back into the dominion agenda while others stayed, they were called the Ruby Order. The ones that stayed, they were Anunnaki hybrid, but they honored the Emerald Covenant. Jeshewa-9 was Ruby Order, so he‘s a good guy too. Neither of these people died here. Jeshewa-9 was taken back through, he had help from the Pleiades people, the Anunnaki from the Pleiades that were honoring, the groups that were honoring the Emerald Covenant, helped him to get out because he couldn‘t do it on his own, because of his own…he only had 9-strand coding. What the real crucifixion was, first of all, there was a man, poor guy, named Arihabi. He was a Hebrew, actually he was half Hebrew and half what‘s called ―Hyksos‖, which are different than Hebrew, but I won‘t go into that story right now. Arihabi was set up as a decoy, because Jeshewua-9 had a big mouth. See, Jesheua-12 would talk to people who wanted to hear it, Jeshewua-9 was one of those fire and brimstone guys, and he liked to make a spectacle of himself sometimes, and he‘d go in to the Pharisees and to the areas of ―Rome‖ and to places where people really didn‘t want to hear it. And he would make such a raucous some people would actually listen to him, which really ticked off the people that were in control. The Romans wanted to string him up. So by the time he got himself in lots of trouble, it was time for the Anu-Elohim to get him out to France, him and Mary and his family. I believe he had a brother and sister, and they had 3 children I believe, yeah. They were scooted out to France via the Portals, the Inner Earth connection portals. They were taken from the areas of what‘s now Jerusalem, they actually worked out of Egypt too. Everybody was runn‘n through Inner Earth portals at this time, that‘s where they think, ―they couldn‘t have got that far because they didn‘t have like planes, buses, trains‖…they didn‘t need ‗em. They had access, by permission, from the Inner Earth Eieyani, as long as they were good guys, they would allow them to cut through. And you can literally go through one location, move through an energy field, you end up in Inner Earth, move through the energy field over here, and end up 5,000 miles away from where you started like that (snaps her fingers). 11:45 I get very frustrated with like trips like out to Kauai that took like 11 hours on the plane, it‘s like ―oh please bring these technologies back to us‖. But anyway, the Jeshewua-9 group, which are considered the Secondary Grail Line on this planet, they‘re Human hybrid, Human-Anunnaki hybrid. Some of them have gone back into the Anu-Elohim control, dominion, Anunnaki agenda, and they will run reverse 11 codes into the grids and all that stuff, but there‘s a group of them, the Ruby Order, that are still trying to complete the bio-regenesis of the Anunnaki-Human races into their Christos template. So they help us, and we work together and there‘s a lot of love between you know, our groups and you know, the Founder‘s Groups and the Ruby Order. What the real crucifixion was about, if you look at this graph on page 105, this graph is part of the graphs we use in the Kathara Bio-Spiritual Healing System. Now, this graph can be found in the manual for that course, but you won‘t see the little dots on it. This was new, this was some of the stuff they just gave me to show me what areas of Axiatonal Lines in the body, which are the Main Energy Feed Lines in the body, that…it‘s kind of like the body has levels, it goes from the Kathara Template to something called the Crystal Grid, that has Seals and things all over that‘s still part of the Kathara Grid, that goes up into the Outer Levels of what we consider the Manifestation in the Auric Field, the Most ―outer level‖ being the physical. All right, so these are the structures that the physical is built on. When Chinese medicine, that uses acupuncture, they use something called the Meridian Lines. The Meridian Lines are the equivalent of what we call the Ley Lines in the planetary grids. And Ley Lines and Meridian Lines are fed by thicker, more Primary energy lines that carry the full spectrum of current that goes with that dimension. In the planetary grids, they are called Axiatonal Lines, and there are 12 Primary ones that carry…each one carries 1 of 12 dimensions of frequency. Line 1 carries dimension 1, line 2 carries dimension 2…well, you have Axiatonal Lines in your body too, these feed your Meridians, your Meridians and chakras. So if there‘s a distortion in your Axiatonal Line, it will come from your Kathara Grid. If there‘s a distortion in your Kathara Page 87 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Grid, the core template, it will manifest in your Axiatonal grid, which will manifest in your chakras, and your meridian lines, which will manifest in your body parts, ok. 14:19 If we look at the concentrations of these black dots, which are where the codes are running in reverse, these are the Axiatonal lines, that because of the Nibiruian grid running through our planetary grids, these are the energy lines in our bodies that are running in reverse, that can‘t plug into the rest of us. This is what keeps us polarized. If you look at, up at the head, up in the head there are these lines, and if you trace them, we have lines 8, is half way blocked, 2 is all the way blocked, 9 and 6, which are part of the Halls of Amoraea, aren‘t blocked. 3 is blocked, which is part of the Halls of Amoraea, which means the d-12 frequency isin‘t even mak‘n it into the body because d-3 is blocked. You have d-4 fully blocked, d-7 fully blocked, d-10 fully blocked, d-1 fully blocked, d-5 half way blocked…you got a good proportion of your body shut off, that includes your brain. If you trace those numbers up to the top, you‘ll see that each of the Axiatonal lines starts up there. If you trace those little dots go‘n across, you‘ll see that 4, 7, 10, 1, half of 5, half of 11, half of 8, 2 and 3 are all blocked. That means those are portions of the energy lines that control your brain wave patterns and the activity level in your brain, are running in reverse to what they‘re supposed to, so they can‘t plug into the rest. The rest is basically the rest of the Halls of Amoraea in you that are dormant now, that you can activate, but only through the 12th Kathara Center, 12th-strand because that can hold enough frequency to reverse these back to normal. 16:03 When we create these reversals in the planetary grid, to get them back, to restore the Christos template, we are also restoring the Christos template to us. What these blocks mean is that the Christos, the natural Maharata Current, natural d-12 current of your own pre-matter template, your divine blueprint, has not been able to run properly through your body. It has distorted our physical bodies and they way they work, it has distorted…it has dried up the Pineal Gland to where, I mean Science says, ―Oh, it‘s a normal gland, it must have worked for something once-upon-a-time‖, cause it‘s like dried up and atrophied now. Well, it can be brought into activation. It has blocked the Pineal, it has blocked the Thymus, it has blocked the Thyroid, it has broke the Thalamus, it has blocked the endocrine system…it has created a chemical creation in the body that was never meant to happen that‘s known as the death hormone. The death hormone is what makes it so, instead of at age 12, when you‘re supposed to activate strand 4 and begin Soul Integration, like a normal Human body‘s supposed to do, it blocks that from happening. And it starts to invert and turn in on itself and produce chemicals in the body that begin the deterioration, you start to die at age 12. 17:14 We used to have hundreds and hundreds of years life spans, sometimes thousands, if we chose. There were times, originally, where we didn‘t die at all, we simply chose to ascend up to the next level, or the next level, and de-densify our matter. We have been trapped here into animal forms, because our forms, that are not animal forms, have been perverted into them by blocking most of the main energy currents in our body grids. If we look at the locations of these things, this is where we start to understand what the crucifixion of Christ, or the Christos, really means. 17:49 If you look at the crown of thorns up at the top, all those blocked lines, that control the brain wave patterns, and control the ability for that brain to communicate with itself, or to ground the Soul frequencies or higher. There‘s your crown of thorns on the crucifix. If you look down to the hands and see each of the grids that are blocked in the hands, now, in each hand you have a small chakra. That‘s where healers that can activate them, that means get rid of the blockages in the lines that go up to those chakras, that‘s where you transmit and receive energy from, when you‘re doing healing work and a lot of other things. When these lines were blocked, it shut off and reversed the matrix, or the frequencies, or the fire letter patterns that feed the small palm chakras. There‘s your nails in your hands, it shut off our healing currents so they could only be run on a reverse d-1, d-2 or d-3 level, you couldn‘t even pull d-4 frequency through your palms. If you look at the feet, same thing, the Axiatonal lines are blocked, there‘s little chakras in the feet that are actually right here- there where the ball of the foot is, and they come out the top- it blocked them too, that‘s your nails that were hold‘n the feet on. (P- ―It‘s all so pitiful‖) Oh yes, they created the crucifixion story with a lot of humor. If you look, and this is the big one, because this is where, when you start to process higher frequency, you may feel like you‘re being murdered, the spleen. The spleen, over here on the left side of the body, it‘s kind of like under the rib, you‘ll start to get lots of pain as you process higher frequency, because Page 88 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

the frequency‘s trying to push through this mess. If you look at the stab wound or the spear wound, that‘s right where the spleen area is. That‘s where all those reversals come in a really tight little package, and they‘re centered in the spleen. So, the more people try to process, the spleen tries to clear the body, all right. It‘s part of the body‘s toxin processing release system, and it‘s all runn‘n in reverse. So the more we try to process, it gets overloaded really fast and you end up with spleen pain, or it throws it someplace else in the body that‘s connected to the lines. If we look up at the heart, what a mess, look at all the grids. Now the physical heart would be on the right side of the diagram because that‘s the left side of the body that‘s represented. Every one of the Axiatonal lines running through the physical heart are running in reverse, which is totally throwing off the natural heart rhythms. And it has also hugely decreased the size of what the Human heart is supposed to be, and its pumping capacity and its longevity. The Human heart was supposed to be about twice the size that it is right now. 20:46 If we look at the crown of thorns, it shut down the Pineal gland, which shut down the Thyroid to about an 8 th activation. That shut down the Thalamus. All of this shut down the Endocrine System. We have been a blocked mess since they started runn‘n those programs here. That‘s why they didn‘t want the history released when they were going to enter the Emerald Covenant. ―Oh, don‘t tell them the Whole thing‖, because you know what, once we saw what they did and all the darn pain that are generations have been feeling, why our bodies die early, why we get diseases, why we develop cancer when the miasms and the distorted patterns become stronger than the natural patterns. And the body starts to eat itself alive, all the things that we‘ve suffered for so many thousands of years for, and it‘s gett‘n worse and worse, because these blockages are building up and compounding themselves. If we told…if we knew this and then these guys came off a space ship and said, ―Hi, we‘d like to be your friends now. You can trust us now, honest. We won‘t be bad anymore‖. I don‘t think, unless we‘ve worked really, really hard on the aspect of forgiveness, and on realizing ―well, we all create our reality together, so somehow I‘ve manifested this in mind, but I‘m still ready to strangle you for what you did to us‖, you know, there‘s a lot of hurt that has to process. There‘s a lot of anger our race needs to get in touch with, let go, before we‘re going to find that genuine forgiveness. 22:11 What the good news is, is the work that we‘re doing now and the work the planet‘s going through with opening of the Halls of Amoraea, is going to open and activate strand 12, 9, 6, which is going to blow the frequency through to strand 3 and reverse it back to its natural order, which is going to reverse the distortion in strand 1, which goes connected to the physical and etheric bodies. It‘s going to start putting the physical currents back in their natural running order, and then it‘s going to progressively come back up the middle vertical current and clear the whole grid. 22:46 So we‘re going to find weird stuff happening with our bodies, good stuff, but weird. I found out ―weird‖ when I found out that my right leg kept go‘n numb like Novocain, ―what the heck is this? This is new. I don‘t know what this is.‖ Well, if you look at the diagram on the left side of the diagram, that‘s the right side of the body, look at what‘s blocked. You have #2 completely blocked, runs down the front, and you have #9 and #6 that have been dormant, that are part of the Inner Halls of Amoraea. I was feeling the beginning of the activation of 6, which would come before 9 would. I started to feel in my body what it feels like to have the new current of the Maharata running on the physical level. And I just got a little bit of it, but this is the stuff we‘re moving into. So you‘re gonna get stuff happen‘n in your body. You might get pain in areas where you see those little dots. They‘re areas that are going to go through a metamorphosis. And that metamorphosis may take the effect of temporary pain in a region, as a region is purging the pattern that‘s not natural for it. So it‘s important to realize we‘re becoming un-crucified. Christ is coming down off the cross, look out, he‘s not real happy (laughs). He still loves you all, no matter who you are, and he still turns the other cheek, but there‘s a point where you get up and you say, ―ahem, listen children, that wasn‘t nice. You‘re not gonna do it again ANY time soon. In fact, maybe you need some time out to go think about it‖, yeah, corporal punishment‘s not used here, we‘re not gonna go bounce ‗em off walls and blow up their planets and stuff, no, but time out, that‘s what the Founder‘s are aiming for. These races need to be separated, because the races that have tried to uphold the Emerald Covenant, and the races that have tried to be good and kind and be loving, that are completely getting decimated over and over and over, that‘s not fair to them, all right, there needs to be a fairness here. 24:57 Fairness would not have been to destroy these races, they had a chance of literally millions, actually, 250 Billion years to get their act together and they haven‘t. What the higher plan is about is creating different Time Matrices. They can live their little dramas Page 89 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

until they learn that they‘re going to really harm themselves. They‘ve been so busy focusing on other things they could feed on, they haven‘t realized what they‘re doing to themselves. So they‘re going to have each other, just the Draks and the Anunnaki, to play with themselves for awhile, to where they see that ―you know what, this isin‘t gett‘n anywhere is it? There‘s no more Angelic Humans to feed off of‖. We‘re gonna restore the Christos Imprint to our bodies. We‘re going to get Christ off the cross all ready, in the proverbial terms, in the fact that he never was on their physically in the first place, but we were; we were the ―Christ‖ that was crucified. So, I wanted you to know about this, because this will show you, if you start to have weird stuff in areas of your body, look at this. Start to see what areas/regions of the body these lines are connected to. You‘ll at least know what lines are running, if you have pain in a certain area, pick the closest line and the closest chakra. If you find line 2 seems to be where the pain is coming from, follow line 2, they twist, you have to look at these, this diagram drove me crazy because of the twists and turns, where it‘s bad enough they start out on the sequence on the right side as 3, 6, 9, 2, 8, but then when you get down a little bit they reversed it- 8, 2, 9, 6, 3. Then they reverse again down here to that, you know, they keep reversing and flipping back and forth. So, follow down and make sure you got the right line. Once you know the line, first of all, you know what strand is processing. If you‘re having a problem in line 2, strand 2 is reversing its codes back to normal, so you‘re clearing strand 2. Also know that chakra 2 will be processing that transition, which means you may get pain in your lower leg on the right, and you may get pain up in chakra 2 region, which is all over up here in your body. You‘ll start to see where the pains are connected on these lines. You‘ll also know that that‘s the area you need to run Maharata Current through. If it‘s areas associated with Axiatonal Line 2, chakra 2, that‘s where you need to run d-12 Maharatic frequency to begin easing that process and breaking it down so the pain clears faster. So these are healing abilities that you could, if you know the connections in your body, you‘ll know how to help yourself better. If all else fails, use Advil, but (laughs), I mean, I have had to and I still have to sometimes. The body kinda goes, it‘s like turn‘n the lights on in an abandoned house after 25 years and you kinda wait for something to explode, you know, cause you don‘t know what wires are frayed by then. It takes time for the body to get used to it, but it‘s worth it, you can do it. There‘ll be suggestions on one of the sheets you‘ll get tomorrow or at the end of the pack anyway, that‘s about things you can do to help Indigo Children, including yourself, if you are one, things as far as healing and orientation that will make it a little easier for you. Kathara Healing, the Kathara Healing System is very, very useful. That‘s why it was given, to help with these activations. The Tangible Structure of the Soul is another tape set that we have, that creates specific activations that help to clear this stuff out before it hits a major block where you have to go through major pain in a certain area to clear something. So, there are programs, not as many as we‘d like, but at least something, that you can turn to, to begin working with your body and making it easier for you. But I wanted you to understand the connection between what we‘re doing here with the planetary grids, which is going to do the same thing on the ley lines in this planet on the Axiatonal lines that are blocked, just like these parts of our body are blocked. That‘s how the planetary Axiatonal lines are functioning, that‘s how the planetary vortices are functioning, these are going to progressively clear by activation of the left Pillar, which is the Halls of Amoraea. The Caverns, if we remember that grid and we look at it one more time, because I‘m going to have Leela come up. If we look at page 103 again, remember the Emerald Caverns are the ones that run off Gate 4. The Amethyst Caverns run off Gate 7, they‘re the Primary anchoring now of the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal grid, they‘re a mess. They have been taken over and stolen from the universe that they belong to. We‘re simply going to, through the work we‘re doing, reclaim them by recoding them back to their Christos Blueprint. 29:27 So, these are the Caverns that are going to become available to us, as we proceed through this Stellar Activation‘s Cycle. We will have access to them by invitation, that‘s how it works. There‘s a certain requirement of decency, just personal decency, before you‘re going to get a chance, be you Indigo or anybody else, just simple spiritual decency, respect for others, willingness to look at yourself and grow, non-judgmental-ism because while you‘re judging you can‘t love, and the ability to understand. The first wave of people that will be allowed to find these places and to actually experience them, first you‘ll get astral experience, you‘ll be taken there first to see how you behave, to see if you‘re up to admission or not. And if you do well and you demonstrate…right now, the first wave of people that gets to access these places has to be mature. They have to not only be able to handle themselves, but if they get let through they‘re going to be the teams that are sent back to tell select groups who have proven that they‘re not going to cause harm once they‘re allowed through. Page 90 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

This is the beginning of a process, and what meant so much to me was the universe sending Leela to me, to show the physical pictures of what this begins to look like. She‘s showing us an opening to one of the Caverns that connect to the Cue Site, which isin‘t listed on this, but I‘ll have it on the map tomorrow, Cue Site for Gate 4, which is Central Mexico. Now, we have on here, the Gate 4 location, actually it is listed on here, if we go to the # 4 grid, that‘s the Solar Gate. If we look at # 4 over on the left list, Giza, Egypt, Central Mexico is the Cue Site. Cue Sites and Star Gate sites have these tunnels com‘n out of them. What they have found and what LeaLa was a part of, Leela was a part of founding (*finding?) was one of the peripheral, it‘s not the main one, there‘s a bunch, there‘s a set of 12 caverns, outer crystal caverns that would lead to that part of the caverns. It‘s the beginning of opening the Emerald Caverns. If they ever get permission, which if the scientific government team is the ones handling it, they probably will never use that one, because rarely will a scientific government team, unless they‘re very special individuals that just don‘t know it yet, be allowed to see what‘s beyond and what‘s under that one. Cause when you go down, down deep, ‗til you think you can‘t go any further, that‘s where the frequency seals start to come in, where the crystal, that look like the ones Leela will show you, lead into whatever caverns are connected to. In this case, it would be the Emerald Caverns. There are caverns of beautiful Emerald that are connected to these she will show you. This is the beginning. As these caverns that are now still running on reverse matrix, by the end of this year they will be restored, which means they will be accessible to those who are trusted to find them. We have a chance, and I can‘t make any promises to you any more than I can make to myself. I simply hope that I am able to conduct myself in a way and to get my body in shape in a way, cause it‘s about the body too, you have to be able to hold frequency to move through these spaces. If you think 150 degrees is warm (chuckles), trying going deeper, into the (???) ones. They would, unless your body‘s activating higher DNA, progressively go up in heat. But, if your body‘s activating DNA, there‘s a different relationship between this vibration and the atmosphere, where it wouldn‘t feel hot to a body that was activated higher. To enter the Emerald Caverns you would have to have a minimum of full 4th-strand activation, that means everything would have to be cleared in your template from 1, 2, 3 and 4, right. That will take a little while but it‘s not hard to get to if we work with DNA bioregenesis technologies. That‘s why they‘re here, all right. To get into the higher caverns you‘d have to have the corresponding strand content or you wouldn‘t be able to pass, and if somebody grabbed you and took you through, you‘d spontaneously combust. So you wouldn‘t want to pass, because the body template has to be able to hold the frequencies that are being anchored in those caverns. You have begun the opening. You are showing the world this little part of it right now, the opening of the Emerald Caverns. It will lead to more. We‘re all on a journey here and an adventure. I can‘t make you promises as what you will get to be able to see, if a spaceship will come down and take you to show you the Emerald Caverns, I can‘t make you that promise, that‘s between you and your Christos Self. All I can tell you is, it is a possibility, a good one. If there was going to be any time in the last 20, you know, 22,000 years, now is a very good time, because it couldn‘t have happened in that other time-frame. --------------------------------end of CD 11 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CD 13 - HI workshop- Chapter 1 This is the beginning, hopefully…it‘s either the beginning of a new way of life that brings the Christos back, or it‘s the end of an old way of life that was killing the planet and its people. What we‘re doing is being recorded in the Cloister Dora Teura plates. We are making living history, so the people that are participating in these…who cares if we‘re in a history book that‘s written by Simon and Schuster and put out by Simon and Schuster company (chuckles), who cares? All of the people that are participating in these, their names are known and their Christos names are know. This is a monumental event that we have an opportunity to share in.

Page 91 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

When we get to the site this afternoon, the first thing we‘re gonna do, because time is important with this, we need 4 hours between what we do first and gett‘n the Roundtable done. We‘re going to do Exercise 5, that‘s in, in the Field Guides. Somebody‘ll just read it all right, probably 2 or 3 people will read it cause there‘s like 4 different steps to it. It‘s a pain in the neck, but until your body can turn these frequencies on and off easily, until it‘s used to running them, you need to go through the manual activation stages, this is what it does. What that exercise, these exercises do, when they‘re used together, is they open the body to be able to run the Khundaray, not just the Kee-Ra-ShA frequencies, not just the Maharata, but the Khundaray. The sound is the power here, ok, the light is the product, but the sound is the power. And, if we wanna have enough frequency to run major Roundtables, like what it takes to open the Halls of Amoraea, like what it takes to send enough frequency in to get Star Gate 6 activated, to anchor those frequencies so they naturally turn over and shut down the Zeta base that‘s off the coast of where we‘re going today. I can‘t even pronounce that place, it‘s Ha, Hianah (?), Hiana? (Participants help with pronunciation). Is it Haiana Key or something like that? Kiki beach? KE beach? Yeah, that‘s the location of #1 of their bases, their control bases. That‘s a relatively easy one because they‘re surrounded by d-12 potential here, and this area has always been held by, you know, 99% of the time Cue Site 12 and Gate 12, which is in France, Montsegur France, they have primary stayed under Guardian control because Guardians are the only ones that can run them. Nothing with an 11-matrix, even if it wasn‘t reversed, could run them. They‘ve been trying to blow them up is what they‘ve been trying to do. They‘ve been trying to use Gate 11 to destroy Gate 12 and Site 12, because that would cut off any, anything that the Guardians could do to try to get in on the Christos Template. They would, they would plug them right into Nibiru, but they never did, they haven‘t destroyed them yet, down here. They did it once a long time ago that I talked about before, 250 Billion years ago when they blew up Gate 12 on the Universal level. And that was a major travesty for many billions of years later. But right now we‘re in pretty good shape, we have for the 1 st time in many thousands of years, the Maharata Current fully available. Now, when we get the maps back and they have those 2 Kathara Grids, I‘ll show you the conduit of how they managed to. If they have control of the Solar Gate, how did the get the Maharata current in here? It has to come down from Gate 6, down through the solar gate, the natural chain would be, you know, Gate 12 all the way down near Gate 6, then Gate 5, then Gate 4, then Gate 3. But if they‘re controlling Gate 4 and blocking Gate 3 how did they get it in here in the first place? There‘s a pathway from Sirius B that goes, that‘s Gate 6, that goes over to Gate 5 that‘s on the main the vertical, the you know, the central vertical current, the current of the Kathara Grid. They went from Gate 6 to Gate 5, which the Guardians still control 1/2 of, ran it down there and anchored it in what‘s called the Grual point, which is the central control for the 3-dimensional shield of Earth; it‘s Signet Site 2, Star Gate 2 and that‘s called the Grual point. That controls the other 2 Star Gates, or you could set the pattern there. Now, you have to run it through the other 2 Star Gates to clear them. But, they managed to anchor it from d-6 to d-5, right down through d-5 into d-2. So they have part control of Sarasota, Florida…the Guardians have part control of Sarasota, Florida now, which they didn‘t before January 1, 2000. Now, this is why they asked us to move down there in ‘99, we had no idea why, they didn‘t tell us why (chuckles). ―You have to go to Sarasota, Florida‖. ―Where is Sarasota, Florida?‖ (Chuckles) You know, ―Oh, it has beautiful beaches‖ (laughing)…yeah, also it‘s filled with Annunaki that don‘t like me you know, which I found out very shortly after we got there. We had psychic attack like you wouldn‘t believe, but that was until January 1st, 2000. Then, it all went away and there was this protection field. That‘s when we anchored the Maharata Current, when we got the grids activated on a 12-code. If they had told us what we were do‘n before the fact, we probably would have been so terrified we wouldn‘t have done it (laughs), we woulda run for cover. But because they didn‘t tell us, it was just important but they didn‘t tell us how important. They didn‘t tell us what we were in the middle of, ―oh, cuse me, by the way, you‘re on enemy territory and you‘re taking over 1/2 of their temple…don‘t worry about it‖ (laughing), you know, but it worked all right. Anyway, that‘s how they got the Maharata in, in the first place…they side stepped the solar gate 4 and now, there‘s a part of the solar spirals that are running it. They managed to pull enough of it through…there‘s still a mess in the solar gates, but when we do our solar activations there‘s enough of the current coming down from the Maharata Current that anchored on January 1st to push out the current we don’t want to bring. When we‘re spinn‘n our Merkabas the right way…now, if you spin your Merkabas the wrong way, on the other numbers that they‘re, that the Annunaki are putt‘n out, you‘re not gonna pull the Maharata Current out of Page 92 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

the solar spirals. What you‘re gonna do is you‘re gonna pull the reversal currents out of the solar spirals. So, right now it‘s like pick and choose your solar spirals carefully, and you do that by know‘n your stuff, and know‘n what way to spin and know‘n what was the Divine Template and what was the perversion of it. So we‘re gett‘n ready today to make history, again. Participant: ―////‖-can‘t hear it. A‟shayana: It went fine…see, we‘re hav‘n a lot of help. They know it‘s been a long time since these have been run, but they couldn‘t do them without us because we have the codes in our DNA that go with the Gates. We‘re absolutely essential. Now, if we trip over our feet while we‘re do‘n Merkaba spins and if we can‘t figure out how to keep a straight line and forget a 5-way or 6way alignment (laughs), what they‘re doing from Inner Earth, the Eieyani, are modulating the geometrics, all right (big laughs from group)…they have to. There used to be a time, once we get, once, once our bodies get turned on more we‘ll be able to sense. There…you, you used to be able to literally sense the grid. That, that diagram that‘s in the book, you would simply feel where you were supposed to stand, you‘d know. And we would dance and we‘d sing. And get this, not only would we spin in our individual places but the whole thing would spin like a wheel and nobody‘d lose their places. They would spin literally, and they would dance and all sorts of tones would just, I mean, we, we knew tones upon tones. We would talk to every little inch of frequency in the grids. This is the potential of this and you get more and more power as you do that, and you give the planet more and more. But what we‘re do‘n is enough. We‘re bring‘n the codes in on an amplified frequency, enough that the Eieyani from Inner Earth can grab that frequency, stabilize it and get the mathematics the way they‘re supposed to be (laughs) by straighten‘n out the geometrics. You know, imagine them seeing this ghost image floating down…it‘s supposed to look like the diagram in the book, but it‘s like (Ash continues to create an image of this with sound effects that has everyone rolling with laughter), ―Beam this over here, try it down there.‖ And I think they do it with a type of, it could be compared to computers but they‘re not computers like we use. It‘s, again, a crystalline technology. But they‘re literally using light and sound beams to clear up the mess (more laughs). And that‘s what ―sets it‖, and then it gets set in the grids. So they interface it before it gets fully set in because they know we‘re just learning how to do this. But they couldn‘t do that if we weren‘t given the codes and running the Kundalini through our bodies and running the Maharata. So it‘s a community effort here…our Inner Earth selves and our Outer Earth selves. So we did a very good job. We‘ve been doing wonderfully and we‘re having a lot of help doing wonderfully. Participant: ―////‖ can‘t hear. A‟shayana: a little more than that, yeah. We‘re setting a pretty good pattern it‘s just like the difference between having a computer draw that diagram and trying to do it freehand. And you know how freehand, like even if you‘re building a house, this wall might be a little higher from ceiling to floor than that one? But it still works right? And if you were doing it by computer everything would be exactly measured perfectly the same. Well, we‘re, we‘re not exactly measured perfectly the same the way it quite should be. They‘re just adjusting it a little bit to set it. We‘re doing most of the work. When we do the one today it‘s going to be more powerful than any we‘ve done cause we‘re running the sound frequencies. We‘re going to be building a Pillar of Sound in the center that‘s going to surround all of us, be through all of us. And I really can hardly wait to see what Signet their team goes through on this one because I notice with people playing Signet 13, it‘s been wip‘n me out. I mean swollen knees from it, I mean cramps, as soon as we stop and I get in the car I have cramps runn‘n across here. And that‘s Signet 13, that‘s the one where everybody‘s beam‘n their frequency under your feet and you‘ve gotta braid it and breathe it up and then breathe it down. So be very careful when you‘re running Rainbow Rounds if you‘re really up to playing Signet 13, think about it all right, cause there is some added processing that you have to do. Today‘s ought to be really interesting to see if we feel the difference. We‘re going to do the activations in the body when we get there and then we‘re gonna do some other stuff and talk about some other stuff, and check out the spot a bit. We‘ll talk a little bit about safety protocols when you‘re going into a space that‘s not a safe space. And we‘ll look at these maps that Michael‘s gonna have and then it‘ll be time to run the Rainbow Round. This is the one that opens the Halls of Amoraea. We‘ve got the other 2 sites, this is the third of the Triad that surrounds the big one where it comes down in the middle, ok, in the middle of the volcano. Page 93 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

So once this one‘s activated it shoots frequency over, actually, it triangulates with the others, builds frequency and then shoots it up into the center one. And then what we‘re going up for, the ones that are climbing up to get as close as we can to draw up the last set of codes. We send frequency down to where it‘s sending frequency up and that pops it. At that point there‘s no turn‘n back, then the Halls of Amoraea activate, you can’t stop them once they do. Things are gonna change. What‘s it gonna look like? I don‘t know, they don‘t‘ know. There‘s several Time Vectors this could go into, but if we keep ourselves stable and help to keep the grids stable and get the work done, there‘s a chance that we can override the Nibiruian stuff, stop their nasty little plan of making pole shift happen and in stopping it, not go into pole shift while we try to stop it. These are the real considerations in a Stellar Activations Cycle. If you remembered, if you had your memory back, if your codes hadn‘t been unplugged so you couldn‘t remember and you remembered the last one 208,216 years ago, you could remember how badly they can go wrong and how fast. I think it took less than a week for it to go where things looked ―ok‖ to go into absolute chaos and roll…less than a week. There was no time to stop it, no time to fix it. Our scientists and other people on this planet have no idea how volatile the situation is right now. It‘s not be scared of, but it‘s to be aware of. And to be aware that what you‘re doing right now is the biggest thing you can do for yourself, for the people you love, for anything on this planet to ensure the best possible outcome, which would be we get the thing open and they‘re able to create a magnetic field with Gate 6 to ease Earth‘s Merkaba back into alignment. That means Nibiru‟s gonna go spinning…we might end up with the Battle Star Nibiru falling down in pieces around us, all right. If we get some asteroids it might not be quite the asteroids we think it is. The Nibiruian Battle Star is what anchors all of this…all of it. It anchors through the Sun to Nibiru and that anchors into the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. When we severe the electro-magnetic connection between Earth‘s Merkaba and the Nibiruian Battle Star, it‘s going to send them on a spin and that‘s going to send Nibiru on a spin. And that‘s going to play with the Solar Fields a bit too. Now the Maharaji of Sirius B are going to use Gate 6 to override Gate 4 and override Gate 3, to stabilize those Merkabas, to keep them straight. They‘re not going to be able to do that with Nibiru cause they‘re running in reverse. So they‘re going to roll. And if the Battle Star, which is a large chunk of planet that after they blew up Maldak they actually took…Maldak used to be a planet that was where the asteroid belt is now. They blew it up in Seeding 2. They took part of it, the bigger part, and they created a habitation colony inside, and they can drive the darn thing and they can put it where they want it. And they put it into reverse orbit with Nibiru…Nibiru goes out and the Battle Star comes in…that may come down as an ―asteroid shower‖ in pieces. Participant: //// (Asks a question - - can‘t hear a bit of it) A‟shayana: What? They‘ve seen it. In fact, I have somewhere, in the information that‘s going to be in Voyagers 2, the update stuff, that the Royal Academy of something or other…I think it was Australia? That they‘ve seen it…they, they‘ve spotted…(Stopped by Participant asking more) Participant: Excuse me, National Geographic, January issue of 2000 they show the galaxy, our Solar System and they show this planet on the outer rings with a question mark. They don‘t even mention it, but you see it. A‟shayana: Ok, and there‘s also an official report broadcast and I think it was called…I, I have the name someplace at home in the stuff that, the real detailed stuff that‘s going to go in the book. I think it was the Royal Academy of Astronomers or something, out of…it was either like Australia or New Zealand or something, but they‘re connected to England. And Michael had pointed it out to me because he heard the broadcast. They had broadcast on I think it was the BBC that it came across on, that there had been another planet found and they, it didn‘t have a name, but it was officially acknowledged. Yeah. And what the Nibiruians are tell‘n us is, ―Oh, that‘s Nibiru, the planet‖. No it‘s not, it‘s Nibiru the Battle Star. Nibiru‘s not coming back in for over a thousand years, it has a 3,600-year orbit. It has another thousand something years to go before it comes back in. This is the Battle Star coming in that they‘re seeing as a planet. Participant: It‘s funny, Pedro Remadi (?), former member of the Italian secret police…Pedro Remadi (sp?) one of the former member of the Italian secret police went to the Vatican archives in the libraries and helped decipher Nostradamas‘s code…it‘s the Page 94 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

correct ordering of the Quatrains and the Prophecies. Notradamas actually predicts that the Battle Star will crash onto the Earth on all the power bases of the Illuminati families. Not only…not…. A‟shayana: You know what, it might. That‘s ////. If it was gonna come down, the magnetic fields of the darn thing are keyed to all of those temples. I wonder if it would? It would be like asteroids that had a target…they had a mind of their own, where they wanted to go…‖no, we‘re not going to hit Canada, we‘re going here‖ you know (chuckles in group). That would be a riot. It wouldn‘t be too good for anybody that lived near them. Participant: And also, a wonderful collaboration comes from the path of frequency through the embodied Kathara Grid and the Internal Templar. It follows the exact path of the Vegus Nerve, which connects with the electrical systems of the body. It‘s called the pathway of the Breath of the Holy Spirit. The pre-Vedic‘s translation is Lamb Maharata, Lamb of God. A‟shayana: Really? That‘s interesting. Participant: Oh, it goes on and on and on and on. A‟shayana: This is great, he does this research into the most obscure stuff that you‘ve never heard of, but it‘s real…it like exists. So he, he takes pieces of this and says, ―Oh, like back in ancient Chinese stuff you know, there was this piece of…‖ He‘s great at stuff he comes up with and, and you know, he‘s usually right. He researches this stuff and he finds…I don‘t have time to make these connections so I wouldn‘t doubt it. That is interesting. I wonder if it does come down, if that‘s exactly what it might do, if it would aim for any of the sites that were still active. And any of the sites that were still active…now, if we re-code it that would break its link, but if it happens to…if they do something and it happens to come down before we‘re done re-coding the Cue Sites, cause we‘ll get the Gate Sites done, they‘re not worried about that. But then it‘s going to be going to re-code the temples on the Cue Sites, which are the ones they‘re probably going to put up a fight about. They‘re the ones that would still be active, so it would be the Cue Sites that would get hit, which would be good to get rid of the temples, but it wouldn‘t be good for the people who live on Cue Sites, you know. That would be like Ireland, that would be like Kauai, that would be like well, there‘s 12 of them, they‘re on the list. 17:49 Participant: Easter Island. A‟shayana: Yeah, Easter Island…what are some of the main ones? You have Kauai, Cue 11 is Ireland, Cue 10 is Iran or Iraq, one of those. New York‘s not any of ‗em. Yeah, Sumeria was Iraq…yeah, Iraq has a Cue Site I think and Iran has the Gate, that‘s why these guys are fight‘n all the time. Participant: How about Los Alamos? A‟shayana: Los Alamos…you know what‘s happening in anything…like all the Western grids, there‘s a whole bunch of bases. They go up into Nevada, into Denver, into Wyoming and into New Mexico. All of those are be‘n run off the Cue Site 4, which is Central Mexico…they‘re all connected to that grid. Now there are a bunch of them that are also more…the East Coast ones are connected to the Florida grid, where they have the temple there, but we just blew out 1/2 of them when we anchored the d-12 frequency. So they only have 1/2 of that operational. I think…what place…is it White Sand? No, White Sand is New Mexico. It‘s like in the Pensacola area, there‘s a major base up there. No, the Pensacola, Florida area which is up around the Gulf but not down south like we are. If you take the finger and like come back up, North, and then over going West there‘s some major hotspots, like UFO hotspot areas there and stuff. I think there‘s some major you know, I think that‘s some of the stuff they still have control of, where most of the Sarasota grid we‘ve got control of. There‘s still a few little nasty looking Ley Lines but it‘s doing better. Anyway, anybody know what time it is? Participants: 12:00. A‟shayana: Oh geez. Page 95 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Participant: You know it‘s an hour ride? A‟shayana: Yeah, I know. Ok, well, when we get like 10-15 minutes and hit the vans or even quicker if we can. End of Chapter 1---------CD 13- Chapter 2 – If you‘re going to run a Khundaray Round Table you have to activate them every time you‘re going to run that kind of frequency. So those of you who‘ve had the Emerald Awakening you need to open it again to do this. Those of you who‘ve had Awakening the Ka in Egypt, you need to open it again and this is preparing you. We‘re going to do the Amethyst Awakening, a stronger version that was done in New York recently. So there‘s a whole sequence…there‘s going to be…it begins with activating Doradic Phase 1 Current after you do the Maharic Seal thing. Activating Doradic Phase 1 Current, which is the 4 th-dimensional current in the body, all right. That, you‘re going to need to create the other activations in yourself. Your going to do the activations, nobody‘s gonna do it for you, so that way nobody‘s doing any Kundalini stuff on you but you, all right. After Doradic Phase 1 activation there‘s “Awakening the Ka”. Now I think there‘s an explanation…a little bit of that in there. Is there? That you‘re going to read? ―Awakening the Ka‖? (Az: I can do it.) Ok, actually, it will probably be better because it…we need 4 hours before the Round Table, before we can run it after we do this. So, unless anybody‘s like ancy about ―well, I don‘t know if I want this or not‖ because we haven‘t given you a pre-empt to it, we‘ll read it. There‘s “Awakening the Ka” that releases some, what‘s called Crystal Seals, that are part of the Nibiruian stuff that manifests in your body…temporarily releases that so frequency can flow through. Then there‘s the Emerald Awakening Stage 1 and 2. Stage 2 is activating the Rainbow Ray or the Khundaray in the body. And then there‘s one Phase after that, it‘s called “Awakening the Ra Center”, ok. So these are all very specific parts of your body that are going to be activated temporarily. They‘re mild Kundalini activations, which means you‘re not going to explode or get a wild rush of energy and it‘s going to flatten you or anything, because they‘re done in sequence, the way they‘re supposed to be done in the DNA Template and in the structure of what‘s called the Crystal Seals in the body. So they‘re not harmful to you in any way, but they do temporarily allow the higher currents to run through your body. They open enough Kundalini where you can get more Maharata d-12 in, where you can get more KeeRaShA d-13, 14 and 15 in and where you can begin to pull the full harmonics of the Khundaray, which are the 3 Levels of the Primal Sound Field: the Triadic Level, the Polaric Level and the Eckatic Level, all right. That‘s the level of frequency you need when you‘re open‘n full Gates. When you‘re doing smaller sites like we did the other two, which are like supplicant sites they‘re called, you don‘t, you can run Maharata and it‘ll do it. But when you need to open a major Gate site, you need to do Khundaray Round Tables. So we‘ll talk more about what it is and why, but we gotta get the transmissions and you gotta to do these with yourself ok, so Michael‘s going to read them and I‘m going to be quiet you know. End of Chapter 2. CD 13- Chapter 3 – A‟hza (Michael): TECHNIQUE: slowly and deeply for several breaths while visualizing or imagining a Violet dot on the inside of your forehead. Make the color image as strong as you‘re able to do, but if you can‘t perceive inner colors yet very clearly, or at all, just simply intend or imagine the Violet dot is there and is brilliantly there. Take a few more breaths while you visualize or build your intention to have the Violet dot be present and then move the Violet dot to the center of the brain at the Pineal Gland, and then upward into the 7th Chakra, finally moving out through your skull until it Page 96 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

rests just on the top of your skull in the position of the Crown Chakra. Just see the Violet dot sitting there. And once you‘re satisfied, transfer your attention to the Hierophant Symbol. We‘ll continue to use a 24-point Star. Visualize the Hierophant spinning 12 inches below your feet within your Maharic Shield. Now slowly Inhale and draw the silver Hierophant up through the Central Body Current all the way up to meet the Violet dot sitting just on the top of your head. When the Hierophant connects with the Violet dot visualize the Violet dot bursting into a 4-inch diameter Vertical Pillar of Violet-Silver Light. And imagine that the Violet-Silver Pillar runs down through the body, through the Central Vertical Column, all the way into the Earth‟s Core, as well as all the way up to the 14th Chakra, 36 inches above your head. This activates the Violet Ray of Transmutation. Now, move your attention to your Heart Chakra and imagine at its center a small, green, spherical Crystal, the Green Star. This is the Green Star Crystal Seal that controls release of 4th dimensional frequency, Phase 1 Doradic Current into the body. I want you to Inhale, drawing Violet-Silver energy from the Violet-Silver Pillar all around you, all the way through you, draw VioletSilver energy into the Green Star at the center of your Heart Chakra. On the Exhale, expand the Violet-Silver energy into the Green Star sphere and repeat this twice more: Inhale the Violet-Silver energy from the Pillar within and around you and draw it into the Green Crystal Seal at the center of your Heart Center. At the end of the last Exhale, imagine that the Green Star pops, turning into a spinning, Green and Violet Starburst of Light as the Violet-Silver Pillar disappears. Spin the Green-Violet Starburst faster and faster until it becomes a ball of Green-Violet Light about the size of a Grapefruit, spinning at the center of your Heart Chakra. This Green-Violet ball will be the storehouse of your Phase 1 Doradic Current. It‘s referred to as the Doradic Sphere. Now Inhale again and draw…(*A‘zha completes Emerald Awakening, Activating the Ra Center and the Amethyst Awakening) ---------------------------------------A‟zha: I will remind those of you who are not familiar with our Ordination Procedure that this process can be naturally and safely accelerated by receiving Level 3, Regent Ordination Transmissions, for those that are ready. Beloveds all, you now carry Amethyst Awakening Khundaray Activation frequencies in your DNA Template. It is done. Participants: And so it is. A‟zha: And so it IS indeed. End of Chapter 3…timer: 37:38

CD 13- Chapter 4 – A‟shayana: God bless all of you… A‟zha (Michael): Bless you all. Page 97 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

A‟shayana: …for getting through all of that. That is one of the longest activation sequences I have ever seen. It won‘t always be necessary, but while we‘re fighting the grids it is, because they‘ll activate for a while then it shuts back down again. So the easiest way…you don‘t have to do this every time you do a Round Table unless it‘s a major Round Table that‘s going directly for Star Gate activation work. Then you can‘t activate them without it. I appreciate you hav‘n the patience to do it cause it‘s brutal. I appreciate you having the patience to read it (to A‘hza). A‟zha: I‘m amazed that you can…(Ash interjects her thoughts) it‘s so long… A‟shayana: I wouldn‘t have made it 1/2 way through and you wouldn‘t have heard me anymore (laughing). Oh it is, it does, it‘s one of those…I‘m like sitt‘n over there do‘n what Ices does, the cat, going, ―arrr‖ (zone out sound- high on frequency ) It activates the stuff in the body, it does. I mean we have the science for it. Every color that you‘re using is a frequency. Combining them creates frequency interface. (A‘hza talking too, but I can hear only 1 at a time- Ash‘s voice if predominant) (A&A talking with participants, low, about the experience) A‟shayana: When you do it in a group, this is why it‘s really good to start this stuff in group work first, somebody in the group will have every part…like a piece of it ok, even if none of you got the whole thing, each of you got a part of it. And the person reading it at least has the whole thing happen, ok. It runs through the whole field, so it goes through just like the hundred monkey syndrome (chuckles), you get the activation. It picks up the blank spots you might have had and plugs back in, so you get it. Now what I suggest is if you ever decide you want to do major grid work, it‘s also for major healing work. If you are ever working on say somebody who had terminal cancer or something like that, something that you really need to blow some frequency with their Christos permission. See, that‘s where permission is needed, if you‘re going to work on somebody‘s body and go into their body, you do ask their Christos if it‘s alright and what to do, because it belongs to them you know, it‘s their body. But you would activate this…the easiest way, read the darn thing onto a tape, you don‘t have to read the description part, just read so you know, you know what the techniques are, I mean the steps are, put your headphones on and try not to zone too far out (chuckles), so you get, you have some conscious awareness of it so you‘re still directing it. If you fall asleep when you‘re listening to a tape that‘s doing it, as long as the tape keeps running you‘re getting it (laughs). That‘s what‘s nice, you‘re astral self will continue the process if you don‘t break the sequence. If the tape shuts off then it‘ll break the sequence ok. So that might be the easiest way. If you ever want to activate this in yourself, put it on a tape and go to sleep (laughs) and let it go in on the astral. But you do get more conscious control and you will get stronger when you integrate the 3-dimensional self as well. So what we‘re going to do now, this is the one that takes… it‘s supposed to settle in the body for about 4 hours. In fact, it‘s kind of interesting you went into Amethyst Awakening, cause usually you‘re supposed to wait a couple hours between, but they were…you got guided because I was sitt‘n over there and they were saying, ―we‘re going to amplify it so you don‘t have to be here ‗til midnight‖. A‟zha: I was thinking about whether to do it or not. A‟shayana: Yeah, and they said somewhere between 7 and 7:30 we‘ll let you know when the frequency‘s high enough, but you won‘t have to go later than that all right, so we‘re aiming for 7:00. Now by doing the Amethyst Awakening with it you just gave yourself a kick in the Emerald Awakening. Usually…now, if you guys had been a ‗cold group‘ that had never run frequency before, you hadn‘t done Maharic Seal on the beach, you hadn‘t, you haven‘t been doing Merkaba, it would have been dangerous to do that with you. But you did enough Merkaba and you did the Solar Salutation, you did the Lunar Salutations and you‘ve been with a group that‘s been holding real high frequency so it‘s not going to harm you. And it was kind of funny because they‘re sitt‘n over there telling me they‘re going to accelerate the process and he just went right into it. And I‘m thinking, ―You‘re talking to him too aren‘t you? Because he knows you‘re not supposed to put the 2 of them together, you know‖. They said, ―don‘t worry about it‖. So, so you got what you need, we‘ll have what we need and we don‘t have to wait until like 9:00 before we run it. Page 98 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

What I‘d like to do is, this is a wonderful place and I‘d like to give you a little bit of time to explore. I know some people wanted to go up and check it out. Some people might want to check out the beach. Ok, we‘re going to be here for a while because we have to wait you know until about 7:00, then we‘ll check on the energy level and if 7‘s good we‘ll do it then. The presentation that I want to do, that gets into those graphs that you‘re going to get today because we have them back from the printer…they‘re in the van now, we can do that like 6:00. It won‘t take more than an hour to go over that information with you because I went over on the introduction this morning and I ended up giving you 1/2 of it then. We got into talking about the bases and all that kind of stuff, that was supposed to be kind of part of this afternoon, that‘s why, that‘s why poor Michael was sleeping on the lawn outside the printer‘s cause we were late. He was expecting us much earlier with the van cause we were supposed to pick him up on the way out, but we ran over quite a bit. But, we‘ll get you the paper work and stuff. So, what time is it now? Participants and Michael: It‘s 5:00 exactly. A‟shayana: So you have like an hour, even if you want a little bit more you can have that, and then we‘ll go into handing out the paper work so you have the graphs. And I‘ll go over what they are and what they mean and why they‘re significant and why it was worth me spending basically 3 nights on them and all last night on them. They‘re not…I‘m a Virgo and I‘m a perfectionist and they are not typeset, which irks the heck out of me. I didn‘t have time to make them perfect, but they‘re enough where you can see what‘s going on with them. 5:44 This is see, my lesson in perfection versus “perfection” you know, being rigid versus not being rigid. So, each time I can never live up to my standard of what something‘s supposed to be, I learn not to let it bother me a little less. A‟zha: Does anybody mind that it‘s handwritten? Participants: No. A‟zha: Right. Louder. Do you mind? Participants: NO! I prefer handwritten. A‟shayana: Thank you (Laughs), because that just drives me crazy. I like to have stuff perfect and done and I‘d love it to be in color. Participant: It‘s beautiful. A‟shayana: You know what really irks me? A‟zha: …handwritten pages. Oh God. A‟shayana: I guess what really bugs me is you look at Drunvalo Melchizedek and you look at…who‘s the other guy…Alton Melchizedek- they have these pretty little spiral bound books you get when you go to workshops. A‟zha: Yeah, and they‘re /// with bullshit. Oops, what‘d I say? Participant: Did you say ―bullshit‖? A‟shayana: At least Alton does (spiral bound books at workshops)…I mean they‘re pretty colored graphics. A‟zha: Well they‘re just colored bullshit. Page 99 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

A‟shayana: They only have maybe about 25 pages in them A‟zha: //// too low to hear, but still making people laugh. A‟shayana: but, the graphics are perfect and you know; I really wish I could give that to you. But, the way they give me information (A‘zha: ―and no matching folders either‖- still interjecting his comments and making people laugh) it‘s new every day, they give me a new level to give to you especially security level information. And this stuff is a whole new world of security level information. Participants: You‘ve got //// yourself, it‘s not us. We like it messy. (* /// means I can‘t hear it- too low or too much other conversation going on, etc). A‟shayana: I know, I know. You should see my office when I get in work mode. (Sound cuts out a couple seconds, then continues) And I‘m going, ―Am I hearing that or am I hearing it in here?‖ I started to hear it again coming from up there, not as loud, but when I was sitt‘n there today. Did anybody hear it today? Cause I heard it both days. I was beginning to think I‘m losing my mind. I‘m hearing ―astral drums‖ you know what I mean. But you did hear it yesterday? Participant: A lot of people /// hear the toning after we had stopped. I heard it for several minutes. Anybody else hear the toning after we stopped? I heard it continue for several minutes. A‟shayana: Oh, and the one time on the beach I heard them start to sing with us. I heard this whole chorus going on like down in Inner Earth. Very strange, but the drums were the most distinct cause I heard them physically. Did you hear them with your physical ears? Participant: I heard it physically. A‟shayana: Ok, well at least one other person besides me. Anybody else? No, they were in my face kinda look‘n at me, and if it faded in it would be just an eye. Then there was a little girl, like you know, like a beautiful little girl one, but she was checking me out. It was like a family of them look‘n at me and they said, ―We know you from here. Do you remember?‖ ―Um, um, give me a minute.‖ (Laughs) They said, ―We remember. You are welcome here and your group is welcome here. We will even show you where you need to be.‖ And they also said, ―If there‘s anybody that feels they need to be home, they‘ll assist you if you ever want to move here.‖ Participants: Oh yes! A‟shayana: We‘re talking to Kahunas now. These are true Kahunas. They said if there‘s anybody that, in the next however long, feels like they would like to move here, which is a challenge because there‘s financial issues and all that kind of stuff, that if you work with them and ask them help they will work with the island energies to begin opening doors, to make that easier, because they want us back. They need us. Yeah. And they also said something, they said to me, and it was really for the group, they said, ―And, and you will lead them to Inner Earth if it comes.‖ They meant if it pole shifts. That‘s why they want us back, because if it gets weird we know what they don‘t remember anymore on the outer, and they‘re hard for them to connect with. You know, they don‘t hear the Kahunas like they used to hear the Kahunas. Some of them do, but the ones that do, very few of them listen to. So it was really kind of, it gave me chills, because they were basically saying, and you know, it was funny, I said, ―Well, you know, ok I‘d ask as long as it‘s in Divine Right Order and I have permission‖ you know. Because, I can‘t open an Inner Earth portal myself and say, ―C‘mon guys, let‘s go‖ you know. And they said ―it wasn‘t a request‖, ―it was a statement‖. ―Oh, ok, I‘ll do that‖ you know. So that‘s what went down with this conversation. They are very aware of us, the true Kahuna Spirits that are here. There‘s a lot of them that have held astral posts here, that have stated in Page 100 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

d-4 and they‘ve connected here. Some of them are in the Inner Earth Cycles and they‘re physical. Some of them are in spirit and chose to stay there to protect this land. And they want us to know that not only are the Eieyani with us and not only our own Christos Selves and our Incarnational Selves, but they are also here, the island people, the true island people, the ones that watch over the other island people here that don‘t remember that they‘re here, all right. So, if you kind of get ―Kahunas trying to talk to you‖, put your Maharic Seal up to make it sure it‘s not an imposter, all right, but they‘re good guys. They‘re good guys and they care about us, and they seem to remember us. They said a lot of you are them ok. (Participant comments too low to hear) In fact, the one that talked to me said, ―Don‘t you know me?‖ And I said, ―You feel familiar, so my heart knows you, but my mind doesn‘t remember.‖ And he said, ―I‘m him‖ and he pointed to Michael (A‘zha). (Chuckles) And there was a girl with him and he said, ―Do you remember her?‖ And I said, ―Um, feels //// familiar.‖ ―It‘s you.‖ (Laughs) It‘s like, ―Oh, ok.‖ So this is some of the stuff you might encounter as you‘re working with the island energies. It‘s really neat, but a very much a surprise. Participant: You mean you were talking to youself? (Chuckles) A‟shayana: I guess we were. I was talking to Michael, so… Participant: You were talking to Michael‘s self… A‟shayana: Yeah. I was just sitt‘n there and I started to get really kind of spacey like, ―Uh oh, I‘ve been too tired, didn‘t get enough sleep last night and I‘m going to fall asleep with this, with this running the energy. I‘m getting too out there. And then it was right there, it was like I shifted and they were right there very, very clear. And I know when impressions like that come through, when they‘re nose to nose with me and I can see them with my inner eyes, they‘re real all right. You know, that‘s like major zap. Participant: What did they say about the ceremony? A‟shayana: They were very grateful and very appreciative. They also knew why it was given. It wasn‘t for them, they didn‘t need it, it was for the other people on the island that are having attitude problems cause they don‘t remember, ok. It was a basically, ―we honor you, we respect you, do you mind doing the same?‖ (Chuckles) You know, ―we come in love‖. ---- End of Chapter 4 --fades out as all go on break.

CD 13- Chapter 5 – And finally, the last thing they gave me was for the locations of, and I didn‘t even know exactly how the Crystal things that Leela was a part of you know, discovering, had fit. I knew they did, but I wasn‘t sure exactly whose they were or what they were connected to. They filled all that in you know, in the last 24 hours for me, and they gave me all the information on the Nibiruian Crystal Temple set ups, which I didn‘t know before. This information is the heart of what‘s happening with the Illuminati. These are the bases that all the other smaller bases run off of- they‘re their power generator bases that give them the power to actually set up a Frequency Fence here that can block your brain wave patterns. It‘s kind of interesting because it must be, we must be in an interesting position to have them give me that information just to put out publicly at this point. It must be down to the wire to something happening if they would release this data, because they know it puts me in danger, first of all. Show‘n it, just by you know being the person that‘s releasing it. Some of the Illuminati guys know darn well what‘s exactly what‘s going on and no body else is supposed to know that isin‘t Illuminati, so they‘ll know somebody is Page 101 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

giving them data. And usually they try to shut people like that up. I don‘t feel any danger attached to it for me. They‘re not going to get rid of me that easy (Chuckles) you know, and I‘m not going to get out of my contract that easy either. But, the way things have evolved in the last, with the work since the Treaty of Altair period, since September of 2000 it‘s been very strange. It‘s been literally a flood of information that I‘m just kill‘n myself to try and catch up with. It‘s…I go sometimes you know, 3 days a week without sleep, literally, until like 4:00 the next afternoon when I just have to like pass out. And then do it again, because the information…not really, but I guess I‘ll take it (Ash asked to wear a headset). Can you still get me without it? It‘s not as clear though, right? Ok. I really, really dislike it though. Phil: Ok, Mary, you just have to hold it close to her, that‘s all (the microphone). A‟shayana: I feel like I‘m being interviewed by the paparazzi. Phil: That sounds fine. That sounds fine. A‟shayana: It‘s funny, I‘ve been very grateful all of my life because I‘ve been able to have certain experiences that are rare here and it has to do with what I came to do and waking up fast enough so I‘d be able to do it. I‘ve been privileged to have a lot of information for the purposes of sharing it with other people, but there‘s a part of me that still walks into this and goes, ―You know, I know it‘s all true, that stuff, but what in heaven‘s name is this going to look like as we move you know, into the future with this in the next 5 years…in the next 2 years…next 6 months?‖ You know, there‘s such an uncertainty factor of nobody knowing which Probability it‘s going to go into that I find it takes me back into a space of being very child-like. You know how the inner child space, where you just simply surrender and trust cause you really can‘t think of anything better to do. That‘s the space I‘m in with it and I would hope that rather than adopting fearful responses to some of the things that might seem scary that we talk about that we can find that inner child response where we know that children can relax and just be children when they know they‘re safe with their parents. When they know that they‘ll be ok and they‘ll be taken care of they don‘t worry about what‘s coming because they trust mom and dad, or mom or dad, or grandma, or somebody. When we end up growing up and feeling separated from everything, our parents are either no longer with us or doing their own thing, we‘re responsible now for ourselves, if we don‘t have that connection to Source it can be very frightening when you‘re facing things with such immense uncertainty as the things that we‘re learning about right now. Most of the people out there couldn‘t deal with this information, so you guys are pretty special to even be able to hear it, listen and consider it, and react to it as if it‘s significant that the Eieyani and a lot of the Emerald Covenant Guardian groups are very, very grateful and very proud of you for yourselves. That, to be able to recognize, in a situation where you‘re programmed not to recognize the greater framework your environment is existing within, that‘s very special. And to be able to react to something that another person would become terrified about or become, feel victimized or feel powerless about, to not look at it that way at all, but to look at it in a way where you say, ―Hm, yeah, that‘s a problem that needs to be fixed. I don‘t have all the answers right now, but I trust that Source, which I am a part of and a manifestation of, knows. And moment by moment, that part of me that is Source is always with me and never separate, so I will know what to do.‖ When you know what to do, even when you don‘t know the situation you‘re going to know what to do in, ok, when you simply trust that whatever it is you will have it from within, it‘s yours, it belongs to you, it never left you. It‘s when you believe you don’t have it, that you have to get it from somebody outside of you, that‘s when it gets crazy. If it gets bad here on this planet for weather changes or anything like that, you‘re going to see people scramble like lost mice. They‘re just going to be bump‘n into each other, they‘re going to…it‘s going to be a mess, because they‘re taught to follow and then when all of a sudden there‘s nobody to follow cause the people who are taught to be leaders don‘t know what the heck to do with anything, everything breaks up into chaos. ------End of Chapter 5…fades out.

CD 14 - HI workshop- Chapter 1 Page 102 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

There are fear patterns that are the predominant vibration in our cultures globally. They control us and it was supposed to be the other way around, we‘re supposed to heal them. You guys are doing good with it cause I don‘t feel fear from anybody. I felt a bit of anger pop up here and there, where there was enough of the history that hit and said, ―hm, ooh, that wasn‘t nice‖, you know what I mean? ―Argh, how could you do that you mean people out there? That wasn‘t nice.‖ (Chuckles) But there‘s also one thing I would like to commend you for, nobody‘s gone into a negative, hatred space either. You have a very special ability that‘s different from a lot of people out there. It shows your level of awareness and your level of development- you can be angry and you can really dislike the action, but it doesn‘t stop you from loving and caring about the being and wanting what‘s right. It doesn‘t take you into hatred. That is an accomplishment. When we get the maps that…it just shows you like we can pinpoint, I mean we can pinpoint them down. When we look at the maps that Michael drew you can get a better idea. If it says ―Portugal‖ you can look at where the line goes through, the point is in Portugal to get you know, a closer idea of where it is all right. Once you have this information try to think of what you might want to do with it. What do you think it would be useful for? Do you think it would be useful to put it on the internet? There‘s people that have been dying to have this information in the UFO movement. You know, they‘ll just eat it right up. And that ought to be interesting cause I imagine I‘m going to be guided, that I‘m supposed to deliver when I‘m in, I think I have to do California in September, the Bay Area UFO Expo. And I try, I really, really disliked Expos but I care about the people so I go. Participant: Are you doing Global Science? Ashayana: I cancelled Global Science this time partially because the way he had me billed was he obviously had no idea what I talk about. And if he thought I was going to go there to have people that were interested in what he said I was teaching show up, it had nothing to do with my work or what I‘m about. And you know, I told him basically, well Phil had talked to him, I said you know, this is just not acceptable to me you know, the write up you gave here it‘s nothing about me or my work and I‘m uncomfortable with it. The guy meant well. He didn‘t mean any harm. Plus I felt that some of the other speakers that were there, particularly one lady her name is Star…we‘ve had a few run-ins a couple of times. She used to know Phil. And this lady‘s a person who, talk about Psychic attack from the Junior Level, she just played all sorts of nasty astral attack things on me and the whole bit. And like she‘s an ―important speaker on UFO‖ and like the ―New Age‖ and the ―Healing thing‖ and she flipped when she met me, when Phil was representing both of us, where he was promoting both of us in New York. And she ended up with a workshop with like 20 people and I was, nobody ever heard of me and there was like 60 some people in the room. She just hated my guts ever since then and she‘s runn‘n some real weird energy and I decided you know I don‘t need to do this. There‘s not going to be a lot of people there that are going to care about the spirituality and if they don‘t care about the spirituality I can tell ‗em about the problems but they‘re only going to compound them. They‘re not going to know the solutions. They don‘t want to know the solutions cause the solutions are spiritual, not military. The solutions are strategic, but they‘re still spiritual. So there‘s a part of me that never, ever wanted to speak publicly and still doesn‘t like to but I don‘t regret it because I‘ve reached and have had the privilege of meeting some wonderful people, like you guys. And there‘s other wonderful groups of small groups of people out there that are just precious, precious beings. I‘m gett‘n in a space where the more information that I see that‘s being given about how big and how real the problem is, as far as Illuminati and as far as the potential for planetary change in a way that we have no record of here, there‘s a part of me that kind of goes into retreat inside of itself. Not in, not running away from it, but into a quiet space, where talking about it doesn‘t seem so important anymore. Sharing it does, because there are other people who need to find that space. But there‘s a space inside that I think you‘ll probably come to with it, where there‘s certain action that you get like, ―Oh, gotta do stuff about this, gotta do stuff‖. Behind that there‘s something else, where you know there are things to do when you‘re guided to them, but the rest of the time relax and enjoy your life. Now is the time to be in touch with the things that you care about, now is the time to find yourself and to get rid of the things that don‘t work for you anymore. Might as well you know, I mean if it turns out well and we have visitors come from the sky and they happen to be blue but very friendly and say, ―Well you know, the Teams that have been assisting with the Templar Work have the first level of education so they‘re going to be the ones that are going to be appointed as the ones to run the Templar‖. And we‘re, they‘re going to be the ones to teach us how to build the Temples again if it stays stable and if it goes well. They would teach us Page 103 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

how to build things much bigger and better than the Annunaki pyramids over in Giza. See, Annunaki built them. Actually, when they were working the Emerald Covenant, and then turned and then recoded them. I find it a very, very interesting space, almost like you get to step outside of reality and sit next to it and look at it, just kinda go, ―Wow, this is like so off the boards as far as what we‘re taught is possible, of what we‘re taught to even think about could ever be possible, yet there‘s so much evidence of it all around us‖. If we look at the way our governments work, if we look at what is recorded as our official history, if we look at all of the theories of conspiracy that are so popular these days there is evidence to support the history that we‘ve been shown by the Eieyani and by the Guardians, and it‘s like a reality check. All of a sudden all this simple history stuff that we learn from the time we you know, went and maybe first or second grade we get ―history class‖ you know (Chuckles), when we get taught the basic stuff- ―and the pyramids were built by you know slave labor and they hauled you know, blocks up‖…yeah, they don‘t teach you about the little things that levitated rock and like stuck ‗em in where you wanted ‗em. Does anybody else find exposure to this information…I‘m sorry to have my back to you guys…holding this information and knowing that there‘s truth in it, does anybody find that a bizarre experience emotionally? Participant: Yeah. Participant: What? I couldn‘t hear. Ashayana: Does anybody find that a bizarre experience emotionally- (For people who didn‘t hear) I mean is there a part…(Participants chatting/ questioning) yeah, like having it and knowing it, I mean it verifies a lot of things like each of us sensed in our own way (Participants: Yes. Right.), but you couldn‘t find, you couldn‘t put your finger on it, you couldn‘t explain it to yourself yet but you knew. But once you get that verified, like just like out there, ―Oh, a lot of people believe UFOs might exist and there might be ETs out there‖, it‘s gonna be like the (Ash breathes in sharp and quick like a ―shocked‖ sound/response)…when it lands and they walk off and say, ―Hi‖. A lot of those people are gonna be absolutely in emotional numbness, just eyes will be bulging, jaws will be on the ground. I find that even…now I have a lot of memory open and I‘ve been through a lot of trauma experiences in different life vectors and that kind of stuff so I‘m used to all sorts of living environments, but I find a really strange detachment to it all comes. Not a detachment that‘s running away, a fully engaged, fully here, fully focused but detached, like a being of it, being in it but not of it kind of feeling. This is where we get our power I think because this is where, if it goes good yeah, we didn‘t have to deal with any messy stuff. Then we can like go frolic on paradise or something you know, figure out how to manifest that for ourselves. But if it does get weird, we‘re not going to freak out. If it does get strange here and we start to go into weather issues and climate issues, they would be the first signs- storm activity would increase. Then there would be an increase in earthquake activity, first deep quaking. Now, one of the things that they‘re not releasing in the geological surveys, and the government knows about it, the world governments know about it, there‘s a much higher, in the last 4 years, there‘s a much higher instance of deep quaking. That‘s the quaking that takes place deep under the ground that doesn‘t ripple up and wipe things out. This has been progressively increasing already. That‘s before Star Gate 6 was going to open and accelerate this frequency by about…it was supposed to open 2008, this is 2001…that‘s like a 7-year acceleration. If it wasn‘t done it was going to be a disaster here, there was no way to get out of it. But, to put that much frequency into the planet that early, when it‘s already having deep quaking, it‘s going to take a lot of very rapid growth on the part of the Planetary Logos to not react to it physically. Participant: What‘s the relationship of this one to the one we did in Seattle? Ashayana: What? Participant: That stuff that we did in Seattle, we put the 24-code pulse down you know with Leela and mac, Fraz, Gail and I did. Ashayana: What did you guys do over there? Cause I wasn‘t aware of what you guys were do‘n over there. I mean I knew a little bit…what did you guys do over in Seattle? Participants: (too low to hear) Page 104 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

Ashayana: Ok, was that before or after? Participant: Before. A‟shayana: After, right? After. Participant: After, because there was super prediction for a ―big one‖ coming up, just I mean everybody, people that have been right on for years. Ashayana: But it didn‘t, right? Participant: It didn‘t. Nothing came up at all. Ashayana: Ok, now this is one of the things, that‘s a good point. They‘re talking about some work they did in Seattle right after the earthquake had hit out there, that they, the people who are predicting earthquakes felt there was another big one coming right after it. They did work with the 24-pointed 3-dimensional Star running the Maharata in a small group and the big one never came, it calmed down after it. That‘s a good point to bring up because the more Cue Zones we set, which are those, when we activate our Tribal Shield we automatically create a Cue Zone. That‘s a Merkaba Zone. That means there‘s a part of the planetary grids you just reset to the Christos Template. It‘s a small part, but in that spot you activated the Christos Template of the Planet; you put back the codes that needed to be there. The more those are on the planet the more stable the grids will be. Cause the problem with the grids is going to be with high frequency coming in and all sorts of blockages and chaotic energy being in the grids that they can‘t hold it and run it the way they‘re supposed to so it builds up in certain areas and cracks things. That‘s why we would get quaking or anything like that. Participant: (too low to hear) Ashayana: It would help a lot. Now, this work is an Advanced Masters Level Program. You‘re not going to probably be able to talk to too many people about this level of it, and there‘s only going to be very special people who are even ready to deal with the concept of what a Round Table is. But, there are little things you can get meditation groups to do without explaining too much. Too much will overwhelm them or scare them. Teach them just Cue Zones, how to do Cue Zones, little Merkaba Zones. That, they do lots of things- they give you a clear space for meditation, they help in planetary healing, if they like that…there‘s a lot of things you can do with the techniques that are given that you can down-step to the people who can‘t deal with this level of data. If you can get more people to participate in running the Maharata that alone, get them into Kathara Healing cause they‘re running the Maharata when they do Kathara Healing. You know, if they don‘t care about planetary healing well they usually care about themselves. Running the Maharata, running the Maharata will help you with your healing, it will help you become a better manifestor so even if their motivation is as low as ―want stuff‖, right, you can still get ‗em running the Maharata Current. Whatever means you need to do…you don‘t have to ‗trick them‘ because the Maharata Current does all sorts of stuff. It activates DNA, it activates chakras, it helps to clear the template, I mean you know the list is endless- it‘s the Christos Template. If they‘re Christian tell them it‘s a way to get closer to ―Jesus‖ (Chuckles), you know. ―Who taught you?‖ ―Jesus.‖ You know, because these are the teachings of Jesheua-12. Jesheua taught the Maharata and he taught the…there were several books that he did and they were all about the d-12 mechanics, the Maharata mechanics. He had the book of Maps and Keys that taught about the Templar and how it worked. The stuff that we‘re bringing through right now is a Re-translation of what Jesheua, John the Baptist and Miriam had translated back in, I think they started translating it about 10 AD, is when the translations started. You know we were all born before that but that‘s when they started. If there‘s a way, whatever vibration you can find in yourself that has the ability to connect to other people, that you know darn well there‘s a big part of you they‘re just not ready process. You don‘t have to let that out to where you create, you know to where they go, ―Oh, I don‘t want to talk to you‖ you know. If you can find the harmonic vibration inside of you that corresponds to them, find an area in you that you can understand them, that makes a frequency bridge. Make enough bridges that you can bring in whatever form you can sense they‘re receptive to running the Maharata. If they‘re receptive to that then take them to the next Page 105 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

level, do the Cue Zones/ Tribal Shield stuff. You can take the Tribal Shield part off of it, like don‘t just show them the exercise―what‘s that?‖ DNA stuff. Teach them about „safety zones‟. If they‘re people that carry some fear with them, ―Well, here‘s a way to keep yourself safe‖ you know. I mean these Cue Zones work wonderfully. You can activate your Tribal Shield if you‘re walking down a New York City street and you get a little intimidated cause there‘s some weird stuff, or any street, that was just an example, but where you can feel a vibration that could potentially be harmful to you, potentially be harmful, you simply remember it and you can do it inside, you can activate it. If you‘re used to doing it with the outside tones you can activate it easily with the inside tones then, if you‘re used to doing it with the outside so your body‘s used to hearing both. You can create protection for yourself. If you ever have the government knocking at your day saying, ―Cuse me, we‘re under Martial Law, come with me‖, put up a Cue Site real fast. Activate your Tribal Shield and run like hell out the back door because if it ever gets to that point it‘s going to be too late to think about it later. You‘re going to have one chance, particularly as an Indigo. Now, you might not have known you‘re an Indigo but the Zetas have been keeping track of this for 70 years; they know. They have the genetic family lines; they know who are part of those family lines. Participant: (too low to hear- about Nibiruians). Ashayana: Yeah, they‘ve kept track of us from before 25,000 years ago. They know who‘s ―theirs‖ are and they know whose the ―others‖ are. And the ―others‖ in their world are the ones who hold the potential threat of messing up their party. And Angelic Humans with 12-strands, and especially Eieyani Indigos that have more than 12-strands, we are their nemesis. Because, without lifting a finger to harm them or engaging battle or lowering ourselves to do that we can simply be ourselves, do what we came for, and totally undermine their plan, especially now. And we‘ve just proven that we could after thousands and thousands of years- we activated the grid on a 12-code, even while everybody was still asleep. There was like a handful of people on the planet that were functional enough to say, ―Ok, we‘ll try this‖ (Chuckles) you know, ―we‘re gett‘n the guidance, let‘s try it‖. If it gets strange, and I‘m not talking about this because I‘m into negative stuff, cause I‘m really not. In fact, I don‘t spend a lot of time on it. But, with the level of information that they‘re giving now…I need a set that, whoever‘s passing them out, unless they gave me a set. Wait. It looks like someone saved me a set. Got ‗em. Ok, with the information of showing us where bases are located and showing us a very strategic map which you might not know that that‘s what this is yet, as far as how we have to run frequency. To get this far with information release means something is up and it‘s not too far away. We need to talk about the possibilities. We know what to do if it goes good, ―Yeah, let‘s celebrate and take it from there‖ you know, ―just like they promised‗New Age of Enlightenment‘ is here‖. Wasn‘t exactly the way the Annunaki planned it, but…however, we need to know that if it doesn‘t go particularly well, what that might mean so we know what to do with ourselves. Now, I‘ve been told for a while that if it goes bad that the groups that I am working with, these would be the initial groups, they would be the ones, the ones that are regulars, that really follow the material and understand it you know, and care about it, who have a part of themselves that resonates to it, they would be the first ones if it came down to planetary need for evac. Now, they can‘t evac everybody off this planet, there‘s no way in heck. And they wouldn‘t want to, to be honest with you, because there are people here that if you brought them into Inner Earth, give them 6 months and they‘d have the place you know, they‘d do their bombs and they‘d blow the place up. Participant: There goes the neighborhood. A‟shayana: Yeah, there goes the neighborhood, exactly. It‘s not that they don‘t care…that‘s a good line…it‘s not that they don‘t care about those people. They‘ll help them evolve, they always have. They‘ll help bring spiritual teachings, they‘ll help bring teachings that get them to the point where they can be trusted to come in. But right now there‘s a lot of people on the planet that even if they were trusted they cannot activate to a 4.5 strand activation. To get into Inner Earth you need all of your 4th strand activated, not just being able to turn on. I mean, we can turn on 12 and more right now, but turn on and kept on. So it‘s not just a turn on, off level, it‘s you‘ve accreted enough frequency where your body literally holds that level- full 4th strand and 1/2 of the 5th. That‘s the frequency you need to be able to walk through a portal in the Inner Earth without getting spontaneously combusted, Page 106 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

without your template vibrating so fast that it literally turns in on itself. Most of the people on this planet won‘t have that. There will be some. The ones that have the highest gene codes, this is why the Indigos were the ones that were contacted first, they have the ability to activate faster than anybody else, which means they have the ability to transmit activation to others faster than anybody else. That‘s what the Melchizedek Cloister Priesthood is about. The Ministers are transmitters for anybody who wants to get the 12strand Template and start getting the activations. They will also be the ones that have the flexibility where they can go in and out through the portals. And they have the ability to anchor their Soul, their Over Soul, their Avatar and their Rishi Level of Consciousness, which means they can work as an individual knowing itself as the collective, to assist in what needs to be done. If it starts to get bad, the people who participate in this work, in your own way, you‘ll probably first find contact being done telepathically and in the dream state. You‘re already having it in the dream state, even if you don‘t remember it. That usually starts years before you even show up at a workshop like this (Chuckles). That‘s how you get here you know, where you kind of get guided and nudged and ―hm‖ you know, ―I guess I‘ll go there‖. You‘ve been working on it in the dream state for a long time. If it gets in a crisis situation and it‘s known that it‘s going to go you know, bad, you will be contacted. It will probably be first, telepathic, and you‘ll be given guidance to go someplace to do something. You‘ll be probably given guidance to go someplace where they can begin to prepare you to be taken into Inner Earth. And you won‘t be kept there, you‘ll be asked if you would please…it will basically be one of these, ―Ok‖…you‘ll probably be approached by one that comes out from Inner Earth and actually is there physically, or may appear as a 2-dimensional image, like a ghost image…sometimes they‘ll do projections because it‘s easier than taking the chance of opening and closing the portals. They will come and they will offer you something like this, they will say you know, ―We honor you‖, they‘re very loving beings, they‘ll say, ―We honor you‖. They might even send you, which will like really freak you out cause it looks quite a lot like you. Your Inner Earth Selves look like you do here. They‘re contemporary selves, they‘re in the same…they‘re not past reincarnations or future reincarnations, they‘re you, right now, in that Time Vector that came in when you did, but into that space-time placement. You may have yourself come and get you. They usually don‘t do that though, cause the ego usually goes ―I don‘t know what to do with this‖ you know. So, it‘s easier to send somebody else that‘s just friendly to ―let‘s deal with that issue later‖, you can meet yourself when you get there (chuckles), you know. But, there would be approach, first a telepathic repertoire established, then a guidance to a place where an approach could be made without security risks to you or to them, and you would basically be told that you have, that you‘re appreciated for your level of understanding and commitment and service work that you‘ve been doing. It shows a lot of maturity and a lot of love. And you would be asked if you wanted to come in, but you would also be told that the first ones that get to do this have to be ones that are willing to go back out and get the next team, all right. If it goes to evacs, you will be called on. If you want to go in first, if you want to be one of the first wave that go in, you will be asked if you‘re willing to go in, get the training you need fast, and be assigned to rescue teams. And you will be assigned to groups, sometimes people you know, hopefully, because the idea is, that‘s when everybody freaks out, ―Oh my God, we need to evac? Oh, what about my cat, my dog, my children, my husband, my grandmother, my neighbor? Um, I can think of 500 people that I need to bring through.‖ This is where it gets hard. You‘d be allowed to bring them through and you would be assigned to the ones that know you because they‘d trust you most. However, if they don‘t have the DNA strand activation level that they can go through it would kill them to come through. And, not only kill their bodies, but it would fragment their consciousness back into the Time Fields here. They‘re better off dying another way and going up into the Astral so they can get out from the Astral. This is where the choices get hard. This is where it kind of hits you right in the heart chakra, when you start to realize how serious this work is and how serious the predicament of the planet is. If it gets to the point where evacs are ordered because there is no choice, they said we will know by December of 2001, or February of 2002, right in that time frame. By the work that we‘re going to be doing between now and then, they will able to tell how it‘s going to go. And if a certain level of function isn‘t established within what needs to be done here with getting rid of these Temple Complexes, neutralizing them basically. We‘re not harming them but we‘re stopping them from running reverse matrix codes. They‘re not going to be able to prevent the 2003 Dimensional Blend Experiment. They‘ll know by February 2002 at the latest. If they can‘t prevent it, that‘s when Plan B goes in, and that‘s evac plan. That‘s when some real hard choices start to come up, where people you‘d love to bring through, and most of us are so loving people you know Indigos usually are, anybody Page 107 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

you can see you‘d bring through, any animal, any creature, any being, you know. It wouldn‘t even matter who, you‘d like grab the nearest. It can‘t work that way because you‘d be frying people left, right and sideways. You would be given the areas of people who have been contacted by the Eieyani telepathically or through grid transmissions, so they‘re expecting some kind of something, because they‘ve had telepathic communication. You would be assigned to groups that would go, and you wouldn‘t be assigned alone, you‘d be sent in teams, sometimes small, sometimes large, depending on the number you needed to bring through. And you would need to be the strong one, because when these people realize what‘s happening, if it was for real, ―This is not a fire drill, this is the real thing‖, they‘re terrified. You‘re the ones that know more. It‘s going to be a little shaky to your emotional body as well, because it‘s one thing to talk about it and think about it as a ―possibility that might take place‖. I remember when they‘d even tell me certain things about the future that might be, and it was always ―might‖ because they always acknowledge that the vibration can change depending on what we do now, it could change it. But they would tell me like you know, ―About a 70% chance of this happening‖, small things, in small ways. And I‘d be like, ―Oh, ok you know, yeah, I accept that. I could see that.‖ But it just wasn’t ―real‖ until it happened, and then it was like, ―Woah, reality check‖. It just, it‘s very different to say, ―Ok, I know it can happen and it even might; I‘m prepared‖. No you‘re not, but you‘re going to be if it happens, cause you have no choice and you‘ll know that. And you have the strength to hold that. It‘s basically, keep yourself together, help who you need to help, fall apart later when you‘re off duty, all right. You may be getting some of this type of training in your life in various ways, where you‘re being asked to put your own personal feelings aside, not to martyr yourself, but to put somebody else‘s needs ahead of yours right now. If you‘re getting lessons like this popping up in your life, where it‘s like, ―Well geez, I never get time to think about what I’d like to do‖ you know. It‘s always like, ―I have to help this one or I have to do that, or my boss wants this‖, or you know. There‘s reasons why you would be being set up for that, just in case it goes bad, because you need to be in a space where it‘s easy for you to shift, ―All right, no I don‘t want to, but I guess I have to, don‘t I‖, where you don‘t go into ego-pout about not having things your own way immediately, and not go into ego-crash where you just freak out into a bowl of jelly that isin‘t going to help anybody including yourself, where one of our guys are going to have to go and rescue you. You know what I mean? The Indigos came here knowing that this was going to be a possibility this time, as it always was in every potential Stellar Activation. This is no longer a potential Stellar Activation‟s Cycle, it is Consummated. You can‘t stop them when they start. It started on January 1st, 2000 and the Eieyani were hoping it would go a little better than it did. They were hoping the Annunaki would keep their peace treaty. They didn‘t. Which means, there are activations that have to take place here that are making it very precarious. That the talk of evac, our guys never talked about evac, they never talked about the negative scenarios that the Zetas are talking about and all those guys. They said, ―There are some things that are happening that don‘t have to happen. Here‘s how they don‘t‖. But, when the Treaty of Altair was broken in September of 2000 that put in a whole new context. That‘s when they started to sober me up a bit about it, where I had to face the fact that this may be real. And not only that, but I had to tell other people about it. Because I told them a long time ago, ―Don‘t give me any doom and gloom nonsense cause I won’t teach it. I won‘t listen to it. I‘ll tell you to go talk to somebody else you know, I don‘t care who you are, I‘m not going to buy into that and put my mind in those spaces‖. Somehow they‘ve managed to grow me up enough into a grown up spiritual person enough where I can look at the negative now. It would have been very easy for me to be light, love and clueless when I was younger. You know, ―everything‘s love‖, ―you get your power back, everybody loves each other, we‘re going to create a paradise‖…Oh, that‘s such a wonderful vision. It‘s a vision we can eventually manifest, but there are going to be rocky periods before that can happen. When we look at these maps…this wacky thing here would be easier to see if it was bigger…I want you to be able to read it a little bit at least, ok. I‘m at the top line up here. The reason this is called the 12:12 / 11:11 Christos Reclamation Mission is cause if we look at all the dark gates here. Now this is Star Gates right, and over here on the one on the left are showing the Cue Sites that go with them. And yes, the 10-side and the 9-side are reversed on the Cue Site grid. These are ones that are presently all controlled by the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid and various different, some Draconian, some Annunaki Illuminati forces.

Page 108 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

What we need to do and what we‘re doing here is we‘re up here at Kauai, at Cue Site-12. We did the 2 smaller activations. This one‘s going to be the big one, and I hope we‘re not getting rained on again. You know, it seems like it‘s getting a little restless. What we are going to do here is open the Halls of Amoraea. The Halls of Amoraea go down on both sides. They take the 12-96-3-1 channel, which are the electro-magnetic gates which have the power of both electrical and magnetic put together, so they have the ability to override. Now normally, the electrical gates going down the middle control the functions of the others, but when you open Gate-12 that changes. Then, the Halls of Amoraea control it. Now, they are going to go 12-9-6-3-1 on the Star Gate side and they‘re going to do that 12-9-6-3-1 over on the Cue Site side as well, ok. So, you have the Halls of Amoraea bringing frequency in on both sides. Now, that frequency is going to hit the block in d-3 and it would be able to go through it eventually, but by the time we got there it‘d be 2012. It‘s all over before then. The reason that we‘re being asked to do what we‘re being asked to do is because if this frequency isin‘t manually dragged to where it needs to be to get there faster, we‘re not going to be able to stop the 2003 Dimensional Blend Experiment. Cause as long as they have these black grids, as long as they‘re still functional, they will have the power to do the Dimensional Blend Experiment. And there‘s no coming back from that. It will put the place into pole shift and it‘ll also put the people under mind control where they don‘t even know how to get out of it. They won‘t even know they‘re going into pole shift. I mean, it‘s just like lemmings, just walking them off a cliff. Now, what we‘re going to be doing is from Cue Site-12, we‘re going to activate it here. Now, Star Gate-12 is fine, that‘s in France, Montsegur, France, that has been protected. That will naturally then, pull the frequency that we activate here, the d-12 frequency, from Cue Site-12 where we are, will go over naturally to Montsegur, France, which is Star Gate-12. Then, the way they usually activate is they‘ll go Cue Site-12, Star Gate-12, Cue Site-11, Star Gate-11, so they crisscross, they go back and forth. So, once the frequency is at Star Gate-12 Montsegur, France it‘s next normal pattern would to be go over to Cue Site-11, which is Ireland, all right. Now…what? (Az saying something to low to hear) Yeah, these plugs into these too, I‘m used to, I have to study these before I can use them to explain things. Michael just finished these like I just finished these. Now, what we‘re doing is running this frequency that would normally run, and it would normally get over here to Ireland at Cue Site-11, but it wouldn‘t get there fast enough to get the rest of it done. So, we‘re going to Ireland and we‘re going to run Roundtable. And in running Roundtable, what we‘re doing is manually drawing that frequency. We‘re going to be drawing it from the grids that connect to Montsegur, France. So from here it‘s getting sent to France, from France it‘s going to get pulled over more quickly to Ireland. And here is where the fun comes in. If you look, this is the…up here was the 12:12 Line right, Star Gate and Cue Site-12…that‘s the 12 with the two dots 12. Down here you have the horizontal going across the 11:11, Cue Site-11 and Star Gate-11. And right smack in the middle of that line you have the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid. Right here is representative of Stonehenge in England, where the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid is connecting. Now, it does it in a very interesting way, it starts way over in Parallel Universe. They have a Parallel, I mean there‘s a Parallel Earth and a Parallel Nibiru and all that, it started with a Parallel Nibiruian Battle Star; that‘s where they started this ―Battle Star‖ thing. They began a reversal of Merkaba Fields by transmitting a certain type of electro-magnetic pulse from the Nibiruian Battle Star, that first reversed the Merkaba Field from, over in Parallel it should be, on the Sun, it should be magnetic over there and electrical here. It reversed it, where it became electrical there and magnetic there (*Said ―there‖ twice because maybe pointing on a visual map). It means we‘re pulling the opposite particle vs. anti-particle frequency that we‘re supposed to be doing. It created a progressive reversal down this middle thing of the Merkaba Fields, not only of Earth, but of the Sun over in Parallel, because they got control of the Solar Gate in 25,500 BC. This is how they did it, they were able to link their Planet and a false body on the other side of the orbit in their Planet, through the Star Gate to pull power from the Star Gate to be able to do this. They made an artificial Merkaba. If you look at the bottom point there…and they‘re drawing energy from the Solar Gates directly, to maintain it. And they‘ve been doing it since 25,500 BC. What it did, and I‘m right here, for the people behind me, I‘m in that middle line, middle line going down, ok, starting at the bottom working up, showing you basically how the grid works. There‘s another diagram that goes with this that shows you more Page 109 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

specifically how the Merkabas line up. That isin‘t ready yet. I tried, but these are brutal. This took me hours and hours to even do this one, to get the lines going in the right way and the Merkabas going in the right way, and all that. Now, it goes from a reversal on Parallel Sun to Parallel Nibiru. They reversed the Matrix on Parallel Nibiru first. Parallel Universe vibrates a little bit higher frequency than we do. Higher frequency overrides lower frequency, so what you set in Parallel manifests here. That went through to…let‘s see, I forgot to mark that one…it went into, when we come up to Earth, and from Earth we have the Stonehenge Grid. It anchors into Earth through the Stonehenge Grid and then it‘s held there by, in our Universe, there‘s the little dot, is the Battle Star Nibiru here. That has Parallel over there. The Sun here has its reversal and Planet Nibiru over there. This whole stuff you here about Nibiru and it has a reverse you know, reverse orbit to Earth and it comes in once every like 3,600 years, all this stuff, this is all tied in with this. The orbit actually goes between, they‘ve made it so it goes between Density 1 and Density 2, and it was really a Density 1 Planet, with its Density 2 counterpart. They‘ve actually managed to make it so unnatural that it actually goes up into Density 2, disappears out of our system when it goes into orbit up around Sirius and then comes back down and reappears again. Now, that‘s what‘s making the mess all down here, with that one blocked grid in the middle of Stonehenge, because it‘s on the 11:11 line. From here they transmit the reverse Fire Letter Sequences that go with the planetary codes. And it hits Star Gate-11, so Star Gate-11 opens or transmits on reverse. Now, when Star Gate-11 isin‘t open, what it simply means is the 11th-sub-harmonic in every dimension below it is reversed. The higher frequency overrides the lower frequency. So what that does, because they only got half of this Gate, they didn‘t get all of Gate-11, it has reversed the Matrix on half of all the electrical Gates going down to 2. They had all of 2 until January 1st 2000that‘s where we blew this open, all right. This was blown open, we got the Christos Ray anchored on you know, between January 1st and May 5th, 2000, was from Sirius B down to Gate-6, down to Gate-5, pulling it directly from Gate-5 down to Gate 2, which took out half of one of their temples. Too bad, you know, I mean it reversed the codes on them, it put it back to normal so it couldn‘t work anymore. Normally, frequency would come down 6, 5, 4, 3, 2…it would come down that way, but they pulled it directly through. Now if you look, the names of the places are on there ok, so it came down from Sirius B Gate-6, which would be the Universal equivalent of this grid, into the Russia grid, into the Peru grid and into the Grual. They had to angle it in to get the Maharata to anchor on a 12-Code, but we did it. Now, what needs to be done, obviously, is all of these little black circle grids need to become cleared. Every one of them has a little triangle, looks like a little pyramid on it, they‘re the Nibiruian Crystal Temples that are controlling, and not only is this transmitting through the grids, these are amplifying it and spreading it out through all the Ley Lines and that kind of thing. And they have been doing it for thousands of years. As we bring frequency through ok, when we go to Ireland and pull this over from France, and then we‘re going to go over to England in an area called the “Veil of Pewsey”, which is between Stonehenge and Avebury, England, or Avebury, however they pronounce it. Participants: Avebury. A‟shayana: Avebury, yeah, that‘s the one, Avebury, whatever. When we do that, we‘re going to pull it right through the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid set up at Stonehenge, which is going to flip this back to its natural Christos Pattern. Stonehenge will be fine, but it‘s going to break these links, it‘s going to break the link to the Nibiruian Battle Star up above and it‘s going to break the link to Parallel Earth down below. That‘s the beginning, then there‘s this whole series of Temples that needs to be re-coded cause they‘re still running that code. And if we let them, it‘s going to take them probably about 60 years before they ran out of steam, they hold enough energy, so they have to be reversed back to a natural Matrix or they‘ll do the same thing that the grid was doing when it was attached. So there‘s going to be a series of trips, because what we have to do, we don‘t have to go to every one of the sites, what we have to do is hit main areas. So we‘re going to come from Ireland to England, clear the grid there, then the next one…in fact, these are listed on the next page except I think there‘s 7; I put 8, but there‘s 7. It was very early this morning when I was doing this. All right, this is a list of the trips that shows you what Gates we need to go to and what we need to clear. From Kauai, which we‘re doing now, we‘re going to go to Ireland and then to England. Then we‘re going to go to the Grual. Now this is the thing, this is where we live still, in Sarasota, Florida. So if you come back to here, we go from Ireland to England, then we‘re going to go down here at Star Gate-2, that‘s what the Grual Point is in Sarasota, Florida. Page 110 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

What we need to do here is pull this frequency that now, since we opened the Halls of Amoraea that are running down here, the frequency that now gets freed up from unblocking the Nibiruian Diodic Crystal Grid up here, pools and becomes stronger at what‘s, this is Gate-9, which is in Tibet. That‘s going to pull down much stronger, but it‘s still going to hit that block in Star Gate3, which is Bermuda. But, we go into the Sarasota grids, which is the central control point for 1, 2 and 3…we‘re going to draw frequency from there and it‘s going to pull it through and reverse Bermuda back to its natural, ok. So, we‘re going to take out one of their temples there. We‘re not going to hurt it we‘re just going to heal it. So you can look at it as a healing mission, we‘re healing the Nibiruian Temples. They don‘t, I‘m sure they don‘t look at it that way (Chuckles), but that‘s their problem. Ok, from there we need to go back up the Vertical in the center, so we‘re going from Cue-12 to Cue-11, to SG-11, to SG-2, to SG-5, right above SG-2, and that‘s Peru, Macchu Picchu. This is where we tried before and then it worked and then they broke the Treaty of Altair, they put it all back into a mess again. So we need to go back to Peru. And interestingly, fortunately they‘re close together, there‘s also, we have to go from Peru, Macchu Picchu to Gate-7, which happens to be Lake Titicaca, Peru, so they‘re right together. So that‘s one trip where we progressively clear these grids, so 5 gets cleared and 7 gets cleared. Then, from Peru, Titicaca, Lake Titicaca we need, this is where, if you look at this one on the list, the list of trips, this is the one where if we don‘t get interference I‘ll be amazed because of the number of temples we‘re going to re-code at this one site, it‘s amazing. What we need to do is we‘re (*Participant: Which one?) going to be going from Star Gate-7 over to Cue Site-7. This is how we‘re ―pulling the frequency‖, ok. Cue Site-7 is Paxos Island. It‘s a Greek Island all right. Now, if you look on here for Paxos, I think it‘s trip 5, is it? Yeah, check out the number of Nibiruian Temples that are gonna be healed. We got 7 of them in that one shot. And all we‘re doing is running Rainbow Rounds and bringing the Christos Beam in, very powerful healing energy. That brings us up to number 19 out of 24, that by that point, which they‘re gonna do Paxos in 2002 if all the others go well. The dates are on here too, of when the stuff needs to be done by, so basically we‘re heading stuff off at the pass and being ready to open things when it‘s ready to come over, kind of thing. The trip for Ireland and England are in July 2001. Sarasota, Florida we‘re going to do over Labor Day in September, like beginning of September. The Picchu trip is going to be somewhere between November and December, in that time frame, latest, January, depends how fast the grids move. Then we get into 2002 and if everything went well here, then we‘ll do Greece. If Greece goes well we‘ll still be on Plan A, because we‘ve got most of them, they can‘t use the Photo-Radionic energy to do the 2003 Dimensional Blend Experiment anymore. But, if we get to the point where there‘s problems, where we don‘t get through the Paxos, Greece trip that‘s when Plan B‟s going to come up. Cause as long as they have this run of 7 of them, plus the ones you know, on top of that running, they still have enough power to do it and we don‘t have enough power to stop them. So it‘s extremely important that, and I trust that there will always be a way somehow we‘ll get where we need to get, but this is, these are the reasons for the trips. Now it‘s a 911 Mission, now it‘s a race for time. We‘re pulling frequency through our DNA, pulling it into a site and it takes groups to do it, because one person is not strong enough to do it, or two people. They help, you can help, but you need a group mathematical equation that amplifies and amplifies itself to be able to set enough power in to bring the Christos through hard enough and then in enough quantity to actually reverse the programs in these Crystal Grids to stop them from transmitting the reverse programs. If we get through trip 5, Paxos Greece, then we need to go to Tibet. They didn‘t tell us where in Tibet yet, but it‘s on the map. Michael and I‘ve been able to find it and he‘s drawn it on, so that would be listed as Cue Site-8 on the map, on one of the maps. We take out number, Temple number 21 and 22 there…only 2 left. And that trip will be finally kind of a homecoming for Signet Council 12, because we‘re on Cue Site-12 now. Montsegur, France is where Star Gate-12 is, so our groups were always in concentration in both areas. The Cathars were one of our groups and they got pretty flattened over there by the Church of Rome, who burned them all at the stake in 1244 AD, because they were trying to steal one of the Shields that was in their possession actually, that‘s what it was all about. But, we would go to France. What that means is, if you look at these sites and what they mean on this grid, so we went from Titicaca, Peru, which is Star Gate-7, crossed over into, to get the temples that they have on Cue Sites, we go to Cue Site-7, Paxos. If you see those arrows, they go all over the place, that sends out a lot. Anything marked with a ―G‖, like see I have them Page 111 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

marked ―A, B, C, D, E, F, G‖, that‘s each of the trips ok, and where we‘re bringing frequency. From 7 we go to 8, Tibet, ok Cue Site-8, Tibet. We don‘t have to go to 10, we simply go up, back over to Star Gate-12, Montsegur, France and we pull frequency from Tibet, at 8, and it runs it right through 10 and it takes out the rest of them, and it re-codes them. That‘s how to stop this. Participant: Is 10 Iran? It‘s not marked here. A‟shayana: Yeah, oh yeah, I was doing this really fast. We almost didn‘t have any names on them, I almost said… Participant: The Star Gate‘s Iran and the Cue Site‘s Iraq. A‟shayana: (Speaking with Michael first) Ok, ok yeah, good idea. It‘s getting, ok yeah, you can fill in if you want, number 10-Star Gate site is Iran, ok, cause I forgot to put that in there. Michael and I were getting ready to run out the door and I was already trying to put the names in. I said, ―Oh, they have to have the names on there. They‘ll have to go back and get another chart and say ‗what was what was what‘.‖ It‘s easier. So, I wanted to put the names on but I missed a few. This is the mission, and it‘s a very serious one, and I can‘t imagine and it‘s probably a good thing that I can’t, if it‘s not successful what this is going to look like. It will be successful, and we‘re not harming anybody, but we‘re taking back what belongs to Source, what belongs to the Angelic Human Race and anybody else who wants to be nice can live here. We never said they couldn‘t, but it has been messed with too long here and at this point it‘s going to destroy it. So, this is what it‘s about, these are the…there‘s another list in here…Michael had a very good suggestion, that because it‘s getting dark, like give everybody a break to go put their stuff back so they‘re not fumbling around trying to find stuff in the dark. But I just want to tell you what this other sheet is, and pardon it being sloppy, but this lists in a consolidated form, where each of bases are, ok, the Nibiruian Grid Control Bases and what groups are running them. Some are more Drak, some are Necromiton, some are Annunaki; some are combinations. This shows you the primary influence in the areas. You can also think about, when you look at this, what have been the politics and the attitudes of the peoples in those areas, for how long? It will give you some idea of the orientation of these groups, because they have been manifesting the attitudes and the belief systems that have been forced down their throats by the groups that have been controlling these sites, ok. So, we can do the Round… Participant: Can we do the Round on the beach? A‟shayana: Would you rather do it on the beach? Yeah, it‘s a good idea. We can do the Round on the beach. Yeah, any particular…do you care? Cuse me…I‘m talking (Laughs)…sometimes I, sometimes when I‘m talking out loud and then somebody says something to me inside, I answer out loud because I‘ve been talking out loud. So pardon me. (Quiet pause while more info comes through) They said there‘s no particular preference, this site is very, very active. There are about 8 different places you could go to do it. The beach is one of them if you come down toward this side. Participant: There‘s still a lot of people on the beach. A‟shayana: Is there? Participants: Yes. And the sand makes it kind of hard to… A‟shayana: You know, that‘s true, I just don‘t want anybody getting hurt. Ok, let‘s come back up here. That was my original thought, was to do it here, ok. Now how many people have flashlights? Anybody? I know Michael does. Ok, so we‘ll have to kind of like do a team thing with flashlights. Participant: Why don‘t we just walk right over there and do it now?

Page 112 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

A‟shayana: Because people have too much stuff here, they have to get it out of here or nobody‘s going to be finding stuff. They‘re going to be tripping all over everything. All right? We need to get the site cleared if we‘re going to do the thing up here and it is better to do it on solid ground than on the sand. Participants: Looking for items, assisting one another. ----------timer 50:36---------- Recording cuts out and comes back with the group psonning “Um Sha‟-DI Ur‟-A ah Khum‟ Tun….” All through to end of Chapter 1.

Chapter 2 When my voice isin‘t wiping out I tend to have a decent voice; I can even sing pretty good, but not when I‘m like this so if I‘m grating on your nerves I do apologize you know. I‘m grating on my own nerves. (Conversations within the group) Did everybody wear your shell necklaces today? Participants: Yes, yes. Ashayana: Ok, that‘s all right. We‘re going to do something like toward the end. For the people who didn‘t bring ‗em we can do it again like this evening. So it doesn‘t matter, it‘s just a little something I think would kind of dedicate them, you know. I‘ll wait ‗til everybody has accreted. Ok, is there anybody that‘s coming that‘s still missing that anybody knows of? Ok, 1, 2, 3…that‘s ok, it doesn‘t matter because I didn‘t announce to bring them. If you don‘t have them right now we‘ll do the same thing again later this evening when we have one of the other meetings, so it doesn‘t matter. We‘re going to do a bit of that but we‘re also going to do…dedicating them. We‘re going to let them hold the first vision. Just kind of waiting to see if anybody else is floating in. I know Francis is supposed to be on her way over. Lawrence is coming in…(Fades out). Chapter 3 …with the general good morning and such. Oh there she is, /// is here. Ok, now what I want to talk about first today is what we didn‘t get to finish talking about last night, which was contact. When we came back, when our van got in it had been raining and it was you know, it was not going to be comfortable out on the beach, and I got the guidance that it would be better to do that tonight. So we‘re going to still do that tonight, but what‘s going to be a little easier…if, for those who want to, I mean you don‘t have to be out at the beach from midnight ‗til 3am. But I‘m giving you warning, so I‘m going to give you time this afternoon too, to pack and all that kind of stuff, because if you were planning to go back you know like 10:00 tonight and that‘s when you‘re going to do your packing, if you‘re out there ‗til 3:00 in the morning you‘re going to find yourself at 4 and 5am trying to pack and you‘re going to feel like you got run over. So, we‘ll have little breaks in between and let me see, cause I‘m juggling the schedule around just a little to include first of all, instead of trying to do the contact stuff with the books on the beach, we‘re gonna this afternoon, on the slot on the itinerary where it says ―between 5 and 6:30‖ where we‘re having a discussion on ―Life goes on- Realistic Living in a Surrealistic Saga‖, what we‘re going to fit in the ―contact information‖ there. So we‘ll talk about contact in that timeframe and we‘ll go over some of the protocols and things. The Emerald Order has protocols for contact, simple attitudes to approach contact with. They‘re not for them, they‘re for you so when you get into a situation if you actually start to have inter-dimensional contact or contact with visitors who come in physical form there‘s certain postures you don’t want to adopt, and the biggest one subservience or awe because, ―Oh wow, I actually am Page 113 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

meeting one‖. There are, we‘ll go over the basic attitudes and protocols that will allow you to keep your power. So, in case you have encounter anywhere with something that doesn‘t have your best interests in mind or simply something that doesn‘t know any better…(CD fades out a couple seconds and picks up here): I don‘t know. I still have a graph, by the way, that I‘m trying to get done for you that shows how Galactic Merkaba works. That‘s what I‘m in the middle of trying to get done. (Quiet talking with Michael / A‘zha) You may get that graph tomorrow at the rate you know, the way the schedule‘s going today, but I want to get it to you before you go. So ok, we‘ll deal with the Emerald Covenant pledges and we‘ll find out what the heck that means when we do the contact thing between midnight and 3am on the beach. So, if we go up to 9:00, as far as the official, you know, ―everybody show up‖ type thing, if you‘re done with your Regents, so you don‘t need our services between 9 and 11:30, then you have between 9 and midnight to rest, or to you know, finish packing or whatever, ok. And then at midnight, we‘ll all meet at the area where we all walk down to the beach together so nobody gets hurt on the rocks. So at midnight we‘ll meet down there. (Participant: Bring your flashlights.) Yeah, bring your flashlights, bring you know something to sit on, bring, if you‘re going to get cold, like you know something warm, cause it might be windy or breezy. Now, I would like to, even if it rains tonight, this is our last night here and I‘m an old trouper, I‘ll you know, I‘ll sit under a plastic bag if I have to, but I would like to be out there tonight to see, to feel. Maybe they‘ll sing to us, I don‘t know, I can‘t make any promises. But, come rain or shine or moon or shine, I‘m gonna be out there between 12 and 3 (*am) so I hope you join us. So, one more time to like help me remember and to help you to remember, what are we doing? We are doing what? We are having 1-2 lunch, right? 2:00, Level-1‟s on the beach and baptisms…Level 1, 2 and baptisms ok, between 2 and 4. Ok, then 4-6 is dinner; free. Then 6-9 is lecture. Great, ok, we‘ve got it down. (Talking with Michael- quietly). Ok, Level 3‘s that want Level 3 Regents, that aren‘t involved with the baptisms or aren‘t going to do the group baptism and you already have Level 1 and 2, we can take you for Level 3, individuals on the beach, between 2 and 4. Ok, so if you‘ve already had Level 1 and 2 and you want Level 3, come down for the individual ones between 2 and 4 and then later, the ones that want 3, that are gett‘n 1 and 2 right now, like down, between 2 and 4, we‘ll do theirs later in the evening if we can‘t fit you in then, ok. Michael: (Mentions to the group that he‘ll arrange the Level 3 appointments) A‟shayana: (Discussing with Michael and group some details…CD fades out and begins at next meeting time). Now, tonight…is there any other questions that I probably can‘t answer that have to do with trips, that require other people as input? Because Michael and Mac right now are organizing the trips and those kind of things, and I really…thank God for them, because I am clueless when it comes to that stuff. You know, talking to a travel agent even to try to arrange my own plane fare would drive me insane. So, if it wasn‘t for Mac and now Michael helping, we wouldn‘t be doing any of these trips. So, if there‘s any questions that have to do with the trips and what‘s available and the technicalities you know, logistics of the trips, they‘re the 2 people to talk to because I‘m really pretty clueless when it comes to that. I‘m the student when it comes to watching them. Oh, so we‘ve been branded a “religious group”. (A‘shayana responding to group participant sharing a personal occurrence) If you ever hear that again say, ―Cuse me, it‘s not ‗religious‘, it‘s Kahuna‖. (Participant: Ok) Do you know what that means? I don‘t care, say it to whoever, so they know, because the Kahuna traditions were the Mu‟a traditions, the Original Kahunas. We were the Original Kahunas for goodness sake. That‘s why, what we‘re trying to do is help the islanders have that awareness so if we…we‘ve been told that we could possibly set up the World Healing Center here, and that‘s what we‘re going to intend for and try somehow to do. The Island People need to understand who we are and that we‘re a part of what they are so they don‘t see us ―outsiders‖ just because we‘re in American and different kind of bodies right now, you know. So, if anybody comes up to you and says you know, or you hear them saying, ―Oh you know, that‘s that religious group that‘s over there‖, just say, ―We‘re a Kahuna spiritual group‖ and let that sink in a little. Because right now, there‘s rumors going all over the place about us because we‘ve been seen on sites. Even the ex-Mayor‘s been tracking us a little bit, you know. It would be nice if it could get attached to those rumors that we‘re doing true Kahuna work, it‘s High Kahuna. And, that Kathara has always been a part of what the Kahuna traditions were, Kahuna and Kundara. It wasn‘t called ―Korendar‖, it was called ―Kundara‖. It was all Page 114 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

about the Khundaray and Kahuna was part of that, it was a particular aspect of working with the energies and it was Tribe-12 Teachings. So, if we can leave this island with a reputation, since we‘ve got one without meaning to, that we are attached to the ancient traditions of what this island is, they may be able to more easily overcome the fact that we‘re in American bodies that aren‘t little and brown and look like them. But that, you know, we‘re in the same spirit and the same vibration, which would tremendously help. We‘re getting guidance that this is where, just like it used to be in the ancient of days, the 2 Primary Sites where High Council always congregated, and they were the sites where all the inner, like all of the politics were conducted and all of the major decision making and Shields work were conducted, were Cue Site-12 and the Grual Point, which is Sarasota, Florida. They were where the 2 biggest Temple Complexes were and they were where the concentrations of Signet-12 Council, High Council was. So, it‘s really important that we begin to try to help, just like leave a vibration, leave a thought pattern for the Island People that ―we are a part of your history and you‘re a part of ours; we‘re not separate. Please recognize us even though we‘re in different bodies‖, because this is a place that we‘ve been you know, I‘ve been told that this is where the World Healing Center needs to start and it would have an extension in Sarasota, Florida. So at some point, it‘s probably going to go down like this, where certain people, I don‘t know who they are yet, are guided. We have right now, thanks to Mac and Sidney and a few other people, we were able to purchase a house in Sarasota, Florida. It‘s nice. It‘s a, well it started out as a 3-bedroom and then it expanded to a 5bedroom cause we turned the garage into 2 more bedrooms. And then we‘re expanding the one Master Bedroom because it was really tiny, so it went back to 4-bedrooms, but it‘s basically a 4-bedroom house with a really nice deck and an above ground pool out back. This is going to be, if you know of anybody that might be of sympathetic vibration that would be interested in moving to that area, it‘s a beautiful area. Florida is similar to this, but it doesn‘t have the mountains. It‘s hot in the summer but it‘s beautiful. I mean, I lived up North…I was raised in Pennsylvania and New York and Florida was just like, until I got here, Florida was paradise. So, if you know anybody that would be interested, we‘re not interested in selling the house, because it‘s like our one territorial stronghold there right now, as far as holding the Light Vibration. The grids under the house are heavily coded and there is a Meajhe Zone being constructed into one of the other main ones that literally comes down in the Living Room, which means if it gets weird and we‘re facing planetary cataclysm issues, it‘s a good place to be in the middle of our Living Room, you know. Cause that‘s where a space is going to be that you can literally move through, it can open and you can move through and end up in one set of the Crystal Caverns that‘ll take you into where you‘ll meet a guide and they would take you into Inner Earth or into a Meajhe Zone, safe zone. If you know of anybody that‘s interested in that area, what we‘re looking for is somebody who would be interested in renting it at fair market price you know, that you‘d pay down there for it. And they‘re not too bad down there. I don‘t know what houses run, but we had like a townhouse that had an upstairs and a downstairs and was 2-bedroom, but it was upstairs/ downstairs so it was half-way decent with like a community pool and stuff. And everything has pools in Florida, they‘re like all over the place, and we were paying like 860 or 70 a month for the 2-bedrooms. So it would be you know, based on the increment and scale on that, but it‘s a private home in a private neighborhood. It‘s about 10-15 minutes drive from the beach, from the crystal beach, so if, what we‘re hoping to find is somebody that would like to be there, that we could either rent or lease it to and that would provide us with you know, a base, enough money, cause we have to be able to cover the mortgage and those kind of things. Where they could live there and we would be able to try to pull the resources and we‘re trying to take some steps of advancing product availability through the Internet and that kind of thing so the Temple can support itself. And then we are going to try to come here and see if we can either rent or lease until we could buy a piece of property if possible, or lease it, however they do that. I don‘t if they even let you buy a piece of Kauai, but create a protected zone that at some point could be turned into a retreat center for people, if they wanted to come for a week, a month, a year, where there would be enough property to create enough rooming you know, temporary and permanent, for anybody in the groups that feel like they would like to be here. Cause I do have a feeling, for one they have told me that this is going to be one of the safest places if it gets strange, it would be one of the first places if we went into pole shift that would become ―under water‖, but it‘s one of the places that has the Page 115 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

most access to Meajhe Zones and Inner Earth portals; they‘re all over the place. So, it‘s one of the fastest evac spots. So if, you know, they want us to come here, so I imagine somehow the way will open. Yes, Leela? Participant: I just wanted to say because I‘ve been trekking all over the island I‘ve been meeting some very interesting Islanders. I had a really nice connection with //// and he wrote me an email and he said, /// he told me to go check out a web story ///////////// said, ―//////// I have been to //// here on the island where there‘s been clothes left ////////, that there‘s been clothes left that look like they were just left yesterday, all this stuff just laying around‖. And he‘s an Islander here, live up in the ///, they‘re staying up at ///////. (Another participant speaks where- the name). //// homestead means, ―ghost or seeker‖. A‟shayana: These are the people we need to connect with, because these are the other part of Signet Tribe-12. These were the Guardians of all of the other Tribes and all the other Signet Councils, and a lot them are still here. So, these are the people, that is why I will go out of my way here to help them to understand that we‘re part of the true Kahuna Tradition, so they realize that their history is our history as well. And when it comes to practicalities, what the vision is right now is to create 2 Bases, which would be the operation centers and the operations centers would include ―Guardians of the Grids‖, all right. The Sarasota Grids are very important, the Grual Point is the first point where D-12 frequency enters the planet in non-polarized form. The waters, especially right there in that area of the Gulf of Mexico, are going to always carry, from this point forth since we anchored the Hydro-plasmic Beam on 5-5-2000, they‘re going to carry the right spin in the water molecules that will be different from other waters. It is the strongest healing spot on the planet other than when you have the Halls of Amoraea opened, which can do the same thing. So, they‘re both very, very sacred spots. We‘re hoping to be able to have someone, and I‘m sure whoever it‘s supposed to be will probably be guided to us. I don‘t know if it‘s any of you or if it‘s somebody from somewhere else, but that‘s the only persons we would turn the house over to, where they could rent it and you know, it‘s a wonderful house I mean, we were just thrilled. It has a Living Room, if you haven‘t been there for the January workshops, it has this wonderful Living Room / Dining Room thing…you can fit 50 people in it. The rest of the house is average size right, but it has this wonderful open space with this whole like glass back room, where you walk in the door and it looks like you‘re out in the trees because it‘s all glass in the back of the Dining Room. So, it‘s a lovely place. If you know anybody else that‘s interested in this work, I would prefer it to be somebody who knows the work, because they‘re sitting on very sacred grids in that house. Participant: When does it become available? A‟shayana: Well, we have to stay there probably until September or October, once the 2nd Temple is cleared, the Grual Point, once we flip over the rest of the Nibiruian Crystal Grid there, once we recode it and it‘s recoded to the Christos thing, then we‘re free to go. That‘s why we were guided there in the first place, but we weren‘t told why we were guided there. They didn‘t even tell us it was the Grual Point, they said, ―You just need to go there now‖ and the door opened, and every other door everywhere else closed. It was really bizarre. There was no other opportunity. Like, we needed to move from where we were and there was nowhere else to go, but all of a sudden Phil had a friend that lived in Sarasota, Florida and we ended up going down and the friend was supposed to have a place that we could like rent for him, sublet from him. We get in there and a week later we find out that the landlord doesn‘t allow subletting, so he tells us we have to leave, right (Laughs). We‘re already down there with all of our stuff. And within like 3 days, we had some guidance and were guided to this other place. And like usually they want rent you know, first month‘s rent, last month‘s rent and security, which you know is a huge bill up front. We ended up going to this place and it was ok, but it happened to be sitting right over part of the grids that were on the NephilimNibiruian Temple that was there and it was, as soon as we moved in it was like the ship hit the wall, if you know what I mean. It got crazy there, the energy. They went after Phil, I mean it was a really traumatic experience but we cleared the grids. That‘s why we‘d been guided there and then it worked out where we could get this house. And the house is very special, it‘s on very protected grids and we‘ve helped to make sure they‘re protected, to clear them. So anyway, the guidance factor, I figure if there‘s somebody that‘s meant to be there it‘ll dawn on ‗em that that‘s where they need to be. What we‘d probably be able to do, if it‘s somebody we know, would waive the you know, we‘d work it out where the basic, whatever it‘s worth rental wise we‘d have to do just to be able to you know, make our commitments to the mortgage, which means Page 116 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane

you know, Mac and Sid and a few other people that helped us, that are holding it for us. We‘re not going to get them in trouble, so we have to be able to pay it. But, the security factor and all that stuff that you normally have if you move into Florida just cold, that stuff is fully negotiable you know, we wouldn‘t worry about that. It‘s probably going to be available, I mean it‘s, the availability really comes…we can leave after September or October as far as our contract with the Guardians goes, but because you know, cause with being Eckars, we are kind of positioned where it‘s most needed when it‘s most needed. And that‘s why they‘ve asked us you know, to get ready to make a move to here once the work there is done. Then they‘ll find somebody that is equally qualified to hold those grids. Cause you‘re basically, if you go down there, you‘re going to be a Guardian of those grids. Cause there‘s a lot of Annunaki down there and there‘s a number of Draks, particularly Annunaki. I mean, that‘s what their like “New Age Movement” is about down there. They need some help, but there‘s a lot of good people that want the next level that just can‘t get it with these people. But anyway, I just wanted to put that out that that‘s kind of the intention that we‘re aiming for- is to be able to make the transfer and keep both sides safe. They‘re sending us in to keep this space safe because the Halls of Amoraea are open now and they need somebody that will keep that space safe as well, that understands the work preferably. I mean, they can send somebody in cold, but they‘re not going to realize what they‘re sitting on or the fact that they may have strange things floating through their Living Room every once in a while (Laughs), you know. So it‘s a sacred spot, the house, because they‘ve coded it directly to the Grual and the Grual is less than like 15 minutes away in a car. We‘re, as far as when we want to move out, we‘d go tomorrow you know, because it‘s the next step. If any of you or anybody wants to do that, or knows of anybody that‘s in the work that wants to do that, as soon as October you know, September or October we would be ready to begin making that transition. Our transition depends upon somebody coming in to take over that site. It‘s like a “changing of the guard” kind of thing. So, anytime after September or October, if anybody‘s interested you know, it could even be done like on a you know, it‘d be a lease basis…it could be you know, a year or something like that, not you know, a life-time commitment kind of thing. So I just wanted to put that out there to let you know where Michael and I are going privately, and Phil, because he‘s staying at the house now too, he lives there too. What the objective is, is to get 2…they told me in I think it was January, last January, that they wanted to start a World Healing Center based on the Kathara Principles. And Kathara is a 12-Level Program. Level-1 with the 211 pages and all that heavy stuff is simply Level-1. It‘s extremely powerful on its own, but there are whole levels that get into symbol code programming for very specific areas of the body, there are toning portions to this…it‘s a huge healing program that can plug into any other healing program. So, their vision if things stay stable on the planet, is to create a World Healing Center. And Florida is going to be a very special place because the waters there are holding that D-12 charge from the Grual Point.

Page 117 of 117 The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series © 1999 - 2011 A & A Deane